Nothing Special   »   [go: up one dir, main page]

EP3235820A1 - Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and antibody disulfide conjugates thereof - Google Patents

Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and antibody disulfide conjugates thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
EP3235820A1
EP3235820A1 EP17170370.5A EP17170370A EP3235820A1 EP 3235820 A1 EP3235820 A1 EP 3235820A1 EP 17170370 A EP17170370 A EP 17170370A EP 3235820 A1 EP3235820 A1 EP 3235820A1
Authority
EP
European Patent Office
Prior art keywords
antibody
group
cysteine
compound
conjugate according
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Withdrawn
Application number
EP17170370.5A
Other languages
German (de)
French (fr)
Inventor
John A. Flygare
Thomas H. PILLOW
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Genentech Inc
Original Assignee
Genentech Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Genentech Inc filed Critical Genentech Inc
Publication of EP3235820A1 publication Critical patent/EP3235820A1/en
Withdrawn legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00—Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06—Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/68—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment
    • A61K47/6801—Drug-antibody or immunoglobulin conjugates defined by the pharmacologically or therapeutically active agent
    • A61K47/6803—Drugs conjugated to an antibody or immunoglobulin, e.g. cisplatin-antibody conjugates
    • A61K47/68035—Drugs conjugated to an antibody or immunoglobulin, e.g. cisplatin-antibody conjugates the drug being a pyrrolobenzodiazepine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/68—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment
    • A61K47/6889—Conjugates wherein the antibody being the modifying agent and wherein the linker, binder or spacer confers particular properties to the conjugates, e.g. peptidic enzyme-labile linkers or acid-labile linkers, providing for an acid-labile immuno conjugate wherein the drug may be released from its antibody conjugated part in an acidic, e.g. tumoural or environment
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D519/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing more than one system of two or more relevant hetero rings condensed among themselves or condensed with a common carbocyclic ring system not provided for in groups C07D453/00 or C07D455/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/2803—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against the immunoglobulin superfamily
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/2851—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against the lectin superfamily, e.g. CD23, CD72
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/32—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against translation products of oncogenes
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/68—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment
    • A61K47/6835—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site
    • A61K47/6851—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site the antibody targeting a determinant of a tumour cell
    • A61K47/6855—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site the antibody targeting a determinant of a tumour cell the tumour determinant being from breast cancer cell
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/40—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by post-translational modification
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/52—Constant or Fc region; Isotype
    • C07K2317/522—CH1 domain
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/56—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments variable (Fv) region, i.e. VH and/or VL
    • C07K2317/567—Framework region [FR]

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to pyrrolobenzodiazepines (PBDs), in particular pyrrolobenzodiazepines having a labile N10 protecting group, suitable to form a linker to a cell binding agent.
  • PBDs pyrrolobenzodiazepines
  • the present invention also relates to certain conjugates made from these PBDs.
  • PBDs pyrrolobenzodiazepines
  • Family members include abbeymycin ( Hochlowski, et al., J. Antibiotics, 40, 145-148 (1987 )), chicamycin ( Konishi, et al., J. Antibiotics, 37, 200-206 (1984 )), DC-81 (Japanese Patent 58-180 487 ; Thurston, et al., Chem. Brit., 26, 767-772 (1990 ); Bose, et al., Tetrahedron, 48, 751-758 (1992 )), mazethramycin ( Kuminoto, et al., J.
  • PBDs are of the general structure:
  • a particularly advantageous pyrrolobenzodiazepine compound is described by Gregson et al. (Chem. Commun. 1999, 797-798 ) as compound 1 , and by Gregson et al. (J. Med. Chem. 2001, 44, 1161-1174 ) as compound 4a.
  • This compound also known as SJG-136, is shown below:
  • ADC antibody-drug conjugates
  • cytotoxic or cytostatic agents i.e. drugs to kill or inhibit tumor cells in the treatment of cancer
  • cytotoxic or cytostatic agents i.e. drugs to kill or inhibit tumor cells in the treatment of cancer
  • systemic administration of these unconjugated drug agents may result in unacceptable levels of toxicity to normal cells as well as the tumor cells sought to be eliminated
  • Efforts to design and refine ADC have focused on the selectivity of monoclonal antibodies (mAbs) as well as drug mechanism of action, drug-linking, drug/antibody ratio (loading), and drug-releasing properties ( Junutula, et al., 2008b Nature Biotech., 26(8):925-932 ; Dornan et al (2009) Blood 114(13):2721-2729 ; US 7521541 ; US 7723485 ; WO2009/052249 ; McDonagh (2006) Protein Eng. Design & Sel. 19(7): 299-307 ; Doronina et al (2006) Bioconj. Chem.
  • Drug moieties may impart their cytotoxic and cytostatic effects by mechanisms including tubulin binding, DNA binding, or topoisomerase inhibition. Some cytotoxic drugs tend to be inactive or less active when conjugated to large antibodies or protein receptor ligands.
  • WO 2013/055987 discloses conjugates comprising a PBD dimer compound connected through the N10 position via a specific sulfur linker to a cell binding agent, having a general formula A:
  • conjugates were exemplified with A118C cysteine-engineered antibody mutants (THIOMABTM).
  • the present inventors have developed further drug linkers, which are useful in the synthesis of the conjugate compounds disclosed in WO 2013/055987 .
  • the present invention provides drug linker compounds useful in the preparation of conjugates, the drug linkers comprising a PBD dimer compound connected through the N10 position via a specific sulfur linker to a nitro-pyridyl group, and methods of using the drug linker compounds to prepare conjugates.
  • the present invention provides compounds of formula I: and salts and solvates thereof, wherein
  • formula I is selected from the following formulae Ia, Ib and Ic, depending on Y: Y I Single bond
  • the present invention provides compounds of formula II: and salts and solvates thereof, wherein the dotted lines indicate the optional presence of a double bond between C1 and C2 or C2 and C3; and all substituents are as defined above.
  • the present invention provides novel compounds of formula III: and salts and solvates thereof, wherein the dotted lines indicate the optional presence of a double bond between C1 and C2 or C2 and C3; and all substituents are as defined above.
  • nitro group on the pyridyl ring of formula I compounds provides an electron-withdrawing effect which accelerates reaction with a cysteine thiol of a cysteine-engineered antibody.
  • cysteine thiol has been introduced at a hindered or less-reactive site on the antibody, the compounds of formula I provide more efficient conjugation relative to a corresponding unsubstituted pyridyl analog of a compound of formula I.
  • the present invention provides methods of making conjugate compounds of formula A from drug linkers of the first aspect of the invention, by reacting a compound of the first aspect of the invention with a cell binding agent, wherein formula A is:
  • the 5-membered rings represented by may be replaced by a ring selected from: where R 2 with either of R 1 or R 3 , together with the carbon atoms of the C ring to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted benzene ring; V and W are each selected from (CH 2 ) n , O, S, NR, CHR, and CRR' where n is 1, 2 or 3, except that V is C when R 1 and R 2 , together with the carbon atoms of the C ring to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted benzene ring, and W is C when R 3 and R 2 , together with the carbon atoms of the C ring to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted benzene ring; and where T is selected from CH 2 , NR, CO, BH, SO, and SO 2 ; U is selected from CH 2 , NR, O and S; Y is (CH 2 ) n , where n is 1, 2, 3 or 4;
  • a third aspect of the present invention provides conjugates of formula A1:
  • a fourth aspect of the present invention provides the use of a conjugate of the first aspect of the invention in a method of medical treatment.
  • the fourth aspect also provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a conjugate of the first aspect, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • a fifth aspect of the present invention provides a conjugate of the first aspect of the invention or a pharmaceutical composition of the fourth aspect of the invention for use in a method of treatment of a proliferative disease.
  • the fifth aspect also provides the use of a conjugate of the first aspect in a method of manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a proliferative disease, and a method of treating a mammal having a proliferative disease, comprising administering an effective amount of a conjugate of the first aspect or a pharmaceutical composition of the fourth aspect.
  • the present invention provides a compound (drug-linker) comprising a PBD dimer connected through the N10 position on one of the PBD moieties via the specified linker to leaving group, wherein the pyridine ring is substituted with a nitro group.
  • the present invention also provides a method of preparing a conjugate from drug-linker compounds, the method comprising the step of reacting a cell binding agent with a drug-linker compound.
  • the cell binding agent is an antibody.
  • the conjugates so formed can deliver a PBD compound to a preferred site in a subject.
  • the conjugate allows the release of an active PBD compound that does not retain any part of the linker. There is no stub present that could affect the reactivity of the PBD compound.
  • the present invention provides dug linkers for use in the preparation of the conjugate compounds described herein.
  • the compound is a dimer wherein each of the monomers has a C2 aryl group i.e. each R 2 is optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl, and there is a double bond between C2 and C3 in each PBD moiety.
  • the compound is: more preferably:
  • the compound is: more preferably:
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 in each of the embodiments above are each independently selected from optionally substituted phenyl, furanyl, thiophenyl and pyridyl.
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 in each of the embodiments above is optionally substituted phenyl.
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 in each of the embodiments above is optionally substituted thien-2-yl or thien-3-yl.
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 in each of the embodiments above is optionally substituted quinolinyl or isoquinolinyl.
  • the quinolinyl or isoquinolinyl group may be bound to the PBD core through any available ring position.
  • the quinolinyl may be quinolin-2-yl, quinolin-3-yl, quinolin-4yl, quinolin-5-yl, quinolin-6-yl, quinolin-7-yl and quinolin-8-yl. Of these quinolin-3-yl and quinolin-6-yl may be preferred.
  • the isoquinolinyl may be isoquinolin-1-yl, isoquinolin-3-yl, isoquinolin-4yl, isoquinolin-5-yl, isoquinolin-6-yl, isoquinolin-7-yl and isoquinolin-8-yl. Of these isoquinolin-3-yl and isoquinolin-6-yl may be preferred.
  • the compound is: more preferably: wherein Y, R L1 and R L2 are as previously defined, R V1 and R V2 are independently selected from H, methyl, ethyl and phenyl (which phenyl may be optionally substituted with fluoro, particularly in the 4 position) and C 5-6 heterocyclyl, and n is 0 or 1. R V1 and R V2 may be the same or different.
  • R V1 and R V2 may be independently selected from H, phenyl, and 4-fluorophenyl.
  • the pyridyl ring is monosubstituted in the 3-position with -NO 2 (meta relative to the disulfide).
  • the pyridyl ring is monosubstituted in the 5-position with -NO 2 (para relative to the disulfide).
  • the first aspect of the present invention provides compounds of formula (D) comprising a 2-mercaptopyridine leaving group.
  • the pyridine ring of the leaving group is substituted at one or more positions with a nitro group.
  • the conjugates are produced more efficiently from intermediates which have a nitro-substituted pyridyl compared to corresponding unsubstituted intermediates.
  • a nitro substituent is particularly effective at providing the enhanced reactivity of the intermediates required to more efficiently prepare the antibody-drug conjugates.
  • the ring is mono-substituted at the 5-position with -NO 2 (para- to the disulfide), for example as in the following compound:
  • the ring is mono-substituted at the 3-position with -NO 2 (meta- to the disulfide), for example as in the following compound:
  • the ring is poly-substituted with nitro groups.
  • the dotted lines indicate the optional presence of a double bond between C2 and C3, as shown below:
  • a double bond is present between C2 and C3 when R 2 is C 5-20 aryl or C 1-12 alkyl.
  • the dotted lines indicate the optional presence of a double bond between C1 and C2, as shown below:
  • a double bond is present between C1 and C2 when R 2 is C 5-20 aryl or C 1-12 alkyl.
  • R 2 is independently H.
  • the configuration is configuration (I).
  • R 2 is independently R.
  • R 2 is independently optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl.
  • R 2 is independently optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyl.
  • R 2 is independently optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl.
  • R 2 is independently optionally substituted C 5-7 aryl.
  • R 2 is independently optionally substituted C 8-10 aryl.
  • R 2 is independently optionally substituted phenyl.
  • R 2 is independently optionally substituted thienyl.
  • R 2 is independently optionally substituted naphthyl.
  • R 2 is independently optionally substituted pyridyl.
  • R 2 is independently optionally substituted quinolinyl or isoquinolinyl.
  • R 2 bears one to three substituent groups, with 1 and 2 being more preferred, and singly substituted groups being most preferred.
  • the substituents may be any position.
  • R 2 is a C 5-7 aryl group
  • a single substituent is preferably on a ring atom that is not adjacent the bond to the remainder of the compound, i.e. it is preferably ⁇ or ⁇ to the bond to the remainder of the compound. Therefore, where the C 5-7 aryl group is phenyl, the substituent is preferably in the meta- or para- positions, and more preferably is in the para-position.
  • R 2 is selected from: where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment.
  • R 2 is a C 8-10 aryl group, for example quinolinyl or isoquinolinyl, it may bear any number of substituents at any position of the quinoline or isoquinoline rings. In some embodiments, it bears one, two or three substituents, and these may be on either the proximal and distal rings or both (if more than one substituent).
  • R 2 is optionally substituted
  • the substituents are selected from those substituents given in the substituent section below.
  • R is optionally substituted
  • the substituents are preferably selected from:
  • R or R 2 is optionally substituted
  • the substituents are selected from the group consisting of R, OR, SR, NRR', NO 2 , halo, CO 2 R, COR, CONH 2 , CONHR, and CONRR'.
  • R 2 is C 1-12 alkyl
  • the optional substituent may additionally include C 3-20 heterocyclyl and C 5-20 aryl groups.
  • R 2 is C 3-20 heterocyclyl
  • the optional substituent may additionally include C 1-12 alkyl and C 5-20 aryl groups.
  • R 2 is C 5-20 aryl groups
  • the optional substituent may additionally include C 3-20 heterocyclyl and C 1-12 alkyl groups.
  • alkyl encompasses the sub-classes alkenyl and alkynyl as well as cycloalkyl.
  • R 2 is optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyl
  • the alkyl group optionally contains one or more carbon-carbon double or triple bonds, which may form part of a conjugated system.
  • the optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyl group contains at least one carbon-carbon double or triple bond, and this bond is conjugated with a double bond present between C1 and C2, or C2 and C3.
  • the C 1-12 alkyl group is a group selected from saturated C 1-12 alkyl, C 2-12 alkenyl, C 2-12 alkynyl and C 3-12 cycloalkyl.
  • a substituent on R 2 is halo, it is preferably F or Cl, more preferably F.
  • a substituent on R 2 is ether, it may in some embodiments be an alkoxy group, for example, a C 1-7 alkoxy group (e.g. methoxy, ethoxy) or it may in some embodiments be a C 5-7 aryloxy group (e.g. phenoxy, pyridyloxy, furanyloxy).
  • R 2 is C 1-7 alkyl, it may preferably be a C 1-4 alkyl group (e.g. methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl).
  • a substituent on R 2 is C 3-7 heterocyclyl, it may in some embodiments be C 6 nitrogen containing heterocyclyl group, e.g. morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperidinyl, piperazinyl. These groups may be bound to the rest of the PBD moiety via the nitrogen atom. These groups may be further substituted, for example, by C 1-4 alkyl groups.
  • R 2 is bis-oxy-C 1-3 alkylene, this is preferably bis-oxy-methylene or bis-oxyethylene.
  • substituents for R 2 include methoxy, ethoxy, fluoro, chloro, cyano, bis-oxy-methylene, methyl-piperazinyl, morpholino and methyl-thienyl.
  • Particularly preferred substituted R 2 groups include, but are not limited to, 4-methoxy-phenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-ethoxy-phenyl, 3-ethoxy-phenyl, 4-methyl-phenyl, 4-fluoro-phenyl, 4-chloro-phenyl, 3,4-bisoxymethylene-phenyl, 4-methylthienyl, 4-cyanophenyl, 4-phenoxyphenyl, quinolin-3-yl and quinolin-6-yl, isoquinolin-3-yl and isoquinolin-6-yl, 2-thienyl, 2-furanyl, methoxynaphthyl, and naphthyl.
  • R 2 is halo or dihalo. In one embodiment, R 2 is -F or -F 2 , which substituents are illustrated below as (III) and (IV) respectively:
  • R D is independently selected from R, CO 2 R, COR, CHO, CO 2 H, and halo.
  • R D is independently R.
  • R D is independently halo.
  • R 6 is independently selected from H, R, OH, OR, SH, SR, NH 2 , NHR, NRR', NO 2 , Me 3 Sn- and Halo.
  • R 6 is independently selected from H, OH, OR, SH, NH 2 , NO 2 and Halo.
  • R 6 is independently selected from H and Halo.
  • R 6 is independently H.
  • R 6 and R 7 together form a group -O-(CH 2 ) p -O-, where p is 1 or 2.
  • R 7 is independently selected from H, R, OH, OR, SH, SR, NH 2 , NHR, NRR', NO 2 , Me 3 Sn and halo.
  • R 7 is independently OR.
  • R 7 is independently OR 7A , where R 7A is independently optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl.
  • R 7A is independently optionally substituted saturated C 1-6 alkyl.
  • R 7A is independently optionally substituted C 2-4 alkenyl.
  • R 7A is independently Me.
  • R 7A is independently CH 2 Ph.
  • R 7A is independently allyl.
  • R 9 is independently selected from H, R, OH, OR, SH, SR, NH 2 , NHR, NRR', NO 2 , Me 3 Sn- and Halo.
  • R 9 is independently H.
  • R 9 is independently R or OR.
  • the linking group is removable from the N10 position of the PBD moiety in the conjugate of formula A to leave an N10-C11 imine bond, a carbinolamine, a substituted carbinolamine, where QR 11 is OSO 3 M, a bisulfite adduct, a thiocarbinolamine, a substituted thiocarbinolamine, a substituted carbinalamine as illustrated below: where R and M are as defined for the conjugates of the invention.
  • the linking group is removable from the N10 position of the PBD moiety to leave an N10-C11 imine bond.
  • the specified link between the PBD dimer and the cell binding agent, e.g. antibody, in the present invention is preferably stable extracellularly.
  • the antibody-drug conjugate (ADC) is preferably stable and remains intact, i.e. the antibody remains linked to the drug moiety.
  • the linkers are stable outside the target cell and may be cleaved at some efficacious rate inside the cell.
  • An effective linker will: (i) maintain the specific binding properties of the antibody; (ii) allow intracellular delivery of the conjugate or drug moiety; (iii) remain stable and intact, i.e.
  • Stability of the ADC may be measured by standard analytical techniques such as mass spectroscopy, HPLC, and the separation/analysis technique LC/MS.
  • PBD compounds Delivery of the PBD compounds is achieved at the desited activation site of the conjugates of formula A by the action of an enzyme on the linking group.
  • the S of the conjugate of formula A is linked by a disulfide bond to a free S (active thiol) on the cell binding agent.
  • the linking group may be cleavable by the action of an enzyme.
  • the enzyme is a thioreductase.
  • Certain antibodies have reducible interchain disulfides, i.e. cysteine bridges.
  • Antibodies may be made reactive for conjugation with linker reagents by treatment with a reducing agent such as DTT (dithiothreitol).
  • a reducing agent such as DTT (dithiothreitol).
  • DTT dithiothreitol
  • Each cysteine bridge will thus form, theoretically, two reactive thiol nucleophiles.
  • Additional nucleophilic groups can be introduced into antibodies through the reaction of lysines with 2-iminothiolane (Traut's reagent) resulting in conversion of an amine into a thiol.
  • Reactive thiol groups may be introduced into the antibody (or fragment thereof) by introducing one, two, three, four, or more cysteine residues (e.g., preparing mutant antibodies comprising one or more non-native cysteine amino acid residues).
  • US 7521541 teaches engineering antibodies by introduction of reactive cysteine amino acids.
  • R L1 and R L2 are selected from H and methyl, or together with the carbon atom to which they are bound form a cyclopropylene group. In some embodiments, both are H. In other embodiment, both are methyl. In further embodiments, one is H and the other is methyl; in these embodiments, the carbon atom to which they are bound is a chiral centre.
  • Y is a single bond.
  • Y is
  • Y is
  • Q is selected from O, S, or N(H).
  • Q is O.
  • R 11 is either H, or R or, where Q is O, SO 3 M, where M is a metal cation.
  • R 11 is H.
  • R 11 is R.
  • R 11 is SO 3 M, where M is a metal cation.
  • the cation may be Na + .
  • the compounds of the first aspect of the invention are useful for reaction with a cell binding agent to produce a conjugate compound.
  • the method of the second aspect of the present invention involves the reaction of a cell binding agent with a compound of the first aspect.
  • a cell binding agent may be of any kind, and include peptides and non-peptides. These can include antibodies or a fragment of an antibody that contains at least one binding site, lymphokines, hormones, growth factors, nutrient-transport molecules, or any other cell binding molecule or substance.
  • antibody herein is used in the broadest sense and specifically covers monoclonal antibodies, polyclonal antibodies, dimers, multimers, multispecific antibodies (e.g., bispecific antibodies), and antibody fragments, so long as they exhibit the desired biological activity ( Miller et al (2003) Jour. of Immunology 170:4854-4861 ).
  • Antibodies may be murine, human, humanized, chimeric, or derived from other species.
  • An antibody is a protein generated by the immune system that is capable of recognizing and binding to a specific antigen. ( Janeway, C., Travers, P., Walport, M., Shlomchik (2001) Immuno Biology, 5th Ed., Garland Publishing, New York ).
  • a target antigen generally has numerous binding sites, also called epitopes, recognized by CDRs on multiple antibodies. Each antibody that specifically binds to a different epitope has a different structure. Thus, one antigen may have more than one corresponding antibody.
  • An antibody includes a full-length immunoglobulin molecule or an immunologically active portion of a full-length immunoglobulin molecule, i.e., a molecule that contains an antigen binding site that immunospecifically binds an antigen of a target of interest or part thereof, such targets including but not limited to, cancer cell or cells that produce autoimmune antibodies associated with an autoimmune disease.
  • the immunoglobulin can be of any type (e.g.
  • immunoglobulins can be derived from any species, including human, murine, or rabbit origin.
  • Antibody fragments comprise a portion of a full length antibody, generally the antigen binding or variable region thereof.
  • Examples of antibody fragments include Fab, Fab', F(ab') 2 , and Fv fragments; diabodies; linear antibodies; fragments produced by a Fab expression library, anti-idiotypic (anti-Id) antibodies, CDR (complementary determining region), and epitope-binding fragments of any of the above which immunospecifically bind to cancer cell antigens, viral antigens or microbial antigens, single-chain antibody molecules; and multispecific antibodies formed from antibody fragments.
  • monoclonal antibody refers to an antibody obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies, i.e. the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical except for possible naturally occurring mutations that may be present in minor amounts. Monoclonal antibodies are highly specific, being directed against a single antigenic site. Furthermore, in contrast to polyclonal antibody preparations which include different antibodies directed against different determinants (epitopes), each monoclonal antibody is directed against a single determinant on the antigen. In addition to their specificity, the monoclonal antibodies are advantageous in that they may be synthesized uncontaminated by other antibodies.
  • the modifier "monoclonal” indicates the character of the antibody as being obtained from a substantially homogeneous population of antibodies, and is not to be construed as requiring production of the antibody by any particular method.
  • the monoclonal antibodies to be used in accordance with the present invention may be made by the hybridoma method first described by Kohler et al (1975) Nature 256:495 , or may be made by recombinant DNA methods (see, US 4816567 ).
  • the monoclonal antibodies may also be isolated from phage antibody libraries using the techniques described in Clackson et al (1991) Nature, 352:624-628 ; Marks et al (1991) J. Mol. Biol., 222:581-597 .
  • the monoclonal antibodies herein specifically include "chimeric" antibodies in which a portion of the heavy and/or light chain is identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived from a particular species or belonging to a particular antibody class or subclass, while the remainder of the chain(s) is identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived from another species or belonging to another antibody class or subclass, as well as fragments of such antibodies, so long as they exhibit the desired biological activity ( US 4816567 ; and Morrison et al (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 81:6851-6855 ).
  • Chimeric antibodies include "primatized" antibodies comprising variable domain antigen-binding sequences derived from a non-human primate (e.g. Old World Monkey or Ape) and human constant region sequences.
  • an “intact antibody” herein is one comprising a VL and VH domains, as well as a light chain constant domain (CL) and heavy chain constant domains, CH1, CH2 and CH3.
  • the constant domains may be native sequence constant domains (e.g. human native sequence constant domains) or amino acid sequence variant thereof.
  • the intact antibody may have one or more "effector functions" which refer to those biological activities attributable to the Fc region (a native sequence Fc region or amino acid sequence variant Fc region) of an antibody. Examples of antibody effector functions include C1 q binding; complement dependent cytotoxicity; Fc receptor binding; antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC); phagocytosis; and down regulation of cell surface receptors such as B cell receptor and BCR.
  • intact antibodies can be assigned to different "classes.” There are five major classes of intact antibodies: IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG, and IgM, and several of these may be further divided into “subclasses” (isotypes), e.g., IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA, and IgA2.
  • the heavy-chain constant domains that correspond to the different classes of antibodies are called ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ , and ⁇ , respectively.
  • the subunit structures and three-dimensional configurations of different classes of immunoglobulins are well known.
  • cell binding agents include those agents described for use in WO 2007/085930 , which is incorporated herein.
  • the cell binding agent may be, or comprise, a polypeptide.
  • the polypeptide may be a cyclic polypeptide.
  • the cell binding agent may be antibody.
  • the method of the present invention provides an antibody-drug conjugate (ADC).
  • the drug loading is the average number of PBD drugs per antibody.
  • Drug loading may range from 1 to 8 drugs (D) per antibody (Ab), i.e. where 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8 drug moieties are covalently attached to the antibody.
  • Compositions of ADC include collections of antibodies conjugated with a range of drugs, from 1 to 8.
  • the average number of drugs per antibody in preparations of ADC from conjugation reactions may be characterized by conventional means such as mass spectroscopy, ELISA assay, electrophoresis, and HPLC.
  • the quantitative distribution of ADC in terms of p may also be determined.
  • ELISA the averaged value of p in a particular preparation of ADC may be determined ( Hamblett et al (2004) Clin. Cancer Res.
  • p drug
  • ELISA assay for detection of antibody-drug conjugates does not determine where the drug moieties are attached to the antibody, such as the heavy chain or light chain fragments, or the particular amino acid residues.
  • separation, purification, and characterization of homogeneous ADC where p is a certain value from ADC with other drug loadings may be achieved by means such as reverse phase HPLC or electrophoresis.
  • p may be limited by the number of attachment sites on the antibody.
  • an antibody may have only one or several cysteine thiol groups, or may have only one or several sufficiently reactive thiol groups through which a linker may be attached.
  • Higher drug loading, e.g. p >5, may cause aggregation, insolubility, toxicity, or loss of cellular permeability of certain antibody-drug conjugates.
  • an antibody may contain, for example, many lysine residues that do not react with the drug-linker intermediate (D-L) or linker reagent. Only the most reactive lysine groups may react with an amine-reactive linker reagent. Also, only the most reactive cysteine thiol groups may react with a thiol-reactive linker reagent. Generally, antibodies do not contain many, if any, free and reactive cysteine thiol groups which may be linked to a drug moiety.
  • cysteine thiol residues in the antibodies of the compounds exist as disulfide bridges and must be reduced with a reducing agent such as dithiothreitol (DTT) or TCEP, under partial or total reducing conditions.
  • DTT dithiothreitol
  • TCEP TCEP
  • the loading (drug/antibody ratio) of an ADC may be controlled in several different manners, including: (i) limiting the molar excess of drug-linker intermediate (D-L) or linker reagent relative to antibody, (ii) limiting the conjugation reaction time or temperature, and (iii) partial or limiting reductive conditions for cysteine thiol modification.
  • Cysteine amino acids may be engineered at reactive sites in an antibody and which do not form intrachain or intermolecular disulfide linkages ( Junutula, et al., 2008b Nature Biotech., 26(8):925-932 ; Dornan et al (2009) Blood 114(13):2721-2729 ; US 7521541 ; US 7723485 ; WO2009/052249 , Shen et al (2012) Nature Biotech., 30(2):184-191 ; Junutula et al (2008) Jour of Immun. Methods 332:41-52 ).
  • the engineered cysteine thiols may react with linker reagents or the drug-linker reagents of the present invention which have thiol-reactive, electrophilic groups such as maleimide or alpha-halo amides to form ADC with cysteine engineered antibodies (THIOMABTM) and the PBD drug moieties.
  • the location of the drug moiety can thus be designed, controlled, and known.
  • the drug loading can be controlled since the engineered cysteine thiol groups typically react with thiol-reactive linker reagents or drug-linker reagents in high yield.
  • Engineering an IgG antibody to introduce a cysteine amino acid by substitution at a single site on the heavy or light chain gives two new cysteines on the symmetrical antibody.
  • a drug loading near 2 can be achieved and near homogeneity of the conjugation product ADC.
  • the resulting product is a mixture of ADC compounds with a distribution of drug moieties attached to an antibody, e.g. 1, 2, 3, etc.
  • Liquid chromatography methods such as polymeric reverse phase (PLRP) and hydrophobic interaction (HIC) may separate compounds in the mixture by drug loading value.
  • Preparations of ADC with a single drug loading value (p) may be isolated, however, these single loading value ADCs may still be heterogeneous mixtures because the drug moieties may be attached, via the linker, at different sites on the antibody.
  • antibody-drug conjugate compositions described herein include mixtures of antibody-drug conjugate compounds where the antibody has one or more PBD drug moieties and where the drug moieties may be attached to the antibody at various amino acid residues.
  • the average number of dimer pyrrolobenzodiazepine groups per cell binding agent is in the range 1 to 20. In some embodiments the range is selected from 1 to 8, 2 to 8, 2 to 6, 2 to 4, and 4 to 8.
  • Cysteine-engineered antibody mutants are described in WO 2006/034488 and WO 2011/156328 , which are herein incorporated by reference.
  • LC K149C cysteine-engineered antibody mutant is described generically in WO 2006/034488 , and specifically in SEQ ID NO.:133 on page 57 of WO 2011/156328 .
  • K149C mutant is also described in WO 2013/093809 and US 2013/0066054 .
  • the LC K149C cysteine-engineered antibody mutant comprises a C ⁇ polypeptide, or portion thereof, comprising the amino acid substitution K149C according to the numbering of Kabat.
  • Figure 1a shows an example sequence in which the mutated residue (in bold & underlined) is shown in context of the five preceding and subsequent amino acids.
  • the LC V205C cysteine-engineered antibody mutant is described generically in WO 2006/034488 , and specifically in SEQ ID NO.:145 on page 57 of WO 2011/156328 .
  • V205C mutant is also described in WO 2013/093809 and US 2013/0066054 .
  • the LC V205C cysteine-engineered antibody mutant comprises a C ⁇ polypeptide, or portion thereof, comprising the amino acid substitution V205C according to the numbering of Kabat.
  • Figure 1b shows an example sequence in which the mutated residue (in bold & underlined) is shown in context of the five preceding and subsequent amino acids.
  • HC A140C cysteine-engineered antibody mutant (THIOMABTM)
  • the HC 140C cysteine-engineered antibody mutant comprises a C ⁇ polypeptide, or portion thereof, comprising the amino acid substitution A140C according to the EU index of Kabat.
  • Figure 1c shows an example sequence in which the mutated residue (in bold & underlined) is shown in context of the five preceding and subsequent amino acids.
  • the HC S239C cysteine-engineered antibody mutant comprises a C ⁇ polypeptide, or portion thereof, comprising the amino acid substitution S239C according to the EU index of Kabat.
  • Figure 1d shows an example sequence in which the mutated residue (in bold & underlined) is shown in context of the five preceding and subsequent amino acids.
  • the cell binding agent is a linear or cyclic peptide comprising 4-20, preferably 6-20, contiguous amino acid residues. In this embodiment, it is preferred that one cell binding agent is linked to one monomer or dimer pyrrolobenzodiazepine compound.
  • the cell binding agent comprises a peptide that binds integrin ⁇ v ⁇ 6 .
  • the peptide may be selective for ⁇ v ⁇ 6 over XYS.
  • the cell binding agent comprises the A20FMDV-Cys polypeptide.
  • the A20FMDV-Cys has the sequence: NAVPNLRGDLQVLAQKVARTC.
  • a variant of the A20FMDV-Cys sequence may be used wherein one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine or ten amino acid residues is substituted with another amino acid residue.
  • the antibody is a monoclonal antibody; chimeric antibody; humanized antibody; fully human antibody; or a single chain antibody.
  • the antibody is a fragment of one of these antibodies having biological activity. Examples of such fragments include Fab, Fab', F(ab') 2 and Fv fragments.
  • each antibody may be linked to one or several dimer pyrrolobenzodiazepine groups.
  • the preferred ratios of pyrrolobenzodiazepine to cell binding agent are given above.
  • the antibody may be a domain antibody (DAB).
  • DAB domain antibody
  • the antibody is a monoclonal antibody.
  • Antibodies for use in the method of the present invention include those antibodies described in WO 2005/082023 which is incorporated herein. Particularly preferred are those antibodies for tumour-associated antigens. Examples of those antigens known in the art include, but are not limited to, those tumour-associated antigens set out in WO 2005/082023 . See, for instance, pages 41-55.
  • the conjugates described herein are designed to target tumour cells via their cell surface antigens.
  • the antigens are usually normal cell surface antigens which are either over-expressed or expressed at abnormal times. Ideally the target antigen is expressed only on proliferative cells (preferably tumour cells), however this is rarely observed in practice. As a result, target antigens are usually selected on the basis of differential expression between proliferative and healthy tissue.
  • Antibodies have been raised to target specific tumour related antigens including: Cripto, CD30, CD19, CD33, Glycoprotein NMB, CanAg, Her2 (ErbB2/Neu), CD56 (NCAM), CD22 (Siglec2), CD33 (Siglec3), CD79, CD138, PSCA, PSMA (prostate specific membrane antigen), BCMA, CD20, CD70, E-selectin, EphB2, Melanotransferin, Muc16 and TMEFF2.
  • Cripto CD30, CD19, CD33, Glycoprotein NMB, CanAg, Her2 (ErbB2/Neu), CD56 (NCAM), CD22 (Siglec2), CD33 (Siglec3), CD79, CD138, PSCA, PSMA (prostate specific membrane antigen), BCMA, CD20, CD70, E-selectin, EphB2, Melanotransferin, Muc16 and TMEFF2.
  • Tumor-associated antigens are known in the art, and can prepared for use in generating antibodies using methods and information which are well known in the art.
  • TAA Tumor-associated antigens
  • researchers have sought to identify transmembrane or otherwise tumor-associated polypeptides that are specifically expressed on the surface of one or more particular type(s) of cancer cell as compared to on one or more normal non-cancerous cell(s).
  • tumor-associated polypeptides are more abundantly expressed on the surface of the cancer cells as compared to on the surface of the non-cancerous cells.
  • the identification of such tumor-associated cell surface antigen polypeptides has given rise to the ability to specifically target cancer cells for destruction via antibody-based therapies.
  • TAA examples include, but are not limited to, TAA (1)-(53) listed below.
  • TAA (1)-(53) listed below.
  • information relating to these antigens, all of which are known in the art, is listed below and includes names, alternative names, Genbank accession numbers and primary reference(s), following nucleic acid and protein sequence identification conventions of the National Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI).
  • NCBI National Center for Biotechnology Information
  • Nucleic acid and protein sequences corresponding to TAA (1)-(53) are available in public databases such as GenBank.
  • Tumor-associated antigens targeted by antibodies include all amino acid sequence variants and isoforms possessing at least about 70%, 80%, 85%, 90%, or 95% sequence identity relative to the sequences identified in the cited references, or which exhibit substantially the same biological properties or characteristics as a TAA having a sequence found in the cited references.
  • a TAA having a variant sequence generally is able to bind specifically to an antibody that binds specifically to the TAA with the corresponding sequence listed.
  • the parent antibody may also be a fusion protein comprising an albumin-binding peptide (ABP) sequence ( Dennis et al. (2002) “Albumin Binding As A General Strategy For Improving The Pharmacokinetics Of Proteins” J Biol Chem. 277:35035-35043 ; WO 01/45746 ).
  • Antibodies of the invention include fusion proteins with ABP sequences taught by: (i) Dennis et al (2002) J Biol Chem. 277:35035-35043 at Tables III and IV, page 35038; (ii) US 2004/0001827 at [0076]; and (iii) WO 01/45746 at pages 12-13, and all of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • ABP albumin-binding peptide
  • the antibody has been raised to target specific the tumour related antigen ⁇ v ⁇ 6 .
  • the ADCs of the present invention comprise anti-HER2 antibodies.
  • an anti-HER2 antibody of an ADC of the invention comprises a humanized anti-HER2 antibody, e.g., huMAb4D5-1, huMAb4D5-2, huMAb4D5-3, huMAb4D5-4, huMAb4D5-5, huMAb4D5-6, huMAb4D5-7 and huMAb4D5-8, as described in Table 3 of US 5821337 .
  • Those antibodies contain human framework regions with the complementarity-determining regions of a murine antibody (4D5) that binds to HER2.
  • the humanized antibody huMAb4D5-8 is also referred to as trastuzumab, commercially available as HERCEPTIN®.
  • an anti-HER2 antibody of an ADC of the invention comprises a humanized anti-HER2 antibody, e.g., humanized 2C4, as described in US7862817 .
  • An exemplary humanized 2C4 antibody is pertuzumab, commercially available as PERJETA®.
  • an anti-HER2 antibody of an ADC of the invention comprises a humanized anti-HER2 antibody is 7C2.
  • the cysteine-engineered THIOMABTM antibodies have a cysteine residue introduced at the 149-lysine site of the light chain (LC K149C) according to the numbering of Kabat.
  • cysteine-engineered THIOMABTM antibodies have a cysteine residue introduced at the 205-valine site of the light chain (LC V205C) according to the numbering of Kabat.
  • the cysteine-engineered THIOMABTM antibodies have a cysteine residue introduced at the 118-alanine site (EU numbering) of the heavy chain (HC A118C). This site is alternatively numbered 121 by Sequential numbering or 114 by Kabat numbering.
  • the cysteine-engineered THIOMABTM antibodies have a cysteine residue introduced at the 140-alanine site (EU numbering) of the heavy chain (HC A140C). This site is alternatively numbered 143 by Sequential numbering or 136 by Kabat numbering.
  • the cysteine-engineered THIOMABTM antibodies have a cysteine residue introduced at the 239-serine site (EU numbering) of the heavy chain (HC S239C). This site is alternatively numbered 242 by Sequential numbering or 235 by Kabat numbering.
  • the cell binding agent may be labelled, for example to aid detection or purification of the agent either prior to incorporation as a conjugate, or as part of the conjugate.
  • the label may be a biotin label.
  • the cell binding agent may be labelled with a radioisotope.
  • R is independently selected from optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyl, C 3-20 heterocyclyl and C 5-20 aryl groups. These groups are each defined in the substituents section below.
  • R is independently optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyl.
  • R is independently optionally substituted C 3-20 heterocyclyl.
  • R is independently optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl.
  • R is independently optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyl.
  • R 2 Described above in relation to R 2 are various embodiments relating to preferred alkyl and aryl groups and the identity and number of optional substituents.
  • the preferences set out for R 2 as it applies to R are applicable, where appropriate, to all other groups R, for examples where R 6 , R 7 , R 8 or R 9 is R.
  • a compound having a substituent group -NRR' having a substituent group -NRR'.
  • R and R' together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocyclic ring.
  • the ring may contain a further heteroatom, for example N, O or S.
  • the heterocyclic ring is itself substituted with a group R. Where a further N heteroatom is present, the substituent may be on the N heteroatom.
  • R" is a C 3-12 alkylene group, which chain may be interrupted by one or more heteroatoms, e.g. O, S, N(H), NMe and/or aromatic rings, e.g. benzene or pyridine, which rings are optionally substituted.
  • heteroatoms e.g. O, S, N(H), NMe and/or aromatic rings, e.g. benzene or pyridine, which rings are optionally substituted.
  • R" is a C 3-12 alkylene group, which chain may be interrupted by one or more heteroatoms and/or aromatic rings, e.g. benzene or pyridine.
  • the alkylene group is optionally interrupted by one or more heteroatoms selected from O, S, and NMe and/or aromatic rings, which rings are optionally substituted.
  • the aromatic ring is a C 5-20 arylene group, where arylene pertains to a divalent moiety obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from two aromatic ring atoms of an aromatic compound, which moiety has from 5 to 20 ring atoms.
  • R" is a C 3-12 alkylene group, which chain may be interrupted by one or more heteroatoms, e.g. O, S, N(H), NMe and/or aromatic rings, e.g. benzene or pyridine, which rings are optionally substituted by NH 2 .
  • heteroatoms e.g. O, S, N(H), NMe and/or aromatic rings, e.g. benzene or pyridine, which rings are optionally substituted by NH 2 .
  • R" is a C 3-12 alkylene group.
  • R" is selected from a C 3 , C 5 , C 7 , C 9 and a C 11 alkylene group.
  • R" is selected from a C 3 , C 5 and a C 7 alkylene group.
  • R" is selected from a C 3 and a C 5 alkylene group.
  • R" is a C 3 alkylene group.
  • R" is a C 5 alkylene group.
  • alkylene groups listed above may be optionally interrupted by one or more heteroatoms and/or aromatic rings, e.g. benzene or pyridine, which rings are optionally substituted.
  • alkylene groups listed above may be optionally interrupted by one or more heteroatoms and/or aromatic rings, e.g. benzene or pyridine.
  • alkylene groups listed above may be unsubstituted linear aliphatic alkylene groups.
  • X is selected from O, S, or N(H).
  • X is O.
  • the compounds where one or both C rings is replaced by a ring of formula E have a group R 2 which with either of R 1 or R 3 , together with carbon atoms of the C ring to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted benzene ring.
  • the optionally substituted benzene ring may be regarded as fused to the C ring of the pyrrolobenzodiazepine.
  • the fused benzene ring may be referred to as the D ring.
  • the structure of the fused ring is illustrated below: where each of D 1 , D 2 , D 3 and D 4 represents H or a substituent.
  • the benzene ring is unsubstituted.
  • the benzene ring is optionally substituted with one, two, three of four groups selected from OH, CN, R, OR, O-SO 2 -R, CO 2 R, COR, SH, SR, NH 2 , NHR, NRR', NO 2 , Me 3 Sn and halo.
  • the benzene ring is monosubstituted.
  • the monosubstituent may be any one of D 1 , D 2 , D 3 or D 4 (the rest being H).
  • the benzene ring is substituted at D 2 , and D 1 , D 3 and D 4 are each H.
  • the benzene ring is substituted at D 3 , and D 1 , D 2 and D 4 are each H.
  • R 2 with R 1 together with carbon atoms of the C ring to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted benzene ring.
  • V and W are set out below.
  • the C ring of the compound A-B has a structure selected from those shown below:
  • V and W are each selected from (CH 2 ) n , O, S, NR, CHR, and CRR' where n is 2,3 or 4, except that V is C when R 1 and R 2 , together with carbon atoms of the C ring to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted benzene ring, and W is C when R 3 and R 2 , together with carbon atoms of the C ring to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted benzene ring.
  • V and W when one of V and W is C, the other of V and W is selected from CH 2 and NR.
  • V and W when one of V and W is C, the other of V and W is CH 2 .
  • the method of the second aspect of the present invention prepares conjugate compounds from the reaction between a cell binding agent and an intermediate compound of the present invention.
  • the cell binding agent may be an antibody.
  • conjugates with LC K149C, LC V205C, HC A140C, or HC S239C cysteine-engineered antibody mutant (THIOMABTM), where CBA below represents Ab as defined above.
  • LC K149C cysteine-engineered antibody mutant THIOMABTM
  • THIOMABTM cysteine-engineered antibody mutant
  • the conjugate is a dimer wherein each of the monomers has a C2 aryl group i.e. each R 2 is optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl, and there is a double bond between C2 and C3 in each PBD moiety. It is preferred that the cell binding agent is an antibody.
  • the conjugate is a compound: and more preferably: wherein CBA is a cell binding agent such as an antibody or a cyclic or linear peptide, and n is 0 or 1.
  • CBA is a cell binding agent such as an antibody or a cyclic or linear peptide
  • n is 0 or 1.
  • Y, R L1 and R L2 are as previously defined, and R E and R E " are each independently selected from H or R D .
  • the conjugate is a compound: and more preferably: wherein CBA is a cell binding agent such as an antibody or a cyclic or linear peptide, Y, R L1 and R L2 are as previously defined; Ar 1 and Ar 2 are each independently optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl, and n is 0 or 1. Ar 1 and Ar 2 may be the same or different.
  • CBA is a cell binding agent such as an antibody or a cyclic or linear peptide
  • Y, R L1 and R L2 are as previously defined
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 are each independently optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl, and n is 0 or 1.
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 may be the same or different.
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 in each of the embodiments above are each independently selected from optionally substituted phenyl, furanyl, thiophenyl and pyridyl.
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 in each of the embodiments above is optionally substituted phenyl.
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 in each of the embodiments above is optionally substituted thien-2-yl or thien-3-yl.
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 in each of the embodiments above is optionally substituted quinolinyl or isoquinolinyl.
  • the quinolinyl or isoquinolinyl group may be bound to the PBD core through any available ring position.
  • the quinolinyl may be quinolin-2-yl, quinolin-3-yl, quinolin-4yl, quinolin-5-yl, quinolin-6-yl, quinolin-7-yl and quinolin-8-yl. Of these quinolin-3-yl and quinolin-6-yl may be preferred.
  • the isoquinolinyl may be isoquinolin-1-yl, isoquinolin-3-yl, isoquinolin-4yl, isoquinolin-5-yl, isoquinolin-6-yl, isoquinolin-7-yl and isoquinolin-8-yl. Of these isoquinolin-3-yl and isoquinolin-6-yl may be preferred.
  • the conjugate is a compound: and more preferably: wherein CBA is a cell binding agent such as an antibody or a cyclic or linear peptide, Y, R L1 and R L2 are as previously defined, R V1 and R V2 are independently selected from H, methyl, ethyl and phenyl (which phenyl may be optionally substituted with fluoro, particularly in the 4 position) and C 5-6 heterocyclyl, and n is 0 or 1.
  • R V1 and R V2 may be the same or different.
  • R V1 and R V2 may be independently selected from H, phenyl, and 4-fluorophenyl.
  • substituted refers to a parent group which bears one or more substituents.
  • substituted is used herein in the conventional sense and refers to a chemical moiety which is covalently attached to, or if appropriate, fused to, a parent group.
  • substituents are well known, and methods for their formation and introduction into a variety of parent groups are also well known.
  • the substituents described herein are limited to those groups that are not reactive to a cell binding agent.
  • the link to the cell binding agent in the present case is formed from the N10 position of the PBD compound through a linker group (comprising, for example, L 1 , L 2 and A) to the cell binding agent.
  • Reactive functional groups located at other parts of the PBD structure may be capable of forming additional bonds to the cell binding agent (this may be referred to as crosslinking). These additional bonds may alter transport and biological activity of the conjugate. Therefore, in some embodiment, the additional substituents are limited to those lacking reactive functionality.
  • the substituents are selected from the group consisting of R, OR, SR, NRR', NO 2 , halo, CO 2 R, COR, CONH 2 , CONHR, and CONRR'.
  • the substituents are selected from the group consisting of R, OR, SR, NRR', NO 2 , CO 2 R, COR, CONH 2 , CONHR, and CONRR'.
  • the substituents are selected from the group consisting of R, OR, SR, NRR', NO 2 , and halo.
  • the substituents are selected from the group consisting of R, OR, SR, NRR', and NO 2 .
  • any one of the embodiment mentioned above may be applied to any one of the substituents described herein.
  • the substituents may be selected from one or more of the groups listed below.
  • C 1-12 alkyl refers to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon compound having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, which may be aliphatic or alicyclic, and which may be saturated or unsaturated (e.g. partially unsaturated, fully unsaturated).
  • alkyl includes the sub-classes alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, etc., discussed below.
  • saturated alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl (C 1 ), ethyl (C 2 ), propyl (C 3 ), butyl (C 4 ), pentyl (C 5 ), hexyl (C 6 ) and heptyl (C 7 ).
  • saturated linear alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl (C 1 ), ethyl (C 2 ), n-propyl (C 3 ), n-butyl (C 4 ), n-pentyl (amyl) (C 5 ), n-hexyl (C 6 ) and n-heptyl (C 7 ).
  • saturated branched alkyl groups include iso-propyl (C 3 ), iso-butyl (C 4 ), sec-butyl (C 4 ), tert-butyl (C 4 ), iso-pentyl (C 5 ), and neo-pentyl (C 5 ).
  • alkyl group may optionally be interrupted by one or more heteroatoms selected from O, N(H) and S. Such groups may be referred to as "heteroalkyl”.
  • C 2-20 Heteroalkyl refers to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon compound having from 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and one or more heteroatoms selected from O, N(H) and S, preferably O and S.
  • heteroalkyl groups include, but are not limited to those comprising one or more ethylene glycol units of the type -(OCH 2 CH 2 )-.
  • the terminal of a heteroalkyl group may be the primary form of a heteroatom, e.g. -OH, -SH or -NH 2 . In a preferred embodiment, the terminal is -CH 3 .
  • C 2-12 Alkenyl The term "C 2-12 alkenyl" as used herein, pertains to an alkyl group having one or more carbon-carbon double bonds.
  • C 2-12 alkynyl The term "C 2-12 alkynyl" as used herein, pertains to an alkyl group having one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds.
  • unsaturated alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethynyl (-C ⁇ CH) and 2-propynyl (propargyl, -CH 2 -C ⁇ CH).
  • C 3-12 cycloalkyl refers to an alkyl group which is also a cyclyl group; that is, a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from an alicyclic ring atom of a cyclic hydrocarbon (carbocyclic) compound, which moiety has from 3 to 7 carbon atoms, including from 3 to 7 ring atoms.
  • cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from:
  • C 3-20 heterocyclyl refers to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a ring atom of a heterocyclic compound, which moiety has from 3 to 20 ring atoms, of which from 1 to 10 are ring heteroatoms.
  • each ring has from 3 to 7 ring atoms, of which from 1 to 4 are ring heteroatoms.
  • the prefixes e.g. C 3-20 , C 3-7 , C 5-6 , etc.
  • the term "C 5-6 heterocyclyl”, as used herein, pertains to a heterocyclyl group having 5 or 6 ring atoms.
  • monocyclic heterocyclyl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from:
  • substituted monocyclic heterocyclyl groups include those derived from saccharides, in cyclic form, for example, furanoses (C 5 ), such as arabinofuranose, lyxofuranose, ribofuranose, and xylofuranse, and pyranoses (C 6 ), such as allopyranose, altropyranose, glucopyranose, mannopyranose, gulopyranose, idopyranose, galactopyranose, and talopyranose.
  • furanoses C 5
  • arabinofuranose such as arabinofuranose, lyxofuranose, ribofuranose, and xylofuranse
  • pyranoses C 6
  • allopyranose altropyranose
  • glucopyranose glucopyranose
  • mannopyranose gulopyranose
  • idopyranose galactopyranose
  • C 5-20 aryl refers to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from an aromatic ring atom of an aromatic compound, which moiety has from 3 to 20 ring atoms. Preferably, each ring has from 5 to 7 ring atoms.
  • the prefixes e.g. C 3-20 , C 5-7 , C 5-6 , etc.
  • the term "C 5-6 aryl” as used herein, pertains to an aryl group having 5 or 6 ring atoms.
  • the ring atoms may be all carbon atoms, as in "carboaryl groups".
  • carboaryl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from benzene (i.e. phenyl) (C 6 ), naphthalene (C 10 ), azulene (C 10 ), anthracene (C 14 ), phenanthrene (C 14 ), naphthacene (C 18 ), and pyrene (C 16 ).
  • benzene i.e. phenyl
  • C 10 naphthalene
  • azulene C 10
  • anthracene C 14
  • phenanthrene C 14
  • naphthacene C 18
  • pyrene C 16
  • aryl groups which comprise fused rings include, but are not limited to, groups derived from indane (e.g. 2,3-dihydro-1H-indene) (C 9 ), indene (C 9 ), isoindene (C 9 ), tetraline (1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene (C 10 ), acenaphthene (C 12 ), fluorene (C 13 ), phenalene (C 13 ), acephenanthrene (C 15 ), and aceanthrene (C 16 ).
  • indane e.g. 2,3-dihydro-1H-indene
  • indene C 9
  • isoindene C 9
  • tetraline (1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene C 10
  • acenaphthene C 12
  • fluorene C 13
  • phenalene C 13
  • acephenanthrene C 15
  • aceanthrene
  • the ring atoms may include one or more heteroatoms, as in "heteroaryl groups".
  • heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from:
  • heteroaryl which comprise fused rings, include, but are not limited to:
  • Ether -OR, wherein R is an ether substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group (also referred to as a C 1-7 alkoxy group, discussed below), a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group (also referred to as a C 3-20 heterocyclyloxy group), or a C 5-20 aryl group (also referred to as a C 5-20 aryloxy group), preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • R is an ether substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group (also referred to as a C 1-7 alkoxy group, discussed below), a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group (also referred to as a C 3-20 heterocyclyloxy group), or a C 5-20 aryl group (also referred to as a C 5-20 aryloxy group), preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • Alkoxy -OR, wherein R is an alkyl group, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • C 1-7 alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, -OMe (methoxy), -OEt (ethoxy), -O(nPr) (n-propoxy), -O(iPr) (isopropoxy), -O(nBu) (n-butoxy), -O(sBu) (sec-butoxy), -O(iBu) (isobutoxy), and -O(tBu) (tert-butoxy).
  • Acetal -CH(OR 1 )(OR 2 ), wherein R 1 and R 2 are independently acetal substituents, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group, or, in the case of a "cyclic" acetal group, R 1 and R 2 , taken together with the two oxygen atoms to which they are attached, and the carbon atoms to which they are attached, form a heterocyclic ring having from 4 to 8 ring atoms.
  • acetal groups include, but are not limited to, -CH(OMe) 2 , -CH(OEt) 2 , and -CH(OMe)(OEt).
  • Hemiacetal -CH(OH)(OR 1 ), wherein R 1 is a hemiacetal substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl, group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • R 1 is a hemiacetal substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl, group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • hemiacetal groups include, but are not limited to, -CH(OH)(OMe) and - CH(OH)(OEt).
  • Ketal -CR(OR 1 )(OR 2 ), where R 1 and R 2 are as defined for acetals, and R is a ketal substituent other than hydrogen, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • Examples ketal groups include, but are not limited to, -C(Me)(OMe) 2 , -C(Me)(OEt) 2 , -C(Me)(OMe)(OEt), -C(Et)(OMe) 2 , -C(Et)(OEt) 2 , and -C(Et)(OMe)(OEt).
  • R 1 is as defined for hemiacetals, and R is a hemiketal substituent other than hydrogen, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • hemiacetal groups include, but are not limited to, -C(Me)(OH)(OMe), -C(Et)(OH)(OMe), -C(Me)(OH)(OEt), and -C(Et)(OH)(OEt).
  • Imino (imine): NR, wherein R is an imino substituent, for example, hydrogen, C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably hydrogen or a C 1-7 alkyl, group.
  • R is an acyl substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group (also referred to as C 1-7 alkylacyl or C 1-7 alkanoyl), a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group (also referred to as C 3-20 heterocyclylacyl), or a C 5-20 aryl group (also referred to as C 5-20 arylacyl), preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • Acyloxy (reverse ester): -OC( O)R, wherein R is an acyloxy substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • R is an acyloxy substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • Oxycarboyloxy: -OC( O)OR, wherein R is an ester substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl, group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • R 1 and R 2 are independently amino substituents, for example, hydrogen, a C 1-7 alkyl group (also referred to as C 1-7 alkylamino or di-C 1-7 alkylamino), a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably H or a C 1-7 alkyl group, or, in the case of a "cyclic" amino group, R 1 and R 2 , taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a heterocyclic ring having from 4 to 8 ring atoms.
  • R 1 and R 2 are independently amino substituents, for example, hydrogen, a C 1-7 alkyl group (also referred to as C 1-7 alkylamino or di-C 1-7 alkylamino), a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably H or a C 1-7 alkyl group, or, in the case of a "cyclic" amino group, R 1 and R 2 ,
  • Amino groups may be primary (-NH 2 ), secondary (-NHR 1 ), or tertiary (-NHR 1 R 2 ), and in cationic form, may be quaternary (- + NR 1 R 2 R 3 ).
  • Examples of amino groups include, but are not limited to, -NH 2 , -NHCH 3 , -NHC(CH 3 ) 2 , -N(CH 3 ) 2 , -N(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 , and -NHPh.
  • Examples of cyclic amino groups include, but are not limited to, aziridino, azetidino, pyrrolidino, piperidino, piperazino, morpholino, and thiomorpholino.
  • Amido (carbamoyl, carbamyl, aminocarbonyl, carboxamide): -C( O)NR 1 R 2 , wherein R 1 and R 2 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups.
  • Thioamido (thiocarbamyl): -C( S)NR 1 R 2 , wherein R 1 and R 2 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups.
  • R 1 is an amide substituent, for example, hydrogen, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably hydrogen or a C 1-7 alkyl group
  • R 1 is an amide substituent, for example, hydrogen, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group,
  • R 1 and R 2 may together form a cyclic structure, as in, for example, succinimidyl, maleimidyl, and phthalimidyl:
  • R 2 and R 3 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups, and R 1 is a ureido substituent, for example, hydrogen, a C 1-7 alkyl, group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably hydrogen or a C 1-7 alkyl, group.
  • ureido groups include, but are not limited to, -NHCONH 2 , - NHCONHMe, -NHCONHEt, -NHCONMe 2 , -NHCONEt 2 , -NMeCONH 2 , - NMeCONHMe, -NMeCONHEt, -NMeCONMe 2 , and -NMeCONEt 2 .
  • Tetrazolyl a five membered aromatic ring having four nitrogen atoms and one carbon atom
  • Imino: NR, wherein R is an imino substituent, for example, for example, hydrogen, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably H or a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • C 1-7 alkylthio groups include, but are not limited to, -SCH 3 and -SCH 2 CH 3 .
  • Disulfide -SS-R, wherein R is a disulfide substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group (also referred to herein as C 1-7 alkyl disulfide).
  • R is a disulfide substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group (also referred to herein as C 1-7 alkyl disulfide).
  • C 1-7 alkyl disulfide groups include, but are not limited to, -SSCH 3 and -SSCH 2 CH 3 .
  • Sulfine (sulfinyl, sulfoxide): -S( O)R, wherein R is a sulfine substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • R is a sulfine substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • R is a sulfinate substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • R is a sulfonate substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably a C 1-7 alkyl, group.
  • R is a sulfinyloxy substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • R is a sulfonyloxy substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl, group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • R is a sulfate substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • R 1 and R 2 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups.
  • R 1 and R 2 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups.
  • R 1 is an amino substituent, as defined for amino groups.
  • R 1 is an amino substituent, as defined for amino groups
  • R is a sulfonamino substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • R 1 is an amino substituent, as defined for amino groups
  • R is a sulfinamino substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • R is a phosphino substituent, for example, -H, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably -H, a C 1-7 alkyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group.
  • Examples of phosphino groups include, but are not limited to, -PH 2 , -P(CH 3 ) 2 , -P(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 , -P(t-Bu) 2 , and -P(Ph) 2 .
  • R is a phosphinyl substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably a C 1-7 alkyl, group or a C 5-20 aryl group.
  • Phosphate (phosphonooxy ester): -OP( O)(OR) 2 , where R is a phosphate substituent, for example, -H, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably -H, a C 1-7 alkyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group.
  • Phosphite -OP(OR) 2 , where R is a phosphite substituent, for example, -H, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably -H, a C 1-7 alkyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group.
  • phosphite groups include, but are not limited to, -OP(OCH 3 ) 2 , -OP(OCH 2 CH 3 ) 2 , -OP(O-t-Bu) 2 , and -OP(OPh) 2 .
  • Phosphoramidite -OP(OR 1 )-NR 2 2 , where R 1 and R 2 are phosphoramidite substituents, for example, -H, a (optionally substituted) C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably -H, a C 1-7 alkyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group.
  • Examples of phosphoramidite groups include, but are not limited to, -OP(OCH 2 CH 3 )-N(CH 3 ) 2 , -OP(OCH 2 CH 3 )-N(i-Pr) 2 , and -OP(OCH 2 CH 2 CN)-N(i-Pr) 2 .
  • C 3-12 alkylene refers to a bidentate moiety obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms, either both from the same carbon atom, or one from each of two different carbon atoms, of a hydrocarbon compound having from 3 to 12 carbon atoms (unless otherwise specified), which may be aliphatic or alicyclic, and which may be saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated.
  • alkylene includes the sub-classes alkenylene, alkynylene, cycloalkylene, etc., discussed below.
  • linear saturated C 3-12 alkylene groups include, but are not limited to, -(CH 2 ) n -where n is an integer from 3 to 12, for example, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -(propylene), -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 - (butylene), -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 - (pentylene) and -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 - (heptylene).
  • Examples of branched saturated C 3-12 alkylene groups include, but are not limited to, -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH(CH 3 )CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH(C H 3 )CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH(CH 2 CH 3 )-, -CH(CH 2 CH 3 )CH 2 -, and -CH 2 CH(CH 2 CH 3 )CH 2 -.
  • C 3-12 cycloalkylenes examples include, but are not limited to, cyclopentylene (e.g. cyclopent-1,3-ylene), and cyclohexylene (e.g. cyclohex-1,4-ylene).
  • C 3-12 cycloalkylenes examples include, but are not limited to, cyclopentenylene (e.g. 4-cyclopenten-1,3-ylene), cyclohexenylene (e.g. 2-cyclohexen-1,4-ylene; 3-cyclohexen-1,2-ylene; 2,5-cyclohexadien-1,4-ylene).
  • cyclopentenylene e.g. 4-cyclopenten-1,3-ylene
  • cyclohexenylene e.g. 2-cyclohexen-1,4-ylene; 3-cyclohexen-1,2-ylene; 2,5-cyclohexadien-1,4-ylene.
  • a reference to carboxylic acid (-COOH) also includes the anionic (carboxylate) form (-COO - ), a salt or solvate thereof, as well as conventional protected forms.
  • a reference to an amino group includes the protonated form (-N + HR 1 R 2 ), a salt or solvate of the amino group, for example, a hydrochloride salt, as well as conventional protected forms of an amino group.
  • a reference to a hydroxyl group also includes the anionic form (-O - ), a salt or solvate thereof, as well as conventional protected forms.
  • a corresponding salt of the drug linker compound for example, a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt.
  • a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt examples are discussed in Berge, et al., J. Pharm. Sci., 66, 1-19 (1977 ).
  • a salt may be formed with a suitable cation.
  • suitable inorganic cations include, but are not limited to, alkali metal ions such as Na + and K + , alkaline earth cations such as Ca 2+ and Mg 2+ , and other cations such as Al +3 .
  • suitable organic cations include, but are not limited to, ammonium ion (i.e. NH 4 + ) and substituted ammonium ions (e.g. NH 3 R + , NH 2 R 2 + , NHR 3 + , NR 4 + ).
  • Examples of some suitable substituted ammonium ions are those derived from: ethylamine, diethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, triethylamine, butylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine, benzylamine, phenylbenzylamine, choline, meglumine, and tromethamine, as well as amino acids, such as lysine and arginine.
  • An example of a common quaternary ammonium ion is N(CH 3 ) 4 + .
  • a salt may be formed with a suitable anion.
  • suitable inorganic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following inorganic acids: hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, sulfuric, sulfurous, nitric, nitrous, phosphoric, and phosphorous.
  • Suitable organic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following organic acids: 2-acetyoxybenzoic, acetic, ascorbic, aspartic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, cinnamic, citric, edetic, ethanedisulfonic, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, glucheptonic, gluconic, glutamic, glycolic, hydroxymaleic, hydroxynaphthalene carboxylic, isethionic, lactic, lactobionic, lauric, maleic, malic, methanesulfonic, mucic, oleic, oxalic, palmitic, pamoic, pantothenic, phenylacetic, phenylsulfonic, propionic, pyruvic, salicylic, stearic, succinic, sulfanilic, tartaric, toluenesulfonic, trifluoroacetic acid and valeric.
  • solvate is used herein in the conventional sense to refer to a complex of solute (e.g. active compound, salt of active compound) and solvent. If the solvent is water, the solvate may be conveniently referred to as a hydrate, for example, a mono-hydrate, a di-hydrate, a tri-hydrate, etc.
  • the invention includes compounds where a solvent adds across the imine bond of the PBD moiety, which is illustrated below where the solvent is water or an alcohol (R A OH, where R A is C 1-4 alkyl):
  • carbinolamine and carbinolamine ether forms of the PBD can be called the carbinolamine and carbinolamine ether forms of the PBD (as described in the section relating to R 10 above).
  • the balance of these equilibria depend on the conditions in which the compounds are found, as well as the nature of the moiety itself.
  • Certain compounds of the invention may exist in one or more particular geometric, optical, enantiomeric, diasteriomeric, epimeric, atropic, stereoisomeric, tautomeric, conformational, or anomeric forms, including but not limited to, cis- and trans-forms; E- and Z-forms; c-, t-, and r- forms; endo- and exo-forms; R-, S-, and meso-forms; D- and L-forms; d- and I-forms; (+) and (-) forms; keto-, enol-, and enolate-forms; syn- and anti-forms; synclinal- and anticlinal-forms; ⁇ - and ⁇ -forms; axial and equatorial forms; boat-, chair-, twist-, envelope-, and halfchair-forms; and combinations thereof, hereinafter collectively referred to as "isomers” (or "isomeric forms").
  • chiral refers to molecules which have the property of non-superimposability of the mirror image partner, while the term “achiral” refers to molecules which are superimposable on their mirror image partner.
  • stereoisomers refers to compounds which have identical chemical constitution, but differ with regard to the arrangement of the atoms or groups in space.
  • Diastereomer refers to a stereoisomer with two or more centers of chirality and whose molecules are not mirror images of one another. Diastereomers have different physical properties, e.g. melting points, boiling points, spectral properties, and reactivities. Mixtures of diastereomers may separate under high resolution analytical procedures such as electrophoresis and chromatography.
  • Enantiomers refer to two stereoisomers of a compound which are non-superimposable mirror images of one another.
  • the compounds of the invention may contain asymmetric or chiral centers, and therefore exist in different stereoisomeric forms. It is intended that all stereoisomeric forms of the compounds of the invention, including but not limited to, diastereomers, enantiomers and atropisomers, as well as mixtures thereof such as racemic mixtures, form part of the present invention.
  • a specific stereoisomer may also be referred to as an enantiomer, and a mixture of such isomers is often called an enantiomeric mixture.
  • a 50:50 mixture of enantiomers is referred to as a racemic mixture or a racemate, which may occur where there has been no stereoselection or stereospecificity in a chemical reaction or process.
  • the terms “racemic mixture” and “racemate” refer to an equimolar mixture of two enantiomeric species, devoid of optical activity.
  • isomers are structural (or constitutional) isomers (i.e. isomers which differ in the connections between atoms rather than merely by the position of atoms in space).
  • a reference to a methoxy group, -OCH 3 is not to be construed as a reference to its structural isomer, a hydroxymethyl group, -CH 2 OH.
  • a reference to ortho-chlorophenyl is not to be construed as a reference to its structural isomer, meta-chlorophenyl.
  • a reference to a class of structures may well include structurally isomeric forms falling within that class (e.g. C 1-7 alkyl includes n-propyl and iso-propyl; butyl includes n-, iso-, sec-, and tert-butyl; methoxyphenyl includes ortho-, meta-, and para-methoxyphenyl).
  • C 1-7 alkyl includes n-propyl and iso-propyl
  • butyl includes n-, iso-, sec-, and tert-butyl
  • methoxyphenyl includes ortho-, meta-, and para-methoxyphenyl
  • keto/enol (illustrated below), imine/enamine, amide/imino alcohol, amidine/amidine, nitroso/oxime, thioketone/enethiol, N-nitroso/hyroxyazo, and nitro/aci-nitro.
  • tautomer or “tautomeric form” refers to structural isomers of different energies which are interconvertible via a low energy barrier.
  • proton tautomers also known as prototropic tautomers
  • Valence tautomers include interconversions by reorganization of some of the bonding electrons.
  • H may be in any isotopic form, including 1 H, 2 H (D), and 3 H (T); C may be in any isotopic form, including 12 C, 13 C, and 14 C; O may be in any isotopic form, including 16 O and 18 O; and the like.
  • isotopes examples include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine, and chlorine, such as, but not limited to 2 H (deuterium, D), 3 H (tritium), 11 C, 13 C 14 C 15 N 18 F, 31 P, 32 P, 35 S, 36 Cl, and 125 I.
  • isotopically labeled compounds of the present invention for example those into which radioactive isotopes such as 3H, 13C, and 14C are incorporated.
  • Such isotopically labelled compounds may be useful in metabolic studies, reaction kinetic studies, detection or imaging techniques, such as positron emission tomography (PET) or single-photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) including drug or substrate tissue distribution assays, or in radioactive treatment of patients.
  • Deuterium labelled or substituted therapeutic compounds of the invention may have improved DMPK (drug metabolism and pharmacokinetics) properties, relating to distribution, metabolism, and excretion (ADME). Substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements.
  • An 18F labeled compound may be useful for PET or SPECT studies.
  • Isotopically labeled compounds of this invention and prodrugs thereof can generally be prepared by carrying out the procedures disclosed in the schemes or in the examples and preparations described below by substituting a readily available isotopically labeled reagent for a non-isotopically labeled reagent.
  • substitution with heavier isotopes, particularly deuterium may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements or an improvement in therapeutic index.
  • deuterium in this context is regarded as a substituent.
  • the concentration of such a heavier isotope, specifically deuterium may be defined by an isotopic enrichment factor.
  • any atom not specifically designated as a particular isotope is meant to represent any stable isotope of that atom.
  • a reference to a particular compound includes all such isomeric forms, including (wholly or partially) racemic and other mixtures thereof.
  • Methods for the preparation (e.g. asymmetric synthesis) and separation (e.g. fractional crystallisation and chromatographic means) of such isomeric forms are either known in the art or are readily obtained by adapting the methods taught herein, or known methods, in a known manner.
  • Exemplary drug linker compounds of formula I include: (11S,11aS)-((R)-2-((3-nitropyridin-2-yl)disulfanyl)propyl) 11-hydroxy-7-methoxy-8-(5-((S)-7-methoxy-2-methylene-5-oxo-2,3,5,11a-tetrahydro-1 H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]diazepin-8-yloxy)pentyloxy)-2-methylene-5-oxo-2,3,11,11a-tetrahydro-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]diazepine-10(5H)-carboxylate (11S,11aS)-((R)-2-((5-nitropyridin-2-yl)disulfanyl)propyl) 11-hydroxy-7-methoxy-8-(5-((S)-7-methoxy-2-methylene-5
  • the cytotoxic or cytostatic activity of an antibody-drug conjugate is measured by: exposing mammalian cells having receptor proteins, e.g. HER2, to the antibody of the ADC in a cell culture medium; culturing the cells for a period from about 6 hours to about 5 days; and measuring cell viability.
  • Cell-based in vitro assays are used to measure viability (proliferation), cytotoxicity, and induction of apoptosis (caspase activation) of an ADC of the invention.
  • the in vitro potency of antibody-drug conjugates can be measured by a cell proliferation assay.
  • the CeIITiter-Glo ® Luminescent Cell Viability Assay is a commercially available (Promega Corp., Madison, WI), homogeneous assay method based on the recombinant expression of Coleoptera luciferase ( US Patent Nos. 5583024 ; 5674713 and 5700670 ).
  • This cell proliferation assay determines the number of viable cells in culture based on quantitation of the ATP present, an indicator of metabolically active cells ( Crouch et al (1993) J. Immunol. Meth. 160:81-88 ; US 6602677 ).
  • the CellTiter-Glo ® Assay is conducted in 96 well format, making it amenable to automated high-throughput screening (HTS) ( Cree et al (1995) AntiCancer Drugs 6:398-404 ).
  • the homogeneous assay procedure involves adding the single reagent (CellTiter-Glo ® Reagent) directly to cells cultured in serum-supplemented medium. Cell washing, removal of medium and multiple pipetting steps are not required.
  • the system detects as few as 15 cells/well in a 384-well format in 10 minutes after adding reagent and mixing.
  • the cells may be treated continuously with ADC, or they may be treated and separated from ADC. Generally, cells treated briefly, i.e. 3 hours, showed the same potency effects as continuously treated cells.
  • the homogeneous "add-mix-measure” format results in cell lysis and generation of a luminescent signal proportional to the amount of ATP present.
  • the amount of ATP is directly proportional to the number of cells present in culture.
  • the CellTiter-Glo ® Assay generates a "glow-type" luminescent signal, produced by the luciferase reaction, which has a half-life generally greater than five hours, depending on cell type and medium used. Viable cells are reflected in relative luminescence units (RLU).
  • the substrate, Beetle Luciferin is oxidatively decarboxylated by recombinant firefly luciferase with concomitant conversion of ATP to AMP and generation of photons.
  • the in vivo efficacy of antibody-drug conjugates (ADC) of the invention can be measured by tumor xenograft studies in mice.
  • ADC antibody-drug conjugates
  • the in vivo efficacy of an anti-HER2 ADC of the invention can be measured by a high expressing HER2 transgenic explant mouse model.
  • An allograft is propagated from the Fo5 mmtv transgenic mouse which does not respond to, or responds poorly to, HERCEPTIN® therapy.
  • Subjects can be treated once with ADC at certain dose levels (mg/kg) and PBD drug exposure ( ⁇ g/m 2 ); and placebo buffer control (Vehicle) and monitored over two weeks or more to measure the time to tumor doubling, log cell kill, and tumor shrinkage.
  • the conjugates described herein may be used to provide a PBD compound at a target location.
  • the target location is preferably a proliferative cell population.
  • the antibody is an antibody for an antigen present in a proliferative cell population.
  • the antigen is absent or present at a reduced level in a non-proliferative cell population compared to the amount of antigen present in the proliferative cell population, for example a tumour cell population.
  • the linker may be cleaved by an enzyme present at the target location.
  • the target location may be in vitro, in vivo or ex vivo.
  • the antibody-drug conjugate (ADC) compounds described herein include those with utility for anticancer activity.
  • the compounds include an antibody conjugated, i.e. covalently attached by a linker, to a PBD drug moiety, i.e. toxin.
  • a linker i.e. covalently attached by a linker
  • the PBD drug When the drug is not conjugated to an antibody, the PBD drug has a cytotoxic effect. The biological activity of the PBD drug moiety is thus modulated by conjugation to an antibody.
  • the antibody-drug conjugates (ADC) of the invention selectively deliver an effective dose of a cytotoxic agent to tumor tissue whereby greater selectivity, i.e. a lower efficacious dose, may be achieved.
  • conjugate compound for use in therapy.
  • conjugate compound for use in the treatment of a proliferative disease. Also described herein is the use of a conjugate compound in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a proliferative disease.
  • proliferative disease pertains to an unwanted or uncontrolled cellular proliferation of excessive or abnormal cells which is undesired, such as, neoplastic or hyperplastic growth, whether in vitro or in vivo.
  • proliferative conditions include, but are not limited to, benign, pre-malignant, and malignant cellular proliferation, including but not limited to, neoplasms and tumours (e.g. histocytoma, glioma, astrocyoma, osteoma), cancers (e.g. lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, gastrointestinal cancer, bowel cancer, colon cancer, breast carcinoma, ovarian carcinoma, prostate cancer, testicular cancer, liver cancer, kidney cancer, bladder cancer, pancreas cancer, brain cancer, sarcoma, osteosarcoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, melanoma), leukemias, psoriasis, bone diseases, fibroproliferative disorders (e.g. of connective tissues), and atherosclerosis.
  • Cancers of particular interest include, but are not limited to, leukemias and ovarian cancers.
  • Any type of cell may be treated, including but not limited to, lung, gastrointestinal (including, e.g. bowel, colon), breast (mammary), ovarian, prostate, liver (hepatic), kidney (renal), bladder, pancreas, brain, and skin.
  • gastrointestinal including, e.g. bowel, colon
  • breast mammary
  • ovarian prostate
  • liver hepatic
  • kidney renal
  • bladder pancreas
  • brain and skin.
  • the treatment is of a pancreatic cancer.
  • the treatment is of a tumour having ⁇ v ⁇ 6 integrin on the surface of the cell.
  • the antibody-drug conjugates (ADC) described herein may be used to treat various diseases or disorders, e.g. characterized by the overexpression of a tumor antigen.
  • exemplary conditions or hyperproliferative disorders include benign or malignant tumors; leukemia, haematological, and lymphoid malignancies.
  • Others include neuronal, glial, astrocytal, hypothalamic, glandular, macrophagal, epithelial, stromal, blastocoelic, inflammatory, angiogenic and immunologic, including autoimmune, disorders.
  • the disease or disorder to be treated is a hyperproliferative disease such as cancer.
  • cancer to be treated herein include, but are not limited to, carcinoma, lymphoma, blastoma, sarcoma, and leukemia or lymphoid malignancies. More particular examples of such cancers include squamous cell cancer (e.g.
  • lung cancer including small-cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, adenocarcinoma of the lung and squamous carcinoma of the lung, cancer of the peritoneum, hepatocellular cancer, gastric or stomach cancer including gastrointestinal cancer, pancreatic cancer, glioblastoma, cervical cancer, ovarian cancer, liver cancer, bladder cancer, hepatoma, breast cancer, colon cancer, rectal cancer, colorectal cancer, endometrial or uterine carcinoma, salivary gland carcinoma, kidney or renal cancer, prostate cancer, vulval cancer, thyroid cancer, hepatic carcinoma, anal carcinoma, penile carcinoma, as well as head and neck cancer.
  • lung cancer including small-cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, adenocarcinoma of the lung and squamous carcinoma of the lung, cancer of the peritoneum, hepatocellular cancer, gastric or stomach cancer including gastrointestinal cancer, pancreatic cancer, glioblastoma, cervical cancer, ovarian cancer, liver cancer,
  • Autoimmune diseases for which the ADC compounds may be used in treatment include rheumatologic disorders (such as, for example, rheumatoid arthritis, Sjögren's syndrome, scleroderma, lupus such as SLE and lupus nephritis, polymyositis/dermatomyositis, cryoglobulinemia, anti-phospholipid antibody syndrome, and psoriatic arthritis), osteoarthritis, autoimmune gastrointestinal and liver disorders (such as, for example, inflammatory bowel diseases (e.g.
  • autoimmune gastritis and pernicious anemia autoimmune hepatitis, primary biliary cirrhosis, primary sclerosing cholangitis, and celiac disease
  • vasculitis such as, for example, ANCA-associated vasculitis, including Churg-Strauss vasculitis, Wegener's granulomatosis, and polyarteriitis
  • autoimmune neurological disorders such as, for example, multiple sclerosis, opsoclonus myoclonus syndrome, myasthenia gravis, neuromyelitis optica, Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, and autoimmune polyneuropathies
  • renal disorders such as, for example, glomerulonephritis, Goodpasture's syndrome, and Berger's disease
  • autoimmune dermatologic disorders such as, for example, psoriasis, urticaria, hives, pemphigus vulgaris, bullous pemphigoid,
  • Graves' disease and thyroiditis More preferred such diseases include, for example, rheumatoid arthritis, ulcerative colitis, ANCA-associated vasculitis, lupus, multiple sclerosis, Sjögren's syndrome, Graves' disease, IDDM, pernicious anemia, thyroiditis, and glomerulonephritis.
  • the conjugates described herein may be used in a method of therapy. Also provided is a method of treatment, comprising administering to a subject in need of treatment a therapeutically-effective amount of a conjugate compound described herein.
  • a therapeutically-effective amount is an amount sufficient to show benefit to a patient. Such benefit may be at least amelioration of at least one symptom.
  • the actual amount administered, and rate and time-course of administration, will depend on the nature and severity of what is being treated. Prescription of treatment, e.g. decisions on dosage, is within the responsibility of general practitioners and other medical doctors.
  • a compound may be administered alone or in combination with other treatments, either simultaneously or sequentially dependent upon the condition to be treated.
  • treatments and therapies include, but are not limited to, chemotherapy (the administration of active agents, including, e.g. drugs, such as chemotherapeutics); surgery; and radiation therapy.
  • a “chemotherapeutic agent” is a chemical compound useful in the treatment of cancer, regardless of mechanism of action.
  • Classes of chemotherapeutic agents include, but are not limited to: alkylating agents, antimetabolites, spindle poison plant alkaloids, cytotoxic/antitumor antibiotics, topoisomerase inhibitors, antibodies, photosensitizers, and kinase inhibitors.
  • Chemotherapeutic agents include compounds used in "targeted therapy” and conventional chemotherapy.
  • chemotherapeutic agents include: erlotinib (TARCEVA®, Genentech/OSI Pharm.), docetaxel (TAXOTERE®, Sanofi-Aventis), 5-FU (fluorouracil, 5-fluorouracil, CAS No. 51-21-8 ), gemcitabine (GEMZAR®, Lilly), PD-0325901 ( CAS No. 391210-10-9 , Pfizer), cisplatin (cis-diamine, dichloroplatinum(II), CAS No. 15663-27-1 ), carboplatin ( CAS No.
  • paclitaxel TAXOL®, Bristol-Myers Squibb Oncology, Princeton, N.J.
  • trastuzumab HERCEPTIN®, Genentech
  • temozolomide 4-methyl-5-oxo- 2,3,4,6,8-pentazabicyclo [4.3.0] nona-2,7,9-triene- 9-carboxamide, CAS No.
  • tamoxifen ( Z )-2-[4-(1,2-diphenylbut-1-enyl)phenoxy]- N,N- dimethylethanamine, NOLVADEX®, ISTUBAL®, VALODEX®), and doxorubicin (ADRIAMYCIN®), Akti-1/2, HPPD, and rapamycin.
  • chemotherapeutic agents include: oxaliplatin (ELOXATIN®, Sanofi), bortezomib (VELCADE®, Millennium Pharm.), sutent (SUNITINIB®, SU11248, Pfizer), letrozole (FEMARA®, Novartis), imatinib mesylate (GLEEVEC®, Novartis), XL-518 (Mek inhibitor, Exelixis, WO 2007/044515 ), ARRY-886 (Mek inhibitor, AZD6244, Array BioPharma, Astra Zeneca), SF-1126 (PI3K inhibitor, Semafore Pharmaceuticals), BEZ-235 (PI3K inhibitor, Novartis), XL-147 (PI3K inhibitor, Exelixis), PTK787/ZK 222584 (Novartis), fulvestrant (FASLODEX®, AstraZeneca), leucovorin (folinic acid), rapamycin (sirol
  • calicheamicin calicheamicin gamma1I, calicheamicin omegaI1 ( Angew Chem. Intl. Ed. Engl. (1994) 33:183-186 ); dynemicin, dynemicin A; bisphosphonates, such as clodronate; an esperamicin; as well as neocarzinostatin chromophore and related chromoprotein enediyne antibiotic chromophores), aclacinomysins, actinomycin, authramycin, azaserine, bleomycins, cactinomycin, carabicin, carminomycin, carzinophilin, chromomycinis, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, detorubicin, 6-diazo-5-oxo-L-norleucine, morpholino-doxorubicin, cyanomorpholino-doxorubicin, 2-pyrrolino-dox
  • chemotherapeutic agent include: (i) anti-hormonal agents that act to regulate or inhibit hormone action on tumors such as anti-estrogens and selective estrogen receptor modulators (SERMs), including, for example, tamoxifen (including NOLVADEX®; tamoxifen citrate), raloxifene, droloxifene, 4-hydroxytamoxifen, trioxifene, keoxifene, LY117018, onapristone, and FARESTON® (toremifine citrate); (ii) aromatase inhibitors that inhibit the enzyme aromatase, which regulates estrogen production in the adrenal glands, such as, for example, 4(5)-imidazoles, aminoglutethimide, MEGASE® (megestrol acetate), AROMASIN® (exemestane; Pfizer), formestanie, fadrozole, RIVISOR® (vorozole), FEMARA® (letrozole),
  • SERMs
  • chemotherapeutic agent therapeutic antibodies such as alemtuzumab (Campath), bevacizumab (AVASTIN®, Genentech); cetuximab (ERBITUX®, Imclone); panitumumab (VECTIBIX®, Amgen), rituximab (RITUXAN®, Genentech/Biogen Idec), pertuzumab (OMNITARGTM, 2C4, Genentech), trastuzumab (HERCEPTIN®, Genentech), tositumomab (Bexxar, Corixia), and the antibody drug conjugate, gemtuzumab ozogamicin (MYLOTARG®, Wyeth).
  • therapeutic antibodies such as alemtuzumab (Campath), bevacizumab (AVASTIN®, Genentech); cetuximab (ERBITUX®, Imclone); panitumumab (VECTIBIX®, Amgen), rituximab
  • Humanized monoclonal antibodies with therapeutic potential as chemotherapeutic agents in combination with the conjugates of the invention include: alemtuzumab, apolizumab, aselizumab, atlizumab, bapineuzumab, bevacizumab, bivatuzumab mertansine, cantuzumab mertansine, cedelizumab, certolizumab pegol, cidfusituzumab, cidtuzumab, daclizumab, eculizumab, efalizumab, epratuzumab, erlizumab, felvizumab, fontolizumab, gemtuzumab ozogamicin, inotuzumab ozogamicin, ipilimumab, labetuzumab, lintuzumab, matuzumab, mepolizumab, motavizumab, motovizumab,
  • compositions described herein, and for use as described herein may comprise, in addition to the active ingredient, i.e. a conjugate compound, a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, carrier, buffer, stabiliser or other materials well known to those skilled in the art. Such materials should be non-toxic and should not interfere with the efficacy of the active ingredient.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient e.g. a conjugate compound
  • carrier e.g. a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient
  • buffer e.g. cutaneous, subcutaneous, or intravenous.
  • compositions for oral administration may be in tablet, capsule, powder or liquid form.
  • a tablet may comprise a solid carrier or an adjuvant.
  • Liquid pharmaceutical compositions generally comprise a liquid carrier such as water, petroleum, animal or vegetable oils, mineral oil or synthetic oil. Physiological saline solution, dextrose or other saccharide solution or glycols such as ethylene glycol, propylene glycol or polyethylene glycol may be included.
  • a capsule may comprise a solid carrier such a gelatin.
  • the active ingredient will be in the form of a parenterally acceptable aqueous solution which is pyrogen-free and has suitable pH, isotonicity and stability.
  • a parenterally acceptable aqueous solution which is pyrogen-free and has suitable pH, isotonicity and stability.
  • isotonic vehicles such as Sodium Chloride Injection, Ringer's Injection, Lactated Ringer's Injection.
  • Preservatives, stabilisers, buffers, antioxidants and/or other additives may be included, as required.
  • conjugate compound While it is possible for the conjugate compound to be used (e.g., administered) alone, it is often preferable to present it as a composition or formulation.
  • the composition is a pharmaceutical composition (e.g., formulation, preparation, medicament) comprising a conjugate compound, as described herein, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, or excipient.
  • a pharmaceutical composition e.g., formulation, preparation, medicament
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier e.g., diluent, or excipient.
  • the composition is a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one conjugate compound, as described herein, together with one or more other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients well known to those skilled in the art, including, but not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents, excipients, adjuvants, fillers, buffers, preservatives, anti-oxidants, lubricants, stabilisers, solubilisers, surfactants (e.g., wetting agents), masking agents, colouring agents, flavouring agents, and sweetening agents.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carriers diluents, excipients, adjuvants, fillers, buffers, preservatives, anti-oxidants, lubricants, stabilisers, solubilisers, surfactants (e.g., wetting agents), masking agents, colouring agents, flavouring agents, and sweetening agents.
  • the composition further comprises other active agents, for example, other therapeutic or prophylactic agents.
  • Suitable carriers, diluents, excipients, etc. can be found in standard pharmaceutical texts. See, for example, Handbook of Pharmaceutical Additives, 2nd Edition (eds. M. Ash and I. Ash), 2001 (Synapse Information Resources, Inc., Endicott, New York, USA ), Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 20th edition, pub. Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins, 2000 ; and Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients, 2nd edition, 1994 .
  • compositions comprising admixing at least one [ 11 C]-radiolabelled conjugate or conjugate-like compound, as defined herein, together with one or more other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients well known to those skilled in the art, e.g., carriers, diluents, excipients, etc. If formulated as discrete units (e.g., tablets, etc.), each unit contains a predetermined amount (dosage) of the active compound.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable pertains to compounds, ingredients, materials, compositions, dosage forms, etc., which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of the subject in question (e.g., human) without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
  • Each carrier, diluent, excipient, etc. must also be “acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation.
  • the formulations may be prepared by any methods well known in the art of pharmacy. Such methods include the step of bringing into association the active compound with a carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients. In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active compound with carriers (e.g., liquid carriers, finely divided solid carrier, etc.), and then shaping the product, if necessary.
  • carriers e.g., liquid carriers, finely divided solid carrier, etc.
  • the formulation may be prepared to provide for rapid or slow release; immediate, delayed, timed, or sustained release; or a combination thereof.
  • Formulations suitable for parenteral administration include aqueous or non-aqueous, isotonic, pyrogen-free, sterile liquids (e.g., solutions, suspensions), in which the active ingredient is dissolved, suspended, or otherwise provided (e.g., in a liposome or other microparticulate).
  • Such liquids may additional contain other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients, such as anti-oxidants, buffers, preservatives, stabilisers, bacteriostats, suspending agents, thickening agents, and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood (or other relevant bodily fluid) of the intended recipient.
  • excipients include, for example, water, alcohols, polyols, glycerol, vegetable oils, and the like.
  • suitable isotonic carriers for use in such formulations include Sodium Chloride Injection, Ringer's Solution, or Lactated Ringer's Injection.
  • concentration of the active ingredient in the liquid is from about 1 ng/ml to about 10 ⁇ g/ml, for example from about 10 ng/ml to about 1 ⁇ g/ml.
  • the formulations may be presented in unit-dose or multi-dose sealed containers, for example, ampoules and vials, and may be stored in a freeze-dried (lyophilised) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example water for injections, immediately prior to use.
  • sterile liquid carrier for example water for injections, immediately prior to use.
  • Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders, granules, and tablets.
  • appropriate dosages of the conjugate compound, and compositions comprising the conjugate compound can vary from patient to patient. Determining the optimal dosage will generally involve the balancing of the level of therapeutic benefit against any risk or deleterious side effects.
  • the selected dosage level will depend on a variety of factors including, but not limited to, the activity of the particular compound, the route of administration, the time of administration, the rate of excretion of the compound, the duration of the treatment, other drugs, compounds, and/or materials used in combination, the severity of the condition, and the species, sex, age, weight, condition, general health, and prior medical history of the patient.
  • the amount of compound and route of administration will ultimately be at the discretion of the physician, veterinarian, or clinician, although generally the dosage will be selected to achieve local concentrations at the site of action which achieve the desired effect without causing substantial harmful or deleterious side-effects.
  • Administration can be effected in one dose, continuously or intermittently (e.g., in divided doses at appropriate intervals) throughout the course of treatment. Methods of determining the most effective means and dosage of administration are well known to those of skill in the art and will vary with the formulation used for therapy, the purpose of the therapy, the target cell(s) being treated, and the subject being treated. Single or multiple administrations can be carried out with the dose level and pattern being selected by the treating physician, veterinarian, or clinician.
  • a suitable dose of the active compound is in the range of about 100 ng to about 25 mg (more typically about 1 ⁇ g to about 10 mg) per kilogram body weight of the subject per day.
  • the active compound is a salt, an ester, an amide, a prodrug, or the like
  • the amount administered is calculated on the basis of the parent compound and so the actual weight to be used is increased proportionately.
  • the active compound is administered to a human patient according to the following dosage regime: about 100 mg, 3 times daily.
  • the active compound is administered to a human patient according to the following dosage regime: about 150 mg, 2 times daily.
  • the active compound is administered to a human patient according to the following dosage regime: about 200 mg, 2 times daily.
  • the conjugate compound is administered to a human patient according to the following dosage regime: about 50 or about 75 mg, 3 or 4 times daily.
  • the conjugate compound is administered to a human patient according to the following dosage regime: about 100 or about 125 mg, 2 times daily.
  • the dosage amounts described above may apply to the conjugate (including the PBD moiety and the linker to the antibody) or to the effective amount of PBD compound provided, for example the amount of compound that is releasable after cleavage of the linker.
  • an ADC of the invention will depend on the type of disease to be treated, as defined above, the severity and course of the disease, whether the molecule is administered for preventive or therapeutic purposes, previous therapy, the patient's clinical history and response to the antibody, and the discretion of the attending physician.
  • the molecule is suitably administered to the patient at one time or over a series of treatments.
  • about 1 ⁇ g/kg to 15 mg/kg (e.g. 0.1-20 mg/kg) of molecule is an initial candidate dosage for administration to the patient, whether, for example, by one or more separate administrations, or by continuous infusion.
  • a typical daily dosage might range from about 1 ⁇ g/kg to 100 mg/kg or more, depending on the factors mentioned above.
  • An exemplary dosage of ADC to be administered to a patient is in the range of about 0.1 to about 10 mg/kg of patient weight.
  • An exemplary dosing regimen comprises a course of administering an initial loading dose of about 4 mg/kg, followed by additional doses every week, two weeks, or three weeks of an ADC. Other dosage regimens may be useful. The progress of this therapy is easily monitored by conventional techniques and assays.
  • treatment pertains generally to treatment and therapy, whether of a human or an animal (e.g., in veterinary applications), in which some desired therapeutic effect is achieved, for example, the inhibition of the progress of the condition, and includes a reduction in the rate of progress, a halt in the rate of progress, regression of the condition, amelioration of the condition, and cure of the condition.
  • Treatment as a prophylactic measure i.e., prophylaxis, prevention is also included.
  • terapéuticaally-effective amount pertains to that amount of an active compound, or a material, composition or dosage from comprising an active compound, which is effective for producing some desired therapeutic effect, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio, when administered in accordance with a desired treatment regimen.
  • prophylactically-effective amount refers to that amount of an active compound, or a material, composition or dosage from comprising an active compound, which is effective for producing some desired prophylactic effect, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio, when administered in accordance with a desired treatment regimen.
  • the second aspect of the present invention relates to a method of preparing a conjugate, comprising the step of reacting a cell binding agent with a drug linker compound of the present invention, such as a formula I compound.
  • Antibody drug conjugates may be prepared by several routes, employing organic chemistry reactions, conditions, and reagents known to those skilled in the art, including: (1) reaction of a nucleophilic group of an antibody with a bivalent linker reagent, to form antibody-linker intermediate Ab-L, via a covalent bond, followed by reaction with an activated drug moiety reagent; and (2) reaction of a drug moiety reagent with a linker reagent, to form drug-linker reagent D-L, via a covalent bond, followed by reaction with the nucleophilic group of an antibody.
  • conjugation method (2) may be employed with a variety of antibodies and linkers to prepare the antibody-drug conjugates described herein.
  • Nucleophilic groups on antibodies include, but are not limited to side chain thiol groups, e.g. cysteine.
  • Thiol groups are nucleophilic and capable of reacting to form covalent bonds with electrophilic groups on linker moieties such as those of the present invention.
  • Certain antibodies have reducible interchain disulfides, i.e. cysteine bridges.
  • Antibodies may be made reactive for conjugation with linker reagents by treatment with a reducing agent such as DTT (Cleland's reagent, dithiothreitol) or TCEP (tris(2-carboxyethyl)phosphine hydrochloride; Getz et al (1999) Anal. Biochem.
  • Each cysteine disulfide bridge will thus form, theoretically, two reactive thiol nucleophiles. Additional nucleophilic groups can be introduced into antibodies through the reaction of lysines with 2-iminothiolane (Traut's reagent) resulting in conversion of an amine into a thiol.
  • R L represents:
  • unsymmetrical dimers with respect to their N10-C11 bonds, may be prepared by treating bis-amino compounds of formula IV with one equivalent of a commercially available (or readily prepared) chloroformate reagent in order to break the symmetry of the molecules.
  • the remaining free amine can then be functionalised independently to introduce the linking group precursor (R L ). Further functional group manipulation to close the PBD B-ring, remove protecting groups affords the target molecule.
  • Compounds of formula IV are typically prepared by coupling a suitably functionalised C-ring fragment (I) to an A-ring containing dimer core of formula II.
  • C-ring fragments may be prepared from known carbamate protected methyl 4-oxoprolinate building blocks. Olefination under Wittig or Horner-Emmons conditions can be employed to furnish endo- or exo-unsaturated alkenes.
  • C-ring and A-ring fragments can be coupled under standard conditions in the presence of triethylamine, using acid chloride derivatives of the A-ring fragments to give molecules of formula III. Symmetry may also be broken at this stage by introducing different C-rings.
  • Compounds of type III can be reduced, without affecting endo or exo C-ring unsaturation, with zinc in acetic or formic acid to afford molecules of formula IV .
  • a suitable 4-hydroxy pyrrolidine building block may be coupled to a dimer core of formula II.
  • the hydroxyl groups can be oxidized to ketones and then converted to enol triflates.
  • Suzuki coupling can be used to introduce the pro C2 substituents (e.g. aryl, alkenyl etc).
  • the nitro groups can then be reduced to amines, one amine is protected leaving the other free to bear the linker group.
  • Unsymmetrical carbamates of type VI can be prepared by treating bis-amines of type IV with a single equivalent of a commercially available (or readily prepared) chloroformates in the presence of pyridine or triethylamine. Chloroformates may be selected to afford appropriate carbamate based nitrogen protecting groups (Prot N ) which are orthogonal to those used in the pro-linker group (R L ).
  • the R L carbamate may be introduced by converting the remaining amino group to an isocyanate and quenching it with the R L alcohol. Alternatively the R L alcohol can be converted to a chloroformate or functional equivalent (fluoroformate, p-nitrocarbonate, pentafluorocarbonate or hydroxybenzotriazole carbonate). Finally, the remaining amino group can be converted to a reactive p-nitrocarbamate, pentafluorocarbamate or hydroxybenzotriazole carbamate which can be displaced with the R L alcohol to afford molecules of formula VI.
  • Molecules of formula VII can be prepared from molecules of formula VI by removing the silyl protecting groups, with, for example, aqueous acetic acid. Oxidation with Dess-Martin periodinane (or alternatively TPAP/NMO, PDC or under Swern conditions) affords the ring closed product.
  • Conjugates of formula V may be prepared from molecules of formula VII by removal of the carbamate based nitrogen protection group.
  • WO 2010/091150 Further relevant disclosure may be found in WO 2010/091150 .
  • the intermediate compounds described in WO 2010/091150 may also be employed in the methods described above.
  • dimer compound (15) shown in paragraph [164] may be used as compound III in Scheme I above. This, and further adaptations, would be apparent to one of skill in the art.
  • TLC thin-layer chromatography
  • Merck Kieselgel 60 F254 silica gel with fluorescent indicator on aluminium plates. Visualisation of TLC was achieved with UV light or iodine vapour unless otherwise stated.
  • Flash chromatography was performed using VWR silica gel for flash chromatography. Extraction and chromatography solvents were bought and used without further purification from Fisher Scientific, U.K. All fine chemicals were purchased from Sigma-Aldrich or TCI Europe unless otherwise stated.
  • the analytical LC/MS conditions were as follows: Positive mode electrospray mass spectrometry was performed using a Shimadzu Nexera®/Prominence® LCMS-2020. Mobile phases used were solvent A (H 2 O with 0.1 % formic acid) and solvent B (CH 3 CN with 0.1 % formic acid). Gradient for routine 3-minute run: Initial composition 5% B held over 0.25 minutes, then increased from 5% B to 100% B over a 2 minute period. The composition was held for 0.50 minutes at 100% B, then returned to 5% B in 0.05 minutes and held there for 0.05 minutes. The total duration of the gradient run was 3.0 minutes. Gradient for 15-minute run: Initial composition 5% B held over 1 minute, then increased from 5% B to 100% B over a 10 minute period.
  • the composition was held for 2 minutes at 100% B, then returned to 5% B in 0.1 minute and held there for 2.9 minutes.
  • the total duration of the gradient run was 15.0 minutes.
  • Flow rate was 0.8 mL/minute and 0.6 mL/minute (for 15-minute run). Detection was at 214 and 254 nm.
  • Triethylamine (0.25 g, 0.34 mL, 2.5 mmol, 2.2 eq.) was added to a stirred solution of the mono-boc protected bis -aniline 4 (106 g, 1.11 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and triphosgene (0.12 g, 0.4 mmol, 0.36 eq.) in dry THF (15 mL) under an argon atmosphere at room temperature.
  • the reaction mixture was heated to 40°C and after 5 minutes a sample was treated with methanol and analysed by LCMS as the methyl carbamate.
  • Acetic acid/H 2 O (3/1, 16 mL) was added to a solution, of the bis -silyl ether 5 (0.41 g, 0.33 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in THF (4 mL). The resultant solution was stirred at room temperature for 6.5 hours. The reaction mixture was basified to pH8 with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution. The mixture was extracted with ethylacetate (4 x 100 mL) and the combined extracts were washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (2 x 200 mL), water (200 mL), saturated brine (200 mL), dried (MgSO 4 ) and evaporated under reduced pressure.
  • Glacial acetic acid (24 mL) was added to a stirred solution of the TBS-protected compound 12 (419 mg, 0.34 mmol) in THF (8 mL) and H 2 O (8 mL). The reaction mixture was allowed to stir for 16 hours at which point analysis by LC/MS revealed reaction completion with desired product observed at retention time 1.82 minutes (ES+) m / z 997 ([ M + H] +. , ⁇ 100% relative intensity), 1019 ([ M + Na] +. , ⁇ 45% relative intensity). The reaction mixture was added drop-wise to a chilled (0-5°C) saturated solution of NaHCO 3 (400 mL).
  • reaction mixture was treated drop-wise with a solution of TEA (476 ⁇ L, 342 mg, 3.42 mmol) in dry DCM (7.5 mL).
  • TEA 476 ⁇ L, 342 mg, 3.42 mmol
  • DCM dry DCM
  • the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature over a period of 1.5 hours and diluted with DCM (50 mL) then washed with saturated NH 4 Cl (15 mL), saturated NaHCO 3 (15 mL), brine (15 mL), dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product.
  • Methods 332:41-52 expressed in CHO cells were reduced with about a 20-40 fold excess of TCEP (tris(2-carboxyethyl)phosphine hydrochloride or DTT (dithiothreitol) in 50 mM Tris pH 7.5 with 2 mM EDTA for 3 hrs at 37°C or overnight at room temperature.
  • TCEP tris(2-carboxyethyl)phosphine hydrochloride or DTT (dithiothreitol) in 50 mM Tris pH 7.5 with 2 mM EDTA for 3 hrs at 37°C or overnight at room temperature.
  • TCEP tris(2-carboxyethyl)phosphine hydrochloride or DTT (dithiothreitol)
  • TCEP tris(2-carboxyethyl)phosphine hydrochloride or DTT (dithiothreitol) in 50 mM Tris pH 7.5 with
  • the antibody was acidified by addition of 1/20 th volume of 10% acetic acid, diluted with 10 mM succinate pH 5, loaded onto the column and then washed with 10 column volumes of succinate buffer. The column was eluted with 50 mM Tris pH7.5, 2 mM EDTA.
  • the eluted reduced cysteine-engineered antibody mutants (THIOMABTM) was treated with 15 fold molar excess of DHAA (dehydroascorbic acid) or 200 nM aqueous copper sulfate (CuSO 4 ). Oxidation of the interchain disulfide bonds was complete in about three hours or more. Ambient air oxidation was also effective.
  • the re-oxidized antibody was dialyzed into 20 mM sodium succinate pH 5, 150 mM NaCl, 2 mM EDTA and stored frozen at -20°C.
  • the deblocked, reoxidized, thio-antibodies (cysteine-engineered antibody mutants (THIOMABTM)) were reacted with 6-8 fold molar excess of the compounds above (from a DMSO stock at a concentration of 20 mM) in 50 mM Tris, pH 8, until the reaction was complete (16-24 hours) as determined by LC-MS analysis of the reaction mixture.
  • the crude antibody-drug conjugates were then applied to a cation exchange column after dilution with 20 mM sodium succinate, pH 5.
  • the column was washed with at least 10 column volumes of 20 mM sodium succinate, pH 5, and the antibody was eluted with PBS.
  • the antibody drug conjugates were formulated into 20 mM His/acetate, pH 5, with 240 mM sucrose using gel filtration columns.
  • the antibody-drug conjugates were characterized by UV spectroscopy to determine protein concentration, analytical SEC (size-exclusion chromatography) for aggregation analysis and LC-MS before and after treatment with Lysine C endopeptidase.
  • Size exclusion chromatography was performed using a Shodex KW802.5 column in 0.2M potassium phosphate pH 6.2 with 0.25 mM potassium chloride and 15% IPA at a flow rate of 0.75 ml/min. Aggregation state of the conjugate was determined by integration of eluted peak area absorbance at 280 nm.
  • LC-MS analysis was performed using an Agilent QTOF 6520 ESI instrument.
  • an antibody-drug conjugate generated using this chemistry was treated with 1:500 w/w Endoproteinase Lys C (Promega) in Tris, pH 7.5, for 30 min at 37°C.
  • the resulting cleavage fragments were loaded onto a 1000A, 8 um PLRP-S column heated to 80°C and eluted with a gradient of 30% B to 40% B in 5 minutes.
  • Mobile phase A was H 2 O with 0.05% TFA and mobile phase B was acetonitrile with 0.04% TFA.
  • the flow rate was 0.5ml/min.
  • Protein elution was monitored by UV absorbance detection at 280nm prior to electrospray ionization and MS analysis. Chromatographic resolution of the unconjugated Fc fragment, residual unconjugated Fab and drugged Fab was usually achieved. The obtained m/z spectra were deconvoluted using Mass HunterTM software (Agilent Technologies) to calculate the mass of the antibody fragments.
  • ADC Antigen Linker-drug SG DAR 101 Thio Hu anti-Her2 7C2 HC A118C Her2 7C2 8 1.9 102 Thio Hu anti-Her2 7C2 LC K149C Her2 7C2 8 103 Thio Hu anti-CD33 HC A118C CD33 8 1.9 104 Thio Hu anti-CD33 LC K149C CD33 8 105 Thio Hu anti-Her2 7C2 LC K149C Her2 7C2 15 1.8 106 Thio Hu anti-CD33 LC K149C CD33 15 1.8 107 Thio Hu anti-CD33 HC A118C CD33 8 1.8 108 Thio Hu anti-CD33 LC K149C CD33 15 1.9 109 Thio Hu anti-CLL-1 HC A118C CLL-1 8 110 Thio Hu anti-CLL-1 HC A118C CLL-1 8 111 Thio Hu anti-CLL-1 LC K149C CLL-1 15 112 Thio Hu anti-CLL-1 LC K149C CLL-1 15
  • Efficacy of ADC were measured by a cell proliferation assay employing the following protocol (CellTiter Glo® Luminescent Cell Viability Assay, Promega Corp. Technical Bulletin TB288; Mendoza et al (2002) Cancer Res. 62:5485-5488 ). All cell lines were obtained from American Type Culture Collection:
  • Certain cells are seeded at 1000-2000/well or 2000-3000/well in a 96-well plate, 50 uL/well. After one or two days, ADC are added in 50 ⁇ L volumes to final concentration of 9000, 3000, 1000, 333, 111, 37, 12.4, 4.1, or 1.4 ng/mL, with "no ADC" control wells receiving medium alone. Conditions are in duplicate or triplicate After 3-5 days, 100 ⁇ L/well Cell TiterGlo II is added (luciferase-based assay; proliferation measured by ATP levels) and cell counts are determined using a luminometer. Data are plotted as the mean of luminescence for each set of replicates, with standard deviation error bars. The protocol is a modification of the CellTiter Glo Luminescent Cell Viability Assay (Promega):
  • Antibody-drug conjugates Thio Hu anti-Her2 7C2 HC A118C- 8 ( 101 ), Thio Hu anti-CD33 15G15.3 HC A118C- 8 ( 103 ), Thio Hu anti-Her2 7C2 LC K149C- 15 ( 105 ), Thio Hu anti-CD33 15G15.3 LC K149C- 15 ( 106 ) were tested against SK-BR-3 ( Levenson et al (1997) Cancer Res. 57(15):3071-3078 ) cells to measure in vitro cell viability in five day studies. SK-BR-3 cells are HER2+ expressing. Both 101 and 105 were active against these cells, whereas both 103 and 106 were effectively inactive. CNJ IC 50 (ng/mL) SK-BR-3 101 5.9 103 1900 105 5.5 106 3000
  • EOL1 and HL-60 Levenson et al (1997) Cancer Res. 57(15):3071-3078 ) cells to measure in vitro cell viability in five day studies.
  • EOL1 and HL-60 cells are CD33 expressing. Both 103 and 106 were active against these cells, whereas both 101 and 105 were effectively inactive.
  • conjugates 101, 103, 105 and 106 exhibit targeted cell killing.
  • Antibody-drug conjugates Thio Hu anti-Her2 7C2 LC K149C-15 ( 105 ), Thio Hu anti-Her2 7C2 LC K149C-15 ( 117 ), Thio anti-Her2 7C2 LC K149C-20 ( 127 ), and Thio anti-Her2 7C2 LC K149C-26 ( 128 ) were also tested against SK-BR-3 ( Levenson et al (1997) Cancer Res. 57(15):3071-3078 ) cells to measure in vitro cell viability in five day studies.
  • SK-BR-3 cells are HER2+ expressing.
  • Conjugates of the invention were tested in appropriate in vivo models and shown to be active. Appropriate in vivo assays are described in Phillips et al (2008) Cancer Res. 68(22):9280-9290 .

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
  • Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
  • Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Nitrogen And Oxygen Or Sulfur-Condensed Heterocyclic Ring Systems (AREA)
  • Cell Biology (AREA)
  • Indole Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

A compound of formula I:
Figure imga0001
 wherein Y is selected from a single bond, and a group of formulae A1 or A2: where N shows where the group binds to the N10 of the PBD moiety.

Description

  • The present invention relates to pyrrolobenzodiazepines (PBDs), in particular pyrrolobenzodiazepines having a labile N10 protecting group, suitable to form a linker to a cell binding agent. The present invention also relates to certain conjugates made from these PBDs.
    • Background to the invention Pyrrolobenzodiazepines
  • Some pyrrolobenzodiazepines (PBDs) have the ability to recognise and bond to specific sequences of DNA; the preferred sequence is PuGPu. The first PBD antitumour antibiotic, anthramycin, was discovered in 1965 (Leimgruber, et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 87, 5793-5795 (1965); Leimgruber, et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 87, 5791-5793 (1965)). Since then, a number of naturally occurring PBDs have been reported, and over 10 synthetic routes have been developed to a variety of analogues (Thurston, et al., Chem. Rev. 1994, 433-465 (1994); Antonow, D. and Thurston, D.E., Chem. Rev. 2011 111 (4), 2815-2864). Family members include abbeymycin (Hochlowski, et al., J. Antibiotics, 40, 145-148 (1987)), chicamycin (Konishi, et al., J. Antibiotics, 37, 200-206 (1984)), DC-81 (Japanese Patent 58-180 487 ; Thurston, et al., Chem. Brit., 26, 767-772 (1990); Bose, et al., Tetrahedron, 48, 751-758 (1992)), mazethramycin (Kuminoto, et al., J. Antibiotics, 33, 665-667 (1980)), neothramycins A and B (Takeuchi, et al., J. Antibiotics, 29, 93-96 (1976)), porothramycin (Tsunakawa, et al., J. Antibiotics, 41, 1366-1373 (1988)), prothracarcin (Shimizu, et al, J. Antibiotics, 29, 2492-2503 (1982); Langley and Thurston, J. Org. Chem., 52, 91-97 (1987)), sibanomicin (DC-102)(Hara, et al., J. Antibiotics, 41, 702-704 (1988); Itoh, et al., J. Antibiotics, 41, 1281-1284 (1988)), sibiromycin (Leber, et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 110, 2992-2993 (1988)) and tomamycin (Arima, et al., J. Antibiotics, 25, 437-444 (1972)). PBDs are of the general structure:
    Figure imgb0001
  • They differ in the number, type and position of substituents, in both their aromatic A rings and pyrrolo C rings, and in the degree of saturation of the C ring. In the B-ring there is either an imine (N=C), a carbinolamine(NH-CH(OH)), or a carbinolamine methyl ether (NH-CH(OMe)) at the N10-C11 position which is the electrophilic centre responsible for alkylating DNA. All of the known natural products have an (S)-configuration at the chiral C11a position which provides them with a right-handed twist when viewed from the C ring towards the A ring. This gives them the appropriate three-dimensional shape for isohelicity with the minor groove of B-form DNA, leading to a snug fit at the binding site (Kohn, In Antibiotics III. Springer-Verlag, New York, pp. 3-11 (1975); Hurley and Needham-VanDevanter, Acc. Chem. Res., 19, 230-237 (1986)). Their ability to form an adduct in the minor groove, enables them to interfere with DNA processing, hence their use as antitumour agents.
  • Dimeric PBD compounds bearing C2 aryl substituents are disclosed in WO 2005/085251 , such as:
    Figure imgb0002
  • These compounds have been shown to be highly useful cytotoxic agents.
  • A particularly advantageous pyrrolobenzodiazepine compound is described by Gregson et al. (Chem. Commun. 1999, 797-798) as compound 1, and by Gregson et al. (J. Med. Chem. 2001, 44, 1161-1174) as compound 4a. This compound, also known as SJG-136, is shown below:
    Figure imgb0003
    • Antibody-drug conjugates
  • Antibody therapy has been established for the targeted treatment of patients with cancer, immunological and angiogenic disorders (Carter, P. (2006) Nature Reviews Immunology 6:343-357). The use of antibody-drug conjugates (ADC), i.e. immunoconjugates, for the local delivery of cytotoxic or cytostatic agents, i.e. drugs to kill or inhibit tumor cells in the treatment of cancer, targets delivery of the drug moiety to tumors, and intracellular accumulation therein, whereas systemic administration of these unconjugated drug agents may result in unacceptable levels of toxicity to normal cells as well as the tumor cells sought to be eliminated (Xie et al (2006) Expert. Opin. Biol. Ther. 6(3):281-291; Kovtun et al (2006) Cancer Res. 66(6):3214-3121; Law et al (2006) Cancer Res. 66(4):2328-2337; Wu et al (2005) Nature Biotech. 23(9):1137-1145; Lambert J. (2005) Current Opin. in Pharmacol. 5:543-549; Hamann P. (2005) Expert Opin. Ther. Patents 15(9):1087-1103; Payne, G. (2003) Cancer Cell 3:207-212; Trail et al (2003) Cancer Immunol. Immunother. 52:328-337; Syrigos and Epenetos (1999) Anticancer Research 19:605-614).
  • Maximal efficacy with minimal toxicity is sought thereby. Efforts to design and refine ADC have focused on the selectivity of monoclonal antibodies (mAbs) as well as drug mechanism of action, drug-linking, drug/antibody ratio (loading), and drug-releasing properties (Junutula, et al., 2008b Nature Biotech., 26(8):925-932; Dornan et al (2009) Blood 114(13):2721-2729; US 7521541 ; US 7723485 ; WO2009/052249 ; McDonagh (2006) Protein Eng. Design & Sel. 19(7): 299-307; Doronina et al (2006) Bioconj. Chem. 17:114-124; Erickson et al (2006) Cancer Res. 66(8):1-8; Sanderson et al (2005) Clin. Cancer Res. 11:843-852; Jeffrey et al (2005) J. Med. Chem. 48:1344-1358; Hamblett et al (2004) Clin. Cancer Res. 10:7063-7070). Drug moieties may impart their cytotoxic and cytostatic effects by mechanisms including tubulin binding, DNA binding, or topoisomerase inhibition. Some cytotoxic drugs tend to be inactive or less active when conjugated to large antibodies or protein receptor ligands.
  • WO 2013/055987 discloses conjugates comprising a PBD dimer compound connected through the N10 position via a specific sulfur linker to a cell binding agent, having a general formula A:
    Figure imgb0004
  • These conjugates were exemplified with A118C cysteine-engineered antibody mutants (THIOMAB™).
  • Drug linkers of formula D were disclosed as useful in the preparation of such conjugates:
    Figure imgb0005
  • The present inventors have developed further drug linkers, which are useful in the synthesis of the conjugate compounds disclosed in WO 2013/055987 .
    • Summary of the Invention
  • In a general aspect the present invention provides drug linker compounds useful in the preparation of conjugates, the drug linkers comprising a PBD dimer compound connected through the N10 position via a specific sulfur linker to a nitro-pyridyl group, and methods of using the drug linker compounds to prepare conjugates.
  • In a first aspect, the present invention provides compounds of formula I:
    Figure imgb0006
     and salts and solvates thereof, wherein
    • the dotted lines indicate the optional presence of a double bond between C1 and C2 or C2 and C3;
    • R2 is independently selected from H, OH, =O, =CH2, CN, R, OR, =CH-RD, =C(RD)2, O-SO2-R, CO2R and COR, and optionally further selected from halo or dihalo;
    • where RD is independently selected from R, CO2R, COR, CHO, CO2H, and halo;
    • R6 and R9 are independently selected from H, R, OH, OR, SH, SR, NH2, NHR, NRR', NO2, Me3Sn and halo;
    • R7 is independently selected from H, R, OH, OR, SH, SR, NH2, NHR, NRR', NO2, Me3Sn and halo;
    • Y is selected from a single bond, and a group of formulae A1 or A2:
      Figure imgb0007
       where N shows where the group binds to the N10 of the PBD moiety;
    • RL1 and RL2 are independently selected from H and methyl, or together with the carbon atom to which they are bound form a cyclopropylene group;
    • Q is independently selected from O, S and NH;
    • R11 is either H, or R or, where Q is O, SO3M, where M is a metal cation;
    • R and R' are each independently selected from optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, C3-20 heterocyclyl and C5-20 aryl groups, and optionally in relation to the group NRR', R and R' together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocyclic ring;
    • wherein R12, R16, R19 and R17 are as defined for R2, R6, R9 and R7 respectively;
    • wherein R" is a C3-12 alkylene group, which chain may be interrupted by one or more heteroatoms, e.g. O, S, N(H), NMe and/or aromatic rings, e.g. benzene or pyridine, which rings are optionally substituted; and
    • X and X' are independently selected from O, S and N(H).
  • Thus formula I is selected from the following formulae Ia, Ib and Ic, depending on Y:
    Y I
    Single bond
    Figure imgb0008
    Figure imgb0009
    Figure imgb0010
    Figure imgb0011
    Figure imgb0012
  • In one embodiment, the present invention provides compounds of formula II:
    Figure imgb0013
     and salts and solvates thereof, wherein the dotted lines indicate the optional presence of a double bond between C1 and C2 or C2 and C3;
    and all substituents are as defined above.
  • In another embodiment, the present invention provides novel compounds of formula III:
    Figure imgb0014
     and salts and solvates thereof, wherein the dotted lines indicate the optional presence of a double bond between C1 and C2 or C2 and C3;
    and all substituents are as defined above.
  • These drug linker may exhibit various advantages over those disclosed in WO 2013/055987 , such as being easier to conjugate to a cell binding agent. Such ease of conjugation can relate to more rapid and higher yield. Without being limited to a particular mechanism or effect, the nitro group on the pyridyl ring of formula I compounds provides an electron-withdrawing effect which accelerates reaction with a cysteine thiol of a cysteine-engineered antibody. Where the cysteine thiol has been introduced at a hindered or less-reactive site on the antibody, the compounds of formula I provide more efficient conjugation relative to a corresponding unsubstituted pyridyl analog of a compound of formula I.
  • In a second aspect, the present invention provides methods of making conjugate compounds of formula A from drug linkers of the first aspect of the invention, by reacting a compound of the first aspect of the invention with a cell binding agent, wherein formula A is:
    Figure imgb0015
    • the dotted lines indicate the optional presence of a double bond between C1 and C2 or C2 and C3;
    • CBA represents a cell binding agent;
    • and the remaining groups are as defined in the first aspect of the invention.
  • In compounds of formula A:
    Figure imgb0016
     is the sulfur linking group.
  • In the compounds above, the 5-membered rings represented by
    Figure imgb0017
     may be replaced by a ring selected from:
    Figure imgb0018
     where R2 with either of R1 or R3, together with the carbon atoms of the C ring to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted benzene ring;
    V and W are each selected from (CH2)n, O, S, NR, CHR, and CRR' where n is 1, 2 or 3, except that V is C when R1 and R2, together with the carbon atoms of the C ring to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted benzene ring, and W is C when R3 and R2, together with the carbon atoms of the C ring to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted benzene ring; and
    Figure imgb0019
     where T is selected from CH2, NR, CO, BH, SO, and SO2;
    U is selected from CH2, NR, O and S;
    Y is (CH2)n, where n is 1, 2, 3 or 4;
    except that T, U and Y are not all CH2.
  • A third aspect of the present invention provides conjugates of formula A1:
    Figure imgb0020
    • the dotted lines indicate the optional presence of a double bond between C1 and C2 or C2 and C3;
    • Ab represents a cysteine-engineered antibody mutant (THIOMAB™) selected from the group consisiting of:
      1. (a) LC K149C cysteine-engineered antibody mutant (THIOMAB™);
      2. (b) HC A140C cysteine-engineered antibody mutant (THIOMAB™);
      3. (c) LC V205C cysteine-engineered antibody mutant (THIOMAB™); and
      4. (d) HC S239C cysteine-engineered antibody mutant (THIOMAB™); and the remaining groups are as defined in the first aspect of the invention.
  • A fourth aspect of the present invention provides the use of a conjugate of the first aspect of the invention in a method of medical treatment. The fourth aspect also provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a conjugate of the first aspect, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • A fifth aspect of the present invention provides a conjugate of the first aspect of the invention or a pharmaceutical composition of the fourth aspect of the invention for use in a method of treatment of a proliferative disease. The fifth aspect also provides the use of a conjugate of the first aspect in a method of manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a proliferative disease, and a method of treating a mammal having a proliferative disease, comprising administering an effective amount of a conjugate of the first aspect or a pharmaceutical composition of the fourth aspect.
    • Detailed Description of the Invention
  • The present invention provides a compound (drug-linker) comprising a PBD dimer connected through the N10 position on one of the PBD moieties via the specified linker to leaving group, wherein the pyridine ring is substituted with a nitro group.
  • The present invention also provides a method of preparing a conjugate from drug-linker compounds, the method comprising the step of reacting a cell binding agent with a drug-linker compound. In some embodiments, the cell binding agent is an antibody.
  • The conjugates so formed can deliver a PBD compound to a preferred site in a subject. The conjugate allows the release of an active PBD compound that does not retain any part of the linker. There is no stub present that could affect the reactivity of the PBD compound.
    • Preferences
  • The following preferences may apply to all aspects of the invention as described above, or may relate to a single aspect. The preferences may be combined together in any combination.
    • Preferred Drug Linkers
  • In a first aspect, the present invention provides dug linkers for use in the preparation of the conjugate compounds described herein.
  • Preferred intermediates are described below, and correspond closely to the preferred conjugates described herein.
  • In one embodiment, the compound is a dimer wherein each of the PBD moieties has a C2 methylene group i.e. each R2 is =CH2.
  • In another embodiment, the compound is a dimer wherein each of the monomers has a C2 aryl group i.e. each R2 is optionally substituted C5-20 aryl, and there is a double bond between C2 and C3 in each PBD moiety.
    • C2 Alkylene
  • In one embodiment, the compound is:
    Figure imgb0021
     more preferably:
    Figure imgb0022
    • where n is 0 or 1; and
    • Y, RL1 and RL2 are as previously defined, and RE and RE" are each independently selected from H or RD.
  • For each of the compounds above, the following preferences may apply, where appropriate:
    • n is 0;
    • n is 1;
    • RE is H;
    • RE is RD, where RD is optionally substituted alkyl;
    • RE is RD, where RD is methyl;
    • RL1 and RL2 are H;
    • RL1 and RL2 are Me.
    C2 Aryl
  • In one embodiment, the compound is:
    Figure imgb0023
     more preferably:
    Figure imgb0024
    • wherein Y, RL1 and RL2 are as previously defined;
    • Ar1 and Ar2 are each independently optionally substituted C5-20 aryl, and
    • n is 0 or 1. Ar1 and Ar2 may be the same or different.
  • In one embodiment, Ar1 and Ar2 in each of the embodiments above are each independently selected from optionally substituted phenyl, furanyl, thiophenyl and pyridyl.
  • In one embodiment, Ar1 and Ar2 in each of the embodiments above is optionally substituted phenyl.
  • In one embodiment, Ar1 and Ar2 in each of the embodiments above is optionally substituted thien-2-yl or thien-3-yl.
  • In one embodiment, Ar1 and Ar2 in each of the embodiments above is optionally substituted quinolinyl or isoquinolinyl.
  • The quinolinyl or isoquinolinyl group may be bound to the PBD core through any available ring position. For example, the quinolinyl may be quinolin-2-yl, quinolin-3-yl, quinolin-4yl, quinolin-5-yl, quinolin-6-yl, quinolin-7-yl and quinolin-8-yl. Of these quinolin-3-yl and quinolin-6-yl may be preferred. The isoquinolinyl may be isoquinolin-1-yl, isoquinolin-3-yl, isoquinolin-4yl, isoquinolin-5-yl, isoquinolin-6-yl, isoquinolin-7-yl and isoquinolin-8-yl. Of these isoquinolin-3-yl and isoquinolin-6-yl may be preferred.
    • C2 Vinyl
  • In one embodiment, the compound is:
    Figure imgb0025
     more preferably:
    Figure imgb0026
     wherein Y, RL1 and RL2 are as previously defined, RV1 and RV2 are independently selected from H, methyl, ethyl and phenyl (which phenyl may be optionally substituted with fluoro, particularly in the 4 position) and C5-6 heterocyclyl, and n is 0 or 1. RV1 and RV2 may be the same or different.
  • In some of the above embodiments, RV1 and RV2 may be independently selected from H, phenyl, and 4-fluorophenyl.
  • In some of the above embodiments, the pyridyl ring is monosubstituted in the 3-position with -NO2 (meta relative to the disulfide).
  • In some of the above embodiments, the pyridyl ring is monosubstituted in the 5-position with -NO2 (para relative to the disulfide).
  • The first aspect of the present invention provides compounds of formula (D) comprising a 2-mercaptopyridine leaving group. The pyridine ring of the leaving group is substituted at one or more positions with a nitro group. The conjugates are produced more efficiently from intermediates which have a nitro-substituted pyridyl compared to corresponding unsubstituted intermediates.
  • It has been observed that a nitro substituent is particularly effective at providing the enhanced reactivity of the intermediates required to more efficiently prepare the antibody-drug conjugates.
  • In one embodiment, the ring is mono-substituted at the 5-position with -NO2 (para- to the disulfide), for example as in the following compound:
    Figure imgb0027
  • In another embodiment, the ring is mono-substituted at the 3-position with -NO2 (meta- to the disulfide), for example as in the following compound:
    Figure imgb0028
  • In other embodiments, the ring is poly-substituted with nitro groups. For example, there may be an -NO2 substituent in both the 3- and 5-position (i.e. both meta- and para-substituted relative to the disulfide).
    • Double Bond
  • In one embodiment, there is no double bond present between C1 and C2, and C2 and C3.
  • In one embodiment, the dotted lines indicate the optional presence of a double bond between C2 and C3, as shown below:
    Figure imgb0029
  • In one embodiment, a double bond is present between C2 and C3 when R2 is C5-20 aryl or C1-12 alkyl.
  • In one embodiment, the dotted lines indicate the optional presence of a double bond between C1 and C2, as shown below:
    Figure imgb0030
  • In one embodiment, a double bond is present between C1 and C2 when R2 is C5-20 aryl or C1-12 alkyl.
    • R 2
  • In one embodiment, R2 is independently selected from H, OH, =O, =CH2, CN, R, OR, =CH-RD, =C(RD)2, O-SO2-R, CO2R and COR, and optionally further selected from halo or dihalo. In one embodiment, R2 is independently selected from H, OH, =O, =CH2, CN, R, OR, =CH-RD, =C(RD)2, O-SO2-R, CO2R and COR.
  • In one embodiment, R2 is independently selected from H, =O, =CH2, R, =CH-RD, and =C(RD)2.
  • In one embodiment, R2 is independently H.
  • In one embodiment, R2 is independently =O.
  • In one embodiment, R2 is independently =CH2.
  • In one embodiment, R2 is independently =CH-RD. Within the PBD compound, the group =CH-RD may have either configuration shown below:
    Figure imgb0031
  • In one embodiment, the configuration is configuration (I).
  • In one embodiment, R2 is independently =C(RD)2.
  • In one embodiment, R2 is independently =CF2.
  • In one embodiment, R2 is independently R.
  • In one embodiment, R2 is independently optionally substituted C5-20 aryl.
  • In one embodiment, R2 is independently optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl.
  • In one embodiment, R2 is independently optionally substituted C5-20 aryl.
  • In one embodiment, R2 is independently optionally substituted C5-7 aryl.
  • In one embodiment, R2 is independently optionally substituted C8-10 aryl.
  • In one embodiment, R2 is independently optionally substituted phenyl.
  • In one embodiment, R2 is independently optionally substituted thienyl.
  • In one embodiment, R2 is independently optionally substituted naphthyl.
  • In one embodiment, R2 is independently optionally substituted pyridyl.
  • In one embodiment, R2 is independently optionally substituted quinolinyl or isoquinolinyl.
  • In one embodiment, R2 bears one to three substituent groups, with 1 and 2 being more preferred, and singly substituted groups being most preferred. The substituents may be any position.
  • Where R2 is a C5-7 aryl group, a single substituent is preferably on a ring atom that is not adjacent the bond to the remainder of the compound, i.e. it is preferably β or γ to the bond to the remainder of the compound. Therefore, where the C5-7 aryl group is phenyl, the substituent is preferably in the meta- or para- positions, and more preferably is in the para-position.
  • In one embodiment, R2 is selected from:
    Figure imgb0032
     where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment.
  • Where R2 is a C8-10 aryl group, for example quinolinyl or isoquinolinyl, it may bear any number of substituents at any position of the quinoline or isoquinoline rings. In some embodiments, it bears one, two or three substituents, and these may be on either the proximal and distal rings or both (if more than one substituent).
  • In one embodiment, where R2 is optionally substituted, the substituents are selected from those substituents given in the substituent section below.
  • Where R is optionally substituted, the substituents are preferably selected from:
    • Halo, Hydroxyl, Ether, Formyl, Acyl, Carboxy, Ester, Acyloxy, Amino, Amido, Acylamido, Aminocarbonyloxy, Ureido, Nitro, Cyano and Thioether.
  • In one embodiment, where R or R2 is optionally substituted, the substituents are selected from the group consisting of R, OR, SR, NRR', NO2, halo, CO2R, COR, CONH2, CONHR, and CONRR'.
  • Where R2 is C1-12 alkyl, the optional substituent may additionally include C3-20 heterocyclyl and C5-20 aryl groups.
  • Where R2 is C3-20 heterocyclyl, the optional substituent may additionally include C1-12 alkyl and C5-20 aryl groups.
  • Where R2 is C5-20 aryl groups, the optional substituent may additionally include C3-20 heterocyclyl and C1-12 alkyl groups.
  • It is understood that the term "alkyl" encompasses the sub-classes alkenyl and alkynyl as well as cycloalkyl. Thus, where R2 is optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, it is understood that the alkyl group optionally contains one or more carbon-carbon double or triple bonds, which may form part of a conjugated system. In one embodiment, the optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl group contains at least one carbon-carbon double or triple bond, and this bond is conjugated with a double bond present between C1 and C2, or C2 and C3. In one embodiment, the C1-12 alkyl group is a group selected from saturated C1-12 alkyl, C2-12 alkenyl, C2-12 alkynyl and C3-12 cycloalkyl.
  • If a substituent on R2 is halo, it is preferably F or Cl, more preferably F.
  • If a substituent on R2 is ether, it may in some embodiments be an alkoxy group, for example, a C1-7 alkoxy group (e.g. methoxy, ethoxy) or it may in some embodiments be a C5-7 aryloxy group (e.g. phenoxy, pyridyloxy, furanyloxy).
  • If a substituent on R2 is C1-7 alkyl, it may preferably be a C1-4 alkyl group (e.g. methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl).
  • If a substituent on R2 is C3-7 heterocyclyl, it may in some embodiments be C6 nitrogen containing heterocyclyl group, e.g. morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperidinyl, piperazinyl. These groups may be bound to the rest of the PBD moiety via the nitrogen atom. These groups may be further substituted, for example, by C1-4 alkyl groups.
  • If a substituent on R2 is bis-oxy-C1-3 alkylene, this is preferably bis-oxy-methylene or bis-oxyethylene.
  • Particularly preferred substituents for R2 include methoxy, ethoxy, fluoro, chloro, cyano, bis-oxy-methylene, methyl-piperazinyl, morpholino and methyl-thienyl.
  • Particularly preferred substituted R2 groups include, but are not limited to, 4-methoxy-phenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-ethoxy-phenyl, 3-ethoxy-phenyl, 4-methyl-phenyl, 4-fluoro-phenyl, 4-chloro-phenyl, 3,4-bisoxymethylene-phenyl, 4-methylthienyl, 4-cyanophenyl, 4-phenoxyphenyl, quinolin-3-yl and quinolin-6-yl, isoquinolin-3-yl and isoquinolin-6-yl, 2-thienyl, 2-furanyl, methoxynaphthyl, and naphthyl.
  • In one embodiment, R2 is halo or dihalo. In one embodiment, R2 is -F or -F2, which substituents are illustrated below as (III) and (IV) respectively:
    Figure imgb0033
  • In some embodiments, it is preferred that there is either a double bond between C2 and C3 or the C2 substituent is bound to the PBD ring by a double bond (i.e. that the C atom at C2 is a sp2 centre)
    • RD
  • In one embodiment, RD is independently selected from R, CO2R, COR, CHO, CO2H, and halo.
  • In one embodiment, RD is independently R.
  • In one embodiment, RD is independently halo.
    • R6
  • In one embodiment, R6 is independently selected from H, R, OH, OR, SH, SR, NH2, NHR, NRR', NO2, Me3Sn- and Halo.
  • In one embodiment, R6 is independently selected from H, OH, OR, SH, NH2, NO2 and Halo.
  • In one embodiment, R6 is independently selected from H and Halo.
  • In one embodiment, R6 is independently H.
  • In one embodiment, R6 and R7 together form a group -O-(CH2)p-O-, where p is 1 or 2.
    • R7
  • R7 is independently selected from H, R, OH, OR, SH, SR, NH2, NHR, NRR', NO2, Me3Sn and halo.
  • In one embodiment, R7 is independently OR.
  • In one embodiment, R7 is independently OR7A, where R7A is independently optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl.
  • In one embodiment, R7A is independently optionally substituted saturated C1-6 alkyl.
  • In one embodiment, R7A is independently optionally substituted C2-4 alkenyl.
  • In one embodiment, R7A is independently Me.
  • In one embodiment, R7A is independently CH2Ph.
  • In one embodiment, R7A is independently allyl.
    • R9
  • In one embodiment, R9 is independently selected from H, R, OH, OR, SH, SR, NH2, NHR, NRR', NO2, Me3Sn- and Halo.
  • In one embodiment, R9 is independently H.
  • In one embodiment, R9 is independently R or OR.
    • Linking group
  • The linking group is removable from the N10 position of the PBD moiety in the conjugate of formula A to leave an N10-C11 imine bond, a carbinolamine, a substituted carbinolamine, where QR11 is OSO3M, a bisulfite adduct, a thiocarbinolamine, a substituted thiocarbinolamine, a substituted carbinalamine as illustrated below:
    Figure imgb0034
    Figure imgb0035
     where R and M are as defined for the conjugates of the invention.
  • In one embodiment, the linking group is removable from the N10 position of the PBD moiety to leave an N10-C11 imine bond.
  • The specified link between the PBD dimer and the cell binding agent, e.g. antibody, in the present invention is preferably stable extracellularly. Before transport or delivery into a cell, the antibody-drug conjugate (ADC) is preferably stable and remains intact, i.e. the antibody remains linked to the drug moiety. The linkers are stable outside the target cell and may be cleaved at some efficacious rate inside the cell. An effective linker will: (i) maintain the specific binding properties of the antibody; (ii) allow intracellular delivery of the conjugate or drug moiety; (iii) remain stable and intact, i.e. not cleaved, until the conjugate has been delivered or transported to its targeted site; and (iv) maintain a cytotoxic, cell-killing effect or a cytostatic effect of the PBD drug moiety. Stability of the ADC may be measured by standard analytical techniques such as mass spectroscopy, HPLC, and the separation/analysis technique LC/MS.
  • Delivery of the PBD compounds is achieved at the desited activation site of the conjugates of formula A by the action of an enzyme on the linking group. The S of the conjugate of formula A is linked by a disulfide bond to a free S (active thiol) on the cell binding agent.
  • The linking group may be cleavable by the action of an enzyme. In one embodiment, the enzyme is a thioreductase.
  • Certain antibodies have reducible interchain disulfides, i.e. cysteine bridges. Antibodies may be made reactive for conjugation with linker reagents by treatment with a reducing agent such as DTT (dithiothreitol). Each cysteine bridge will thus form, theoretically, two reactive thiol nucleophiles. Additional nucleophilic groups can be introduced into antibodies through the reaction of lysines with 2-iminothiolane (Traut's reagent) resulting in conversion of an amine into a thiol. Reactive thiol groups may be introduced into the antibody (or fragment thereof) by introducing one, two, three, four, or more cysteine residues (e.g., preparing mutant antibodies comprising one or more non-native cysteine amino acid residues). US 7521541 teaches engineering antibodies by introduction of reactive cysteine amino acids.
  • RL1 and RL2 are selected from H and methyl, or together with the carbon atom to which they are bound form a cyclopropylene group. In some embodiments, both are H. In other embodiment, both are methyl. In further embodiments, one is H and the other is methyl; in these embodiments, the carbon atom to which they are bound is a chiral centre.
  • In some embodiments, Y is a single bond.
  • In other embodiments, Y is
    Figure imgb0036
  • In further embodiments, Y is
    Figure imgb0037
    • Q
  • In one embodiment, Q is selected from O, S, or N(H).
  • Preferably, Q is O.
    • R11
  • In one embodiment, R11 is either H, or R or, where Q is O, SO3M, where M is a metal cation.
  • In one embodiment, R11 is H.
  • In one embodiment, R11 is R.
  • In one embodiment, where Q is O, R11 is SO3M, where M is a metal cation. The cation may be Na+.
    • Cell Binding Agent
  • The compounds of the first aspect of the invention are useful for reaction with a cell binding agent to produce a conjugate compound. The method of the second aspect of the present invention involves the reaction of a cell binding agent with a compound of the first aspect.
  • A cell binding agent may be of any kind, and include peptides and non-peptides. These can include antibodies or a fragment of an antibody that contains at least one binding site, lymphokines, hormones, growth factors, nutrient-transport molecules, or any other cell binding molecule or substance.
  • The term "antibody" herein is used in the broadest sense and specifically covers monoclonal antibodies, polyclonal antibodies, dimers, multimers, multispecific antibodies (e.g., bispecific antibodies), and antibody fragments, so long as they exhibit the desired biological activity (Miller et al (2003) Jour. of Immunology 170:4854-4861). Antibodies may be murine, human, humanized, chimeric, or derived from other species. An antibody is a protein generated by the immune system that is capable of recognizing and binding to a specific antigen. (Janeway, C., Travers, P., Walport, M., Shlomchik (2001) Immuno Biology, 5th Ed., Garland Publishing, New York). A target antigen generally has numerous binding sites, also called epitopes, recognized by CDRs on multiple antibodies. Each antibody that specifically binds to a different epitope has a different structure. Thus, one antigen may have more than one corresponding antibody. An antibody includes a full-length immunoglobulin molecule or an immunologically active portion of a full-length immunoglobulin molecule, i.e., a molecule that contains an antigen binding site that immunospecifically binds an antigen of a target of interest or part thereof, such targets including but not limited to, cancer cell or cells that produce autoimmune antibodies associated with an autoimmune disease. The immunoglobulin can be of any type (e.g. IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD, and IgA), class (e.g. IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA1 and IgA2) or subclass of immunoglobulin molecule. The immunoglobulins can be derived from any species, including human, murine, or rabbit origin.
  • "Antibody fragments" comprise a portion of a full length antibody, generally the antigen binding or variable region thereof. Examples of antibody fragments include Fab, Fab', F(ab')2, and Fv fragments; diabodies; linear antibodies; fragments produced by a Fab expression library, anti-idiotypic (anti-Id) antibodies, CDR (complementary determining region), and epitope-binding fragments of any of the above which immunospecifically bind to cancer cell antigens, viral antigens or microbial antigens, single-chain antibody molecules; and multispecific antibodies formed from antibody fragments.
  • The term "monoclonal antibody" as used herein refers to an antibody obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies, i.e. the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical except for possible naturally occurring mutations that may be present in minor amounts. Monoclonal antibodies are highly specific, being directed against a single antigenic site. Furthermore, in contrast to polyclonal antibody preparations which include different antibodies directed against different determinants (epitopes), each monoclonal antibody is directed against a single determinant on the antigen. In addition to their specificity, the monoclonal antibodies are advantageous in that they may be synthesized uncontaminated by other antibodies. The modifier "monoclonal" indicates the character of the antibody as being obtained from a substantially homogeneous population of antibodies, and is not to be construed as requiring production of the antibody by any particular method. For example, the monoclonal antibodies to be used in accordance with the present invention may be made by the hybridoma method first described by Kohler et al (1975) Nature 256:495, or may be made by recombinant DNA methods (see, US 4816567 ). The monoclonal antibodies may also be isolated from phage antibody libraries using the techniques described in Clackson et al (1991) Nature, 352:624-628; Marks et al (1991) J. Mol. Biol., 222:581-597.
  • The monoclonal antibodies herein specifically include "chimeric" antibodies in which a portion of the heavy and/or light chain is identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived from a particular species or belonging to a particular antibody class or subclass, while the remainder of the chain(s) is identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived from another species or belonging to another antibody class or subclass, as well as fragments of such antibodies, so long as they exhibit the desired biological activity ( US 4816567 ; and Morrison et al (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 81:6851-6855). Chimeric antibodies include "primatized" antibodies comprising variable domain antigen-binding sequences derived from a non-human primate (e.g. Old World Monkey or Ape) and human constant region sequences.
  • An "intact antibody" herein is one comprising a VL and VH domains, as well as a light chain constant domain (CL) and heavy chain constant domains, CH1, CH2 and CH3. The constant domains may be native sequence constant domains (e.g. human native sequence constant domains) or amino acid sequence variant thereof. The intact antibody may have one or more "effector functions" which refer to those biological activities attributable to the Fc region (a native sequence Fc region or amino acid sequence variant Fc region) of an antibody. Examples of antibody effector functions include C1 q binding; complement dependent cytotoxicity; Fc receptor binding; antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC); phagocytosis; and down regulation of cell surface receptors such as B cell receptor and BCR.
  • Depending on the amino acid sequence of the constant domain of their heavy chains, intact antibodies can be assigned to different "classes." There are five major classes of intact antibodies: IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG, and IgM, and several of these may be further divided into "subclasses" (isotypes), e.g., IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA, and IgA2. The heavy-chain constant domains that correspond to the different classes of antibodies are called α, δ, ε, γ, and µ, respectively. The subunit structures and three-dimensional configurations of different classes of immunoglobulins are well known.
  • Examples of cell binding agents include those agents described for use in WO 2007/085930 , which is incorporated herein.
  • The cell binding agent may be, or comprise, a polypeptide. The polypeptide may be a cyclic polypeptide. The cell binding agent may be antibody. Thus, in one embodiment, the method of the present invention provides an antibody-drug conjugate (ADC).
    • Drug loading
  • The drug loading is the average number of PBD drugs per antibody. Drug loading may range from 1 to 8 drugs (D) per antibody (Ab), i.e. where 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8 drug moieties are covalently attached to the antibody. Compositions of ADC include collections of antibodies conjugated with a range of drugs, from 1 to 8. The average number of drugs per antibody in preparations of ADC from conjugation reactions may be characterized by conventional means such as mass spectroscopy, ELISA assay, electrophoresis, and HPLC. The quantitative distribution of ADC in terms of p may also be determined. By ELISA, the averaged value of p in a particular preparation of ADC may be determined (Hamblett et al (2004) Clin. Cancer Res. 10:7063-7070; Sanderson et al (2005) Clin. Cancer Res. 11:843-852). However, the distribution of p (drug) values is not discernible by the antibody-antigen binding and detection limitation of ELISA. Also, ELISA assay for detection of antibody-drug conjugates does not determine where the drug moieties are attached to the antibody, such as the heavy chain or light chain fragments, or the particular amino acid residues. In some instances, separation, purification, and characterization of homogeneous ADC where p is a certain value from ADC with other drug loadings may be achieved by means such as reverse phase HPLC or electrophoresis.
  • For some antibody-drug conjugates, p may be limited by the number of attachment sites on the antibody. For example, an antibody may have only one or several cysteine thiol groups, or may have only one or several sufficiently reactive thiol groups through which a linker may be attached. Higher drug loading, e.g. p >5, may cause aggregation, insolubility, toxicity, or loss of cellular permeability of certain antibody-drug conjugates.
  • Typically, less than the theoretical maximum of drug moieties are conjugated to an antibody during a conjugation reaction. An antibody may contain, for example, many lysine residues that do not react with the drug-linker intermediate (D-L) or linker reagent. Only the most reactive lysine groups may react with an amine-reactive linker reagent. Also, only the most reactive cysteine thiol groups may react with a thiol-reactive linker reagent. Generally, antibodies do not contain many, if any, free and reactive cysteine thiol groups which may be linked to a drug moiety. Most cysteine thiol residues in the antibodies of the compounds exist as disulfide bridges and must be reduced with a reducing agent such as dithiothreitol (DTT) or TCEP, under partial or total reducing conditions. The loading (drug/antibody ratio) of an ADC may be controlled in several different manners, including: (i) limiting the molar excess of drug-linker intermediate (D-L) or linker reagent relative to antibody, (ii) limiting the conjugation reaction time or temperature, and (iii) partial or limiting reductive conditions for cysteine thiol modification.
  • Cysteine amino acids may be engineered at reactive sites in an antibody and which do not form intrachain or intermolecular disulfide linkages (Junutula, et al., 2008b Nature Biotech., 26(8):925-932; Dornan et al (2009) Blood 114(13):2721-2729; US 7521541 ; US 7723485 ; WO2009/052249 , Shen et al (2012) Nature Biotech., 30(2):184-191; Junutula et al (2008) Jour of Immun. Methods 332:41-52). The engineered cysteine thiols may react with linker reagents or the drug-linker reagents of the present invention which have thiol-reactive, electrophilic groups such as maleimide or alpha-halo amides to form ADC with cysteine engineered antibodies (THIOMAB™) and the PBD drug moieties. The location of the drug moiety can thus be designed, controlled, and known. The drug loading can be controlled since the engineered cysteine thiol groups typically react with thiol-reactive linker reagents or drug-linker reagents in high yield. Engineering an IgG antibody to introduce a cysteine amino acid by substitution at a single site on the heavy or light chain gives two new cysteines on the symmetrical antibody. A drug loading near 2 can be achieved and near homogeneity of the conjugation product ADC.
  • Where more than one nucleophilic or electrophilic group of the antibody reacts with a drug-linker intermediate, or linker reagent followed by drug moiety reagent, then the resulting product is a mixture of ADC compounds with a distribution of drug moieties attached to an antibody, e.g. 1, 2, 3, etc. Liquid chromatography methods such as polymeric reverse phase (PLRP) and hydrophobic interaction (HIC) may separate compounds in the mixture by drug loading value. Preparations of ADC with a single drug loading value (p) may be isolated, however, these single loading value ADCs may still be heterogeneous mixtures because the drug moieties may be attached, via the linker, at different sites on the antibody.
  • Thus the antibody-drug conjugate compositions described herein include mixtures of antibody-drug conjugate compounds where the antibody has one or more PBD drug moieties and where the drug moieties may be attached to the antibody at various amino acid residues.
  • In one embodiment, the average number of dimer pyrrolobenzodiazepine groups per cell binding agent is in the range 1 to 20. In some embodiments the range is selected from 1 to 8, 2 to 8, 2 to 6, 2 to 4, and 4 to 8.
  • In some embodiments, there is one dimer pyrrolobenzodiazepine groups per cell binding agent.
  • Cysteine-engineered antibody mutants (THIOMAB™) are described in WO 2006/034488 and WO 2011/156328 , which are herein incorporated by reference.
    • LC K149C cysteine-engineered antibody mutant (THIOMAB™)
  • The LC K149C cysteine-engineered antibody mutant is described generically in WO 2006/034488 , and specifically in SEQ ID NO.:133 on page 57 of WO 2011/156328 . K149C mutant is also described in WO 2013/093809 and US 2013/0066054 .
  • In one aspect, the LC K149C cysteine-engineered antibody mutant comprises a Cλ polypeptide, or portion thereof, comprising the amino acid substitution K149C according to the numbering of Kabat.
  • Figure 1a shows an example sequence in which the mutated residue (in bold & underlined) is shown in context of the five preceding and subsequent amino acids.
    • LC V205C cysteine-engineered antibody mutant (THIOMAB™)
  • The LC V205C cysteine-engineered antibody mutant is described generically in WO 2006/034488 , and specifically in SEQ ID NO.:145 on page 57 of WO 2011/156328 . V205C mutant is also described in WO 2013/093809 and US 2013/0066054 .
  • In one aspect, the LC V205C cysteine-engineered antibody mutant comprises a Cλ polypeptide, or portion thereof, comprising the amino acid substitution V205C according to the numbering of Kabat.
  • Figure 1b shows an example sequence in which the mutated residue (in bold & underlined) is shown in context of the five preceding and subsequent amino acids.
    • HC A140C cysteine-engineered antibody mutant (THIOMAB™)
  • In one aspect, the HC 140C cysteine-engineered antibody mutant comprises a Cγ polypeptide, or portion thereof, comprising the amino acid substitution A140C according to the EU index of Kabat.
  • Figure 1c shows an example sequence in which the mutated residue (in bold & underlined) is shown in context of the five preceding and subsequent amino acids.
    • HC S239C cysteine-engineered antibody mutant (THIOMAB™)
  • In one aspect, the HC S239C cysteine-engineered antibody mutant comprises a Cγ polypeptide, or portion thereof, comprising the amino acid substitution S239C according to the EU index of Kabat.
  • Figure 1d shows an example sequence in which the mutated residue (in bold & underlined) is shown in context of the five preceding and subsequent amino acids.
    • Peptides
  • In one embodiment, the cell binding agent is a linear or cyclic peptide comprising 4-20, preferably 6-20, contiguous amino acid residues. In this embodiment, it is preferred that one cell binding agent is linked to one monomer or dimer pyrrolobenzodiazepine compound.
  • In one embodiment the cell binding agent comprises a peptide that binds integrin αvβ6. The peptide may be selective for αvβ6 over XYS.
  • In one embodiment the cell binding agent comprises the A20FMDV-Cys polypeptide. The A20FMDV-Cys has the sequence: NAVPNLRGDLQVLAQKVARTC. Alternatively, a variant of the A20FMDV-Cys sequence may be used wherein one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine or ten amino acid residues is substituted with another amino acid residue.
  • In one embodiment the antibody is a monoclonal antibody; chimeric antibody; humanized antibody; fully human antibody; or a single chain antibody. One embodiment the antibody is a fragment of one of these antibodies having biological activity. Examples of such fragments include Fab, Fab', F(ab')2 and Fv fragments.
  • In these embodiments, each antibody may be linked to one or several dimer pyrrolobenzodiazepine groups. The preferred ratios of pyrrolobenzodiazepine to cell binding agent are given above.
  • The antibody may be a domain antibody (DAB).
  • In one embodiment, the antibody is a monoclonal antibody.
  • Antibodies for use in the method of the present invention include those antibodies described in WO 2005/082023 which is incorporated herein. Particularly preferred are those antibodies for tumour-associated antigens. Examples of those antigens known in the art include, but are not limited to, those tumour-associated antigens set out in WO 2005/082023 . See, for instance, pages 41-55.
  • The conjugates described herein are designed to target tumour cells via their cell surface antigens. The antigens are usually normal cell surface antigens which are either over-expressed or expressed at abnormal times. Ideally the target antigen is expressed only on proliferative cells (preferably tumour cells), however this is rarely observed in practice. As a result, target antigens are usually selected on the basis of differential expression between proliferative and healthy tissue.
  • Antibodies have been raised to target specific tumour related antigens including: Cripto, CD30, CD19, CD33, Glycoprotein NMB, CanAg, Her2 (ErbB2/Neu), CD56 (NCAM), CD22 (Siglec2), CD33 (Siglec3), CD79, CD138, PSCA, PSMA (prostate specific membrane antigen), BCMA, CD20, CD70, E-selectin, EphB2, Melanotransferin, Muc16 and TMEFF2.
  • Tumor-associated antigens (TAA) are known in the art, and can prepared for use in generating antibodies using methods and information which are well known in the art. In attempts to discover effective cellular targets for cancer diagnosis and therapy, researchers have sought to identify transmembrane or otherwise tumor-associated polypeptides that are specifically expressed on the surface of one or more particular type(s) of cancer cell as compared to on one or more normal non-cancerous cell(s). Often, such tumor-associated polypeptides are more abundantly expressed on the surface of the cancer cells as compared to on the surface of the non-cancerous cells. The identification of such tumor-associated cell surface antigen polypeptides has given rise to the ability to specifically target cancer cells for destruction via antibody-based therapies.
  • Examples of TAA include, but are not limited to, TAA (1)-(53) listed below. For convenience, information relating to these antigens, all of which are known in the art, is listed below and includes names, alternative names, Genbank accession numbers and primary reference(s), following nucleic acid and protein sequence identification conventions of the National Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI). Nucleic acid and protein sequences corresponding to TAA (1)-(53) are available in public databases such as GenBank. Tumor-associated antigens targeted by antibodies include all amino acid sequence variants and isoforms possessing at least about 70%, 80%, 85%, 90%, or 95% sequence identity relative to the sequences identified in the cited references, or which exhibit substantially the same biological properties or characteristics as a TAA having a sequence found in the cited references. For example, a TAA having a variant sequence generally is able to bind specifically to an antibody that binds specifically to the TAA with the corresponding sequence listed. The sequences and disclosure in the reference specifically recited herein are expressly incorporated by reference.
    • TUMOR-ASSOCIATED ANTIGENS (1)-(53):
    1. (1) BMPR1 B (bone morphogenetic protein receptor-type IB, Genbank accession no. NM_001203) ten Dijke,P., et al Science 264 (5155):101-104 (1994), Oncogene 14 (11):1377-1382 (1997)); WO2004/063362 (Claim 2); WO2003/042661 (Claim 12); US2003/134790-A1 (Page 38-39); WO2002/102235 (Claim 13; Page 296); WO2003/055443 (Page 91-92); WO2002/99122 (Example 2; Page 528-530); WO2003/029421 (Claim 6); WO2003/024392 (Claim 2; Fig 112); WO2002/98358 (Claim 1; Page 183); WO2002/54940 (Page 100-101); WO2002/59377 (Page 349-350); WO2002/30268 (Claim 27; Page 376); WO2001/48204 (Example; Fig 4); NP_001194 bone morphogenetic protein receptor, type IB /pid=NP_001194.1. Cross-references: MIM:603248; NP_001194.1; AY065994
    2. (2) E16 (LAT1, SLC7A5, Genbank accession no. NM_003486) Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 255 (2), 283-288 (1999), Nature 395 (6699):288-291 (1998), Gaugitsch, H.W., et al (1992) J. Biol. Chem. 267 (16):11267-11273); WO2004/048938 (Example 2); WO2004/032842 (Example IV); WO2003/042661 (Claim 12); WO2003/016475 (Claim 1); WO2002/78524 (Example 2); WO2002/99074 (Claim 19; Page 127-129); WO2002/86443 (Claim 27; Pages 222, 393); WO2003/003906 (Claim 10; Page 293); WO2002/64798 (Claim 33; Page 93-95); WO2000/14228 (Claim 5; Page 133-136); US2003/224454 (Fig 3); WO2003/025138 (Claim 12; Page 150); NP_003477 solute carrier family 7 (cationic amino acid transporter, y+system), member 5 /pid=NP_003477.3 - Homo sapiens; Cross-references: MIM:600182; NP_003477.3; NM_015923; NM_003486_1
    3. (3) STEAP1 (six transmembrane epithelial antigen of prostate, Genbank accession no. NM_012449); Cancer Res. 61 (15), 5857-5860 (2001), Hubert, R.S., et al (1999) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 96 (25):14523-14528); WO2004/065577 (Claim 6); WO2004/027049 (Fig 1L); EP1394274 (Example 11); WO2004/016225 (Claim 2); WO2003/042661 (Claim 12); US2003/157089 (Example 5); US2003/185830 (Example 5); US2003/064397 (Fig 2); WO2002/89747 (Example 5; Page 618-619); WO2003/022995 (Example 9; Fig 13A, Example 53; Page 173, Example 2; Fig 2A); NP_036581 six transmembrane epithelial antigen of the prostate; Cross-references: MIM:604415; NP_036581.1; NM_012449_1
    4. (4) 0772P (CA125, MUC16, Genbank accession no. AF361486); J. Biol. Chem. 276 (29):27371-27375 (2001)); WO2004/045553 (Claim 14); WO2002/92836 (Claim 6; Fig 12); WO2002/83866 (Claim 15; Page 116-121); US2003/124140 (Example 16); Cross-references: GI:34501467; AAK74120.3; AF361486_1
    5. (5) MPF (MPF, MSLN, SMR, megakaryocyte potentiating factor, mesothelin, Genbank accession no. NM_005823) Yamaguchi, N., et al Biol. Chem. 269 (2), 805-808 (1994), Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 96 (20):11531-11536 (1999), Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 93 (1):136-140 (1996), J. Biol. Chem. 270 (37):21984-21990 (1995)); WO2003/101283 (Claim 14); ( WO2002/102235 (Claim 13; Page 287-288); WO2002/101075 (Claim 4; Page 308-309); WO2002/71928 (Page 320-321); WO94/10312 (Page 52-57); Cross-references: MIM:601051; NP_005814.2; NM_005823_1
    6. (6) Napi3b (NAPI-3B, NPTIIb, SLC34A2, solute carrier family 34 (sodium phosphate), member 2, type II sodium-dependent phosphate transporter 3b, Genbank accession no. NM_006424) J. Biol. Chem. 277 (22):19665-19672 (2002), Genomics 62 (2):281-284 (1999), Feild, J.A., et al (1999) Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 258 (3):578-582); WO2004/022778 (Claim 2); EP1394274 (Example 11); WO2002/102235 (Claim 13; Page 326); EP0875569 (Claim 1; Page 17-19); WO2001/57188 (Claim 20; Page 329); WO2004/032842 (Example IV); WO2001/75177 (Claim 24; Page 139-140); Cross-references: MIM:604217; NP_006415.1; NM_006424_1
    7. (7) Sema 5b (FLJ10372, KIAA1445, Mm.42015, SEMA5B, SEMAG, Semaphorin 5b Hlog, sema domain, seven thrombospondin repeats (type 1 and type 1-like), transmembrane domain (TM) and short cytoplasmic domain, (semaphorin) 5B, Genbank accession no. AB040878); Nagase T., et al (2000) DNA Res. 7 (2):143-150); WO2004/000997 (Claim 1); WO2003/003984 (Claim 1); WO2002/06339 (Claim 1; Page 50); WO2001/88133 (Claim 1; Page 41-43, 48-58); WO2003/054152 (Claim 20); WO2003/101400 (Claim 11); Accession: Q9P283; EMBL; AB040878; BAA95969.1. Genew; HGNC:10737
    8. (8) PSCA hlg (2700050C12Rik, C530008O16Rik, RIKEN cDNA 2700050C12, RIKEN cDNA 2700050C12 gene, Genbank accession no. AY358628); Ross et al (2002) Cancer Res. 62:2546-2553; US2003/129192 (Claim 2); US2004/044180 (Claim 12); US2004/044179 (Claim 11); US2003/096961 (Claim 11); US2003/232056 (Example 5); WO2003/105758 (Claim 12); US2003/206918 (Example 5); EP1347046 (Claim 1); WO2003/025148 (Claim 20); Cross-references: GI:37182378; AAQ88991.1; AY358628_1
    9. (9) ETBR (Endothelin type B receptor, Genbank accession no. AY275463); Nakamuta M., et al Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 177, 34-39, 1991; Ogawa Y., et al Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 178, 248-255, 1991; Arai H., et al Jpn. Circ. J. 56, 1303-1307, 1992; Arai H., et al J. Biol. Chem. 268, 3463-3470, 1993; Sakamoto A., Yanagisawa M., et al Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 178, 656-663, 1991; Elshourbagy N.A., et al J. Biol. Chem. 268, 3873-3879, 1993; Haendler B., et al J. Cardiovasc. Pharmacol. 20, s1-S4, 1992; Tsutsumi M., et al Gene 228, 43-49, 1999; Strausberg R.L., et al Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 99, 16899-16903, 2002; Bourgeois C., et al J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. 82, 3116-3123, 1997; Okamoto Y., et al Biol. Chem. 272, 21589-21596, 1997; Verheij J.B., et al Am. J. Med. Genet. 108, 223-225, 2002; Hofstra R.M.W., et al Eur. J. Hum. Genet. 5, 180-185, 1997; Puffenberger E.G., et al Cell 79, 1257-1266, 1994; Attie T., et al, Hum. Mol. Genet. 4, 2407-2409, 1995; Auricchio A., et al Hum. Mol. Genet. 5:351-354, 1996; Amiel J., et al Hum. Mol. Genet. 5, 355-357, 1996; Hofstra R.M.W., et al Nat. Genet. 12, 445-447, 1996; Svensson P.J., et al Hum. Genet. 103, 145-148, 1998; Fuchs S., et al Mol. Med. 7, 115-124, 2001; Pingault V., et al (2002) Hum. Genet. 111, 198-206; WO2004/045516 (Claim 1); WO2004/048938 (Example 2); WO2004/040000 (Claim 151); WO2003/087768 (Claim 1); WO2003/016475 (Claim 1); WO2003/016475 (Claim 1); WO2002/61087 (Fig 1); WO2003/016494 (Fig 6); WO2003/025138 (Claim 12; Page 144); WO2001/98351 (Claim 1; Page 124-125); EP0522868 (Claim 8; Fig 2); WO2001/77172 (Claim 1; Page 297-299); US2003/109676 ; US6518404 (Fig 3); US5773223 (Claim 1a; Col 31-34); WO2004/001004
    10. (10) MSG783 (RNF124, hypothetical protein FLJ20315, Genbank accession no. NM_017763); WO2003/104275 (Claim 1); WO2004/046342 (Example 2); WO2003/042661 (Claim 12); WO2003/083074 (Claim 14; Page 61); WO2003/018621 (Claim 1); WO2003/024392 (Claim 2; Fig 93); WO2001/66689 (Example 6); Cross-references: LocusID:54894; NP_060233.2; NM_017763_1
    11. (11) STEAP2 (HGNC_8639, IPCA-1, PCANAP1, STAMP1, STEAP2, STMP, prostate cancer associated gene 1, prostate cancer associated protein 1, six transmembrane epithelial antigen of prostate 2, six transmembrane prostate protein, Genbank accession no. AF455138); Lab. Invest. 82 (11):1573-1582 (2002)); WO2003/087306 ; US2003/064397 (Claim 1; Fig 1); WO2002/72596 (Claim 13; Page 54-55); WO2001/72962 (Claim 1; Fig 4B); WO2003/104270 (Claim 11); WO2003/104270 (Claim 16); US2004/005598 (Claim 22); WO2003/042661 (Claim 12); US2003/060612 (Claim 12; Fig 10); WO2002/26822 (Claim 23; Fig 2); WO2002/16429 (Claim 12; Fig 10); Cross-references: GI:22655488; AAN04080.1; AF455138_1
    12. (12) TrpM4 (BR22450, FLJ20041, TRPM4, TRPM4B, transient receptor potential cation channel, subfamily M, member 4, Genbank accession no. NM_017636); Xu, X.Z., et al Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 98 (19):10692-10697 (2001), Cell 109 (3):397-407 (2002), J. Biol. Chem. 278 (33):30813-30820 (2003)); US2003/143557 (Claim 4); WO2000/40614 (Claim 14; Page 100-103); WO2002/10382 (Claim 1; Fig 9A); WO2003/042661 (Claim 12); WO2002/30268 (Claim 27; Page 391); US2003/219806 (Claim 4); WO2001/62794 (Claim 14; Fig 1A-D); Cross-references: MIM:606936; NP_060106.2; NM_017636_1
    13. (13) CRIPTO (CR, CR1, CRGF, CRIPTO, TDGF1, teratocarcinoma-derived growth factor, Genbank accession no. NP_003203 or NM_003212); Ciccodicola, A., et al EMBO J. 8 (7):1987-1991 (1989), Am. J. Hum. Genet. 49 (3):555-565 (1991)); US2003/224411 (Claim 1); WO2003/083041 (Example 1); WO2003/034984 (Claim 12); WO2002/88170 (Claim 2; Page 52-53); WO2003/024392 (Claim 2; Fig 58); WO2002/16413 (Claim 1; Page 94-95, 105); WO2002/22808 (Claim 2; Fig 1); US5854399 (Example 2; Col 17-18); US5792616 (Fig 2); Cross-references: MIM:187395; NP_003203.1; NM_003212_1
    14. (14) CD21 (CR2 (Complement receptor 2) or C3DR (C3d/Epstein Barr virus receptor) or Hs.73792 Genbank accession no. M26004); Fujisaku et al (1989) J. Biol. Chem. 264 (4):2118-2125); Weis J.J., et al J. Exp. Med. 167, 1047-1066, 1988; Moore M., et al Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 84, 9194-9198, 1987; Barel M., et al Mol. Immunol. 35, 1025-1031, 1998; Weis J.J., et al Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 83, 5639-5643, 1986; Sinha S.K., et al (1993) J. Immunol. 150, 5311-5320; WO2004/045520 (Example 4); US2004/005538 (Example 1); WO2003/062401 (Claim 9); WO2004/045520 (Example 4); WO91/02536 (Fig 9.1-9.9); WO2004/020595 (Claim 1); Accession: P20023; Q13866; Q14212; EMBL; M26004; AAA35786.1.
    15. (15) CD79b (CD79B, CD79β, IGb (immunoglobulin-associated beta), B29, Genbank accession no. NM_000626 or 11038674); Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. (2003) 100 (7):4126-4131, Blood (2002) 100 (9):3068-3076, Muller et al (1992) Eur. J. Immunol. 22 (6):1621-1625); WO2004/016225 (claim 2, Fig 140); WO2003/087768 , US2004/101874 (claim 1, page 102); WO2003/062401 (claim 9); WO2002/78524 (Example 2); US2002/150573 (claim 5, page 15); US5644033 ; WO2003/048202 (claim 1, pages 306 and 309); WO 99/58658 , US6534482 (claim 13, Fig 17A/B); WO2000/55351 (claim 11, pages 1145-1146); Cross-references: MIM:147245; NP_000617.1; NM_000626_1
    16. (16) FcRH2 (IFGP4, IRTA4, SPAP1A (SH2 domain containing phosphatase anchor protein 1a), SPAP1B, SPAP1C, Genbank accession no. NM_030764, AY358130); Genome Res. 13 (10):2265-2270 (2003), Immunogenetics 54 (2):87-95 (2002), Blood 99 (8):2662-2669 (2002), Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 98 (17):9772-9777 (2001), Xu, M.J., et al (2001) Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 280 (3):768-775; WO2004/016225 (Claim 2); WO2003/077836 ; WO2001/38490 (Claim 5; Fig 18D-1-18D-2); WO2003/097803 (Claim 12); WO2003/089624 (Claim 25); Cross-references: MIM:606509; NP_110391.2; NM_030764_1
    17. (17) HER2 (ErbB2, Genbank accession no. M11730); Coussens L., et al Science (1985) 230(4730):1132-1139); Yamamoto T., et al Nature 319, 230-234, 1986; Semba K., et al Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 82, 6497-6501, 1985; Swiercz J.M., et al J. Ce// Biol. 165, 869-880, 2004; Kuhns J.J., et al J. Biol. Chem. 274, 36422-36427, 1999; Cho H.-S., et al Nature 421, 756-760, 2003; Ehsani A., et al (1993) Genomics 15, 426-429; WO2004/048938 (Example 2); WO2004/027049 (Fig 1I); WO2004/009622 ; WO2003/081210 ; WO2003/089904 (Claim 9); WO2003/016475 (Claim 1); US2003/118592 ; WO2003/008537 (Claim 1); WO2003/055439 (Claim 29; Fig 1A-B); WO2003/025228 (Claim 37; Fig 5C); WO2002/22636 (Example 13; Page 95-107); WO2002/12341 (Claim 68; Fig 7); WO2002/13847 (Page 71-74); WO2002/14503 (Page 114-117); WO2001/53463 (Claim 2; Page 41-46); WO2001/41787 (Page 15); WO2000/44899 (Claim 52; Fig 7); WO2000/20579 (Claim 3; Fig 2); US5869445 (Claim 3; Col 31-38); WO9630514 (Claim 2; Page 56-61); EP1439393 (Claim 7); WO2004/043361 (Claim 7); WO2004/022709 ; WO2001/00244 (Example 3; Fig 4); Accession: P04626; EMBL; M11767; AAA35808.1. EMBL; M11761; AAA35808.1
    18. (18) NCA (CEACAM6, Genbank accession no. M18728); Barnett T., et al Genomics 3, 59-66, 1988; Tawaragi Y., et al Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 150, 89-96, 1988; Strausberg R.L., et al Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 99:16899-16903, 2002; WO2004/063709 ; EP1439393 (Claim 7); WO2004/044178 (Example 4); WO2004/031238 ; WO2003/042661 (Claim 12); WO2002/78524 (Example 2); WO2002/86443 (Claim 27; Page 427); WO2002/60317 (Claim 2); Accession: P40199; Q14920; EMBL; M29541; AAA59915.1. EMBL; M18728
    19. (19) MDP (DPEP1, Genbank accession no. BC017023); Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 99 (26):16899-16903 (2002)); WO2003/016475 (Claim 1); WO2002/64798 (Claim 33; Page 85-87); JP05003790 (Fig 6-8); WO99/46284 (Fig 9); Cross-references: MIM:179780; AAH17023.1; BC017023_1
    20. (20) IL20Rα (IL20Ra, ZCYTOR7, Genbank accession no. AF184971); Clark H.F., et al Genome Res. 13, 2265-2270, 2003; Mungall A.J., et al Nature 425, 805-811, 2003; Blumberg H., et al Cell 104, 9-19, 2001; Dumoutier L., et al J. Immunol. 167, 3545-3549, 2001; Parrish-Novak J., et al J. Biol. Chem. 277, 47517-47523, 2002; Pletnev S., et al (2003) Biochemistry 42:12617-12624; Sheikh F., et al (2004) J. Immunol. 172, 2006-2010; EP1394274 (Example 11); US2004/005320 (Example 5); WO2003/029262 (Page 74-75); WO2003/002717 (Claim 2; Page 63); WO2002/22153 (Page 45-47); US2002/042366 (Page 20-21); WO2001/46261 (Page 57-59); WO2001/46232 (Page 63-65); WO98/37193 (Claim 1; Page 55-59); Accession: Q9UHF4; Q6UWA9; Q96SH8; EMBL; AF184971; AAF01320.1.
    21. (21) Brevican (BCAN, BEHAB, Genbank accession no. AF229053); Gary S.C., et al Gene 256, 139-147, 2000; Clark H.F., et al Genome Res. 13, 2265-2270, 2003; Strausberg R.L., et al Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 99, 16899-16903, 2002; US2003/186372 (Claim 11); US2003/186373 (Claim 11); US2003/119131 (Claim 1; Fig 52); US2003/119122 (Claim 1; Fig 52); US2003/119126 (Claim 1); US2003/119121 (Claim 1; Fig 52); US2003/119129 (Claim 1); US2003/119130 (Claim 1); US2003/119128 (Claim 1; Fig 52); US2003/119125 (Claim 1); WO2003/016475 (Claim 1); WO2002/02634 (Claim 1)
    22. (22) EphB2R (DRT, ERK, Hek5, EPHT3, Tyro5, Genbank accession no. NM_004442); Chan, J. and Watt, V.M., Oncogene 6 (6), 1057-1061 (1991) Oncogene 10 (5):897-905 (1995), Annu. Rev. Neurosci. 21:309-345 (1998), Int. Rev. Cytol. 196:177-244 (2000)); WO2003042661 (Claim 12); WO200053216 (Claim 1; Page 41); WO2004065576 (Claim 1); WO2004020583 (Claim 9); WO2003004529 (Page 128-132); WO200053216 (Claim 1; Page 42); Cross-references: MIM:600997; NP_004433.2; NM_004442_1
    23. (23) ASLG659 (B7h, Genbank accession no. AX092328); US2004/0101899 (Claim 2); WO2003104399 (Claim 11); WO2004000221 (Fig 3); US2003/165504 (Claim 1); US2003/124140 (Example 2); US2003/065143 (Fig 60); WO2002/102235 (Claim 13; Page 299); US2003/091580 (Example 2); WO2002/10187 (Claim 6; Fig 10); WO2001/94641 (Claim 12; Fig 7b); WO2002/02624 (Claim 13; Fig 1A-1B); US2002/034749 (Claim 54; Page 45-46); WO2002/06317 (Example 2; Page 320-321, Claim 34; Page 321-322); WO2002/71928 (Page 468-469); WO2002/02587 (Example 1; Fig 1); WO2001/40269 (Example 3; Pages 190-192); WO2000/36107 (Example 2; Page 205-207); WO2004/053079 (Claim 12); WO2003/004989 (Claim 1); WO2002/71928 (Page 233-234, 452-453); WO 01/16318
    24. (24) PSCA (Prostate stem cell antigen precursor, Genbank accession no. AJ297436); Reiter R.E., et al Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 95, 1735-1740, 1998; Gu Z., et al Oncogene 19, 1288-1296, 2000; Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. (2000) 275(3):783-788; WO2004/022709 ; EP1394274 (Example 11); US2004/018553 (Claim 17); WO2003/008537 (Claim 1); WO2002/81646 (Claim 1; Page 164); WO2003/003906 (Claim 10; Page 288); WO2001/40309 (Example 1; Fig 17); US2001/055751 (Example 1; Fig 1b); WO2000/32752 (Claim 18; Fig 1); WO98/51805 (Claim 17; Page 97); WO98/51824 (Claim 10; Page 94); WO98/40403 (Claim 2; Fig 1B); Accession: 043653; EMBL; AF043498; AAC39607.1
    25. (25) GEDA (Genbank accession No. AY260763); AAP14954 lipoma HMGIC fusion-partner-like protein /pid=AAP14954.1 - Homo sapiens (human); WO2003/054152 (Claim 20); WO2003/000842 (Claim 1); WO2003/023013 (Example 3, Claim 20); US2003/194704 (Claim 45); Cross-references: GI:30102449; AAP14954.1; AY260763_1
    26. (26) BAFF-R (B cell -activating factor receptor, BLyS receptor 3, BR3, Genbank accession No. AF116456); BAFF receptor /pid=NP_443177.1 - Homo sapiens: Thompson, J.S., et al Science 293 (5537), 2108-2111 (2001); WO2004/058309 ; WO2004/011611 ; WO2003/045422 (Example; Page 32-33); WO2003/014294 (Claim 35; Fig 6B); WO2003/035846 (Claim 70; Page 615-616); WO2002/94852 (Col 136-137); WO2002/38766 (Claim 3; Page 133); WO2002/24909 (Example 3; Fig 3); Cross-references: MIM:606269; NP_443177.1; NM_052945_1; AF132600
    27. (27) CD22 (B-cell receptor CD22-B isoform, BL-CAM, Lyb-8, Lyb8, SIGLEC-2, FLJ22814, Genbank accession No. AK026467); Wilson et al (1991) J. Exp. Med. 173:137-146; WO2003/072036 (Claim 1; Fig 1); Cross-references: MIM:107266; NP_001762.1; NM_001771_1
    28. (28) CD79a (CD79A, CD79α, immunoglobulin-associated alpha, a B cell-specific protein that covalently interacts with Ig beta (CD79B) and forms a complex on the surface with Ig M molecules, transduces a signal involved in B-cell differentiation), pl: 4.84, MW: 25028 TM: 2 [P] Gene Chromosome: 19q13.2, Genbank accession No. NP_001774.10); WO2003/088808 , US2003/0228319 ; WO2003/062401 (claim 9); US2002/150573 (claim 4, pages 13-14); WO99/58658 (claim 13, Fig 16); WO92/07574 (Fig 1); US5644033 ; Ha et al (1992) J. Immunol. 148(5):1526-1531; Müller et al (1992) Eur. J. Immunol.. 22:1621-1625; Hashimoto et al (1994) Immunogenetics 40(4):287-295; Preud'homme et al (1992) Clin. Exp. Immunol. 90(1):141-146; Yu et al (1992) J. Immunol. 148(2) 633-637; Sakaguchi et al (1988) EMBO J. 7(11):3457-3464
    29. (29) CXCR5 (Burkitt's lymphoma receptor 1, a G protein-coupled receptor that is activated by the CXCL13 chemokine, functions in lymphocyte migration and humoral defense, plays a role in HIV-2 infection and perhaps development of AIDS, lymphoma, myeloma, and leukemia); 372 aa, pl: 8.54 MW: 41959 TM: 7 [P] Gene Chromosome: 11 q23.3, Genbank accession No. NP_001707.1); WO2004/040000 ; WO2004/015426 ; US2003/105292 (Example 2); US6555339 (Example 2); WO2002/61087 (Fig 1); WO2001/57188 (Claim 20, page 269); WO2001/72830 (pages 12-13); WO2000/22129 (Example 1, pages 152-153, Example 2, pages 254-256); WO99/28468 (claim 1, page 38); US5440021 (Example 2, col 49-52); WO94/28931 (pages 56-58); WO92/17497 (claim 7, Fig 5); Dobner et al (1992) Eur. J. Immunol. 22:2795-2799; Barella et al (1995) Biochem. J. 309:773-779
    30. (30) HLA-DOB (Beta subunit of MHC class II molecule (Ia antigen) that binds peptides and presents them to CD4+ T lymphocytes); 273 aa, pl: 6.56, MW: 30820.TM: 1 [P] Gene Chromosome: 6p21.3, Genbank accession No. NP_002111.1); Tonnelle et al (1985) EMBO J. 4(11):2839-2847; Jonsson et al (1989) Immunogenetics 29(6):411-413; Beck et al (1992) J. Mol. Biol. 228:433-441; Strausberg et al (2002) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA 99:16899-16903; Servenius et al (1987) J. Biol. Chem. 262:8759-8766; Beck et al (1996) J. Mol. Biol. 255:1-13; Naruse et al (2002) Tissue Antigens 59:512-519; WO99/58658 (claim 13, Fig 15); US6153408 (Col 35-38); US5976551 (col 168-170); US6011146 (col 145-146); Kasahara et al (1989) Immunogenetics 30(1):66-68; Larhammar et al (1985) J. Biol. Chem. 260(26):14111-14119
    31. (31) P2X5 (Purinergic receptor P2X ligand-gated ion channel 5, an ion channel gated by extracellular ATP, may be involved in synaptic transmission and neurogenesis, deficiency may contribute to the pathophysiology of idiopathic detrusor instability); 422 aa), pi: 7.63, MW: 47206 TM: 1 [P] Gene Chromosome: 17p13.3, Genbank accession No. NP_002552.2); Le et al (1997) FEBS Lett. 418(1-2):195-199; WO2004/047749 ; WO2003/072035 (claim 10); Touchman et al (2000) Genome Res. 10:165-173; WO2002/22660 (claim 20); WO2003/093444 (claim 1); WO2003/087768 (claim 1); WO2003/029277 (page 82)
    32. (32) CD72 (B-cell differentiation antigen CD72, Lyb-2); 359 aa, pi: 8.66, MW: 40225, TM: 1 [P] Gene Chromosome: 9p13.3, Genbank accession No. NP_001773.1); WO2004042346 (claim 65); WO2003/026493 (pages 51-52, 57-58); WO2000/75655 (pages 105-106); Von Hoegen et al (1990) J. Immunol. 144(12):4870-4877; Strausberg et al (2002) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA 99:16899-16903.
    33. (33) LY64 (Lymphocyte antigen 64 (RP105), type I membrane protein of the leucine rich repeat (LRR) family, regulates B-cell activation and apoptosis, loss of function is associated with increased disease activity in patients with systemic lupus erythematosis); 661 aa, pi: 6.20, MW: 74147 TM: 1 [P] Gene Chromosome: 5q12, Genbank accession No. NP_005573.1); US2002/193567 ; WO97/07198 (claim 11, pages 39-42); Miura et al (1996) Genomics 38(3):299-304; Miura et al (1998) Blood 92:2815-2822; WO2003/083047 ; WO97/44452 (claim 8, pages 57-61); WO2000/12130 (pages 24-26)
    34. (34) FcRH1 (Fc receptor-like protein 1, a putative receptor for the immunoglobulin Fc domain that contains C2 type Ig-like and ITAM domains, may have a role in B-lymphocyte differentiation); 429 aa, pi: 5.28, MW: 46925 TM: 1 [P] Gene Chromosome: 1q21-1q22, Genbank accession No. NP_443170.1); WO2003/077836 ; WO2001/38490 (claim 6, Fig 18E-1-18-E-2); Davis et al (2001) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA 98(17):9772-9777; WO2003/089624 (claim 8); EP1347046 (claim 1); WO2003/089624 (claim 7)
    35. (35) IRTA2 (Immunoglobulin superfamily receptor translocation associated 2, a putative immunoreceptor with possible roles in B cell development and lymphomagenesis; deregulation of the gene by translocation occurs in some B cell malignancies); 977 aa, pi: 6.88, MW: 106468, TM: 1 [P] Gene Chromosome: 1q21, Genbank accession No. Human:AF343662, AF343663, AF343664, AF343665, AF369794, AF397453, AK090423, A K090475, AL834187, AY358085; Mouse:AK089756, AY158090, AY506558; NP_112571.1; WO2003/024392 (claim 2, Fig 97); Nakayama et al (2000) Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 277(1):124-127; WO2003/077836 ; WO2001/38490 (claim 3, Fig 18B-1-18B-2)
    36. (36) TENB2 (TMEFF2, tomoregulin, TPEF, HPP1, TR, putative transmembrane proteoglycan, related to the EGF/heregulin family of growth factors and follistatin); 374 aa, NCBI Accession: AAD55776, AAF91397, AAG49451, NCBI RefSeq: NP_057276; NCBI Gene: 23671; OMIM: 605734; SwissProt Q9UIK5; Genbank accession No. AF179274; AY358907, CAF85723, CQ782436; WO2004/074320 ; JP2004113151 ; WO2003/042661 ; WO2003/009814 ; EP1295944 (pages 69-70); WO2002/30268 (page 329); WO2001/90304 ; US2004/249130 ; US2004/022727 ; WO2004/063355 ; US2004/197325 ; US2003/232350 ; US2004/005563 ; US2003/124579 ; Horie et al (2000) Genomics 67:146-152; Uchida et al (1999) Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 266:593-602; Liang et al (2000) Cancer Res. 60:4907-12; Glynne-Jones et al (2001) Int J Cancer. Oct 15; 94(2):178-84.
    37. (37) PMEL17 (silver homolog; SILV; D12S53E; PMEL17; SI; SIL); ME20; gp100) BC001414; BT007202; M32295; M77348; NM_006928; McGlinchey, R.P. et al (2009) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 106 (33), 13731-13736; Kummer, M.P. et al (2009) J. Biol. Chem. 284 (4), 2296-2306;
    38. (38) TMEFF1 (transmembrane protein with EGF-like and two follistatin-like domains 1; Tomoregulin-1); H7365; C9orf2; C9ORF2; U19878; X83961; NM_080655; NM_003692; Harms, P.W. (2003) Genes Dev. 17 (21), 2624-2629; Gery, S. et al (2003) Oncogene 22 (18):2723-2727;
    39. (39) GDNF-Ra1 (GDNF family receptor alpha 1; GFRA1; GDNFR; GDNFRA; RETL1; TRNR1; RET1L; GDNFR-alpha1; GFR-ALPHA-1); U95847; BC014962; NM_145793 NM_005264; Kim, M.H. et al (2009) Mol. Cell. Biol. 29 (8), 2264-2277; Treanor, J.J. et al (1996) Nature 382 (6586):80-83;
    40. (40) Ly6E (lymphocyte antigen 6 complex, locus E; Ly67,RIG-E,SCA-2,TSA-1); NP_002337.1; NM_002346.2; de Nooij-van Dalen, A.G. et al (2003) Int. J. Cancer 103 (6), 768-774; Zammit, D.J. et al (2002) Mol. Cell. Biol. 22 (3):946-952;
    41. (41) TMEM46 (shisa homolog 2 (Xenopus laevis); SHISA2); NP_001007539.1; NM_001007538.1; Furushima, K. et al (2007) Dev. Biol. 306 (2), 480-492; Clark, H.F. et al (2003) Genome Res. 13 (10):2265-2270;
    42. (42) Ly6G6D (lymphocyte antigen 6 complex, locus G6D; Ly6-D, MEGT1); NP_067079.2; NM_021246.2; Mallya, M. et al (2002) Genomics 80 (1):113-123; Ribas, G. et al (1999) J. Immunol. 163 (1):278-287;
    43. (43) LGR5 (leucine-rich repeat-containing G protein-coupled receptor 5; GPR49, GPR67); NP_003658.1; NM_003667.2; Salanti, G. et al (2009) Am. J. Epidemiol. 170 (5):537-545; Yamamoto, Y. et al (2003) Hepatology 37 (3):528-533;
    44. (44) RET (ret proto-oncogene; MEN2A; HSCR1; MEN2B; MTC1; PTC; CDHF12; Hs.168114; RET51; RET-ELE1); NP_066124.1; NM_020975.4; Tsukamoto, H. et al (2009) Cancer Sci. 100 (10):1895-1901; Narita, N. et al (2009) Oncogene 28 (34):3058-3068;
    45. (45) LY6K (lymphocyte antigen 6 complex, locus K; LY6K; HSJ001348; FLJ35226); NP_059997.3; NM_017527.3; Ishikawa, N. et al (2007) Cancer Res. 67 (24):11601-11611; de Nooij-van Dalen, A.G. et al (2003) Int. J. Cancer 103 (6):768-774;
    46. (46) GPR19 (G protein-coupled receptor 19; Mm.4787); NP_006134.1; NM_006143.2; Montpetit, A. and Sinnett, D. (1999) Hum. Genet. 105 (1-2):162-164; O'Dowd, B.F. et al (1996) FEBS Lett. 394 (3):325-329;
    47. (47) GPR54 (KISS1 receptor; KISS1 R; GPR54; HOT7T175; AXOR12); NP_115940.2; NM_032551.4; Navenot, J.M. et al (2009) Mol. Pharmacol. 75 (6):1300-1306; Hata, K. et al (2009) Anticancer Res. 29 (2):617-623;
    48. (48) ASPHD1 (aspartate beta-hydroxylase domain containing 1; LOC253982); NP_859069.2; NM_181718.3; Gerhard, D.S. et al (2004) Genome Res. 14 (10B):2121-2127;
    49. (49) Tyrosinase (TYR; OCAIA; OCA1A; tyrosinase; SHEP3); NP_000363.1; NM_000372.4; Bishop, D.T. et al (2009) Nat. Genet. 41 (8):920-925; Nan, H. et al (2009) Int. J. Cancer 125 (4):909-917;
    50. (50) TMEM118 (ring finger protein, transmembrane 2; RNFT2; FLJ14627); NP_001103373.1; NM_001109903.1; Clark, H.F. et al (2003) Genome Res. 13 (10):2265-2270; Scherer, S.E. et al (2006) Nature 440 (7082):346-351
    51. (51) GPR172A (G protein-coupled receptor 172A; GPCR41; FLJ11856; D15Ertd747e); NP_078807.1; NM_024531.3; Ericsson, T.A. et al (2003) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 100 (11):6759-6764; Takeda, S. et al (2002) FEBS Lett. 520 (1-3):97-101.
    52. (52) CD33, a member of the sialic acid binding, immunoglobulin-like lectin family, is a 67-kDa glycosylated transmembrane protein. CD33is expressed on most myeloid and monocytic leukemia cells in addition to committed myelomonocytic and erythroid progenitor cells. It is not seen on the earliest pluripotent stem cells, mature granulocytes, lymphoid cells, or nonhematopoietic cells (Sabbath et al., (1985) J. Clin. Invest. 75:756-56; Andrews et al., (1986) Blood 68:1030-5). CD33 contains two tyrosine residues on its cytoplasmic tail, each of which is followed by hydrophobic residues similar to the immunoreceptor tyrosine-based inhibitory motif (ITIM) seen in many inhibitory receptors.
    53. (53) CLL-1 (CLEC12A, MICL, and DCAL2), encodes a member of the C-type lectin/C-type lectin-like domain (CTL/CTLD) superfamily. Members of this family share a common protein fold and have diverse functions, such as cell adhesion, cell-cell signaling, glycoprotein turnover, and roles in inflammation and immune response. The protein encoded by this gene is a negative regulator of granulocyte and monocyte function. Several alternatively spliced transcript variants of this gene have been described, but the full-length nature of some of these variants has not been determined. This gene is closely linked to other CTL/CTLD superfamily members in the natural killer gene complex region on chromosome 12p13 (Drickamer K (1999) Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 9 (5):585-90; van Rhenen A, et al., (2007) Blood 110 (7):2659-66; Chen CH, et al. (2006) Blood 107 (4):1459-67; Marshall AS, et al. (2006) Eur. J. Immunol. 36 (8):2159-69; Bakker AB, et al (2005) Cancer Res. 64 (22):8443-50; Marshall AS, et al (2004) J. Biol. Chem. 279 (15):14792-802). CLL-1 has been shown to be a type II transmembrane receptor comprising a single C-type lectin-like domain (which is not predicted to bind either calcium or sugar), a stalk region, a transmembrane domain and a short cytoplasmic tail containing an ITIM motif.
  • The parent antibody may also be a fusion protein comprising an albumin-binding peptide (ABP) sequence (Dennis et al. (2002) "Albumin Binding As A General Strategy For Improving The Pharmacokinetics Of Proteins" J Biol Chem. 277:35035-35043; WO 01/45746 ). Antibodies of the invention include fusion proteins with ABP sequences taught by: (i) Dennis et al (2002) J Biol Chem. 277:35035-35043 at Tables III and IV, page 35038; (ii) US 2004/0001827 at [0076]; and (iii) WO 01/45746 at pages 12-13, and all of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • In one embodiment, the antibody has been raised to target specific the tumour related antigen αvβ6.
  • In certain embodiments, the ADCs of the present invention comprise anti-HER2 antibodies. In one embodiment of the invention, an anti-HER2 antibody of an ADC of the invention comprises a humanized anti-HER2 antibody, e.g., huMAb4D5-1, huMAb4D5-2, huMAb4D5-3, huMAb4D5-4, huMAb4D5-5, huMAb4D5-6, huMAb4D5-7 and huMAb4D5-8, as described in Table 3 of US 5821337 . Those antibodies contain human framework regions with the complementarity-determining regions of a murine antibody (4D5) that binds to HER2. The humanized antibody huMAb4D5-8 is also referred to as trastuzumab, commercially available as HERCEPTIN®. In another embodiment of the invention, an anti-HER2 antibody of an ADC of the invention comprises a humanized anti-HER2 antibody, e.g., humanized 2C4, as described in US7862817 . An exemplary humanized 2C4 antibody is pertuzumab, commercially available as PERJETA®.
  • In another embodiment of the invention, an anti-HER2 antibody of an ADC of the invention comprises a humanized anti-HER2 antibody is 7C2.
  • In some embodiments, the cysteine-engineered THIOMAB™ antibodies have a cysteine residue introduced at the 149-lysine site of the light chain (LC K149C) according to the numbering of Kabat.
  • In other embodiments, the cysteine-engineered THIOMAB™ antibodies have a cysteine residue introduced at the 205-valine site of the light chain (LC V205C) according to the numbering of Kabat.
  • In other embodiments, the cysteine-engineered THIOMAB™ antibodies have a cysteine residue introduced at the 118-alanine site (EU numbering) of the heavy chain (HC A118C). This site is alternatively numbered 121 by Sequential numbering or 114 by Kabat numbering.
  • In other embodiments, the cysteine-engineered THIOMAB™ antibodies have a cysteine residue introduced at the 140-alanine site (EU numbering) of the heavy chain (HC A140C). This site is alternatively numbered 143 by Sequential numbering or 136 by Kabat numbering.
  • In other embodiments, the cysteine-engineered THIOMAB™ antibodies have a cysteine residue introduced at the 239-serine site (EU numbering) of the heavy chain (HC S239C). This site is alternatively numbered 242 by Sequential numbering or 235 by Kabat numbering.
  • The cell binding agent may be labelled, for example to aid detection or purification of the agent either prior to incorporation as a conjugate, or as part of the conjugate. The label may be a biotin label. In another embodiment, the cell binding agent may be labelled with a radioisotope.
    • R and R'
  • In one embodiment, R is independently selected from optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, C3-20 heterocyclyl and C5-20 aryl groups. These groups are each defined in the substituents section below.
  • In one embodiment, R is independently optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl.
  • In one embodiment, R is independently optionally substituted C3-20 heterocyclyl.
  • In one embodiment, R is independently optionally substituted C5-20 aryl.
  • In one embodiment, R is independently optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl.
  • Described above in relation to R2 are various embodiments relating to preferred alkyl and aryl groups and the identity and number of optional substituents. The preferences set out for R2 as it applies to R are applicable, where appropriate, to all other groups R, for examples where R6, R7, R8 or R9 is R.
  • The preferences for R apply also to R'.
  • In some embodiments of the invention there is provided a compound having a substituent group -NRR'. In one embodiment, R and R' together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocyclic ring. The ring may contain a further heteroatom, for example N, O or S.
  • In one embodiment, the heterocyclic ring is itself substituted with a group R. Where a further N heteroatom is present, the substituent may be on the N heteroatom.
    • R"
  • R" is a C3-12 alkylene group, which chain may be interrupted by one or more heteroatoms, e.g. O, S, N(H), NMe and/or aromatic rings, e.g. benzene or pyridine, which rings are optionally substituted.
  • In one embodiment, R" is a C3-12 alkylene group, which chain may be interrupted by one or more heteroatoms and/or aromatic rings, e.g. benzene or pyridine.
  • In one embodiment, the alkylene group is optionally interrupted by one or more heteroatoms selected from O, S, and NMe and/or aromatic rings, which rings are optionally substituted.
  • In one embodiment, the aromatic ring is a C5-20 arylene group, where arylene pertains to a divalent moiety obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from two aromatic ring atoms of an aromatic compound, which moiety has from 5 to 20 ring atoms.
  • In one embodiment, R" is a C3-12 alkylene group, which chain may be interrupted by one or more heteroatoms, e.g. O, S, N(H), NMe and/or aromatic rings, e.g. benzene or pyridine, which rings are optionally substituted by NH2.
  • In one embodiment, R" is a C3-12 alkylene group.
  • In one embodiment, R" is selected from a C3, C5, C7, C9 and a C11 alkylene group.
  • In one embodiment, R" is selected from a C3, C5 and a C7 alkylene group.
  • In one embodiment, R" is selected from a C3 and a C5 alkylene group.
  • In one embodiment, R" is a C3 alkylene group.
  • In one embodiment, R" is a C5 alkylene group.
  • The alkylene groups listed above may be optionally interrupted by one or more heteroatoms and/or aromatic rings, e.g. benzene or pyridine, which rings are optionally substituted.
  • The alkylene groups listed above may be optionally interrupted by one or more heteroatoms and/or aromatic rings, e.g. benzene or pyridine.
  • The alkylene groups listed above may be unsubstituted linear aliphatic alkylene groups.
    • X
  • In one embodiment, X is selected from O, S, or N(H).
  • Preferably, X is O.
    • E
  • The compounds where one or both C rings is replaced by a ring of formula E, have a group R2 which with either of R1 or R3, together with carbon atoms of the C ring to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted benzene ring. The optionally substituted benzene ring may be regarded as fused to the C ring of the pyrrolobenzodiazepine. The fused benzene ring may be referred to as the D ring. The structure of the fused ring is illustrated below:
    Figure imgb0038
     where each of D1, D2, D3 and D4 represents H or a substituent.
  • In one embodiment, the benzene ring is unsubstituted.
  • In one embodiment, the benzene ring is optionally substituted with one, two, three of four groups selected from OH, CN, R, OR, O-SO2-R, CO2R, COR, SH, SR, NH2, NHR, NRR', NO2, Me3Sn and halo.
  • In one embodiment, the benzene ring is monosubstituted. The monosubstituent may be any one of D1, D2, D3 or D4 (the rest being H). In one embodiment the benzene ring is substituted at D2, and D1, D3 and D4 are each H. In one embodiment the benzene ring is substituted at D3, and D1, D2 and D4 are each H.
  • In one embodiment, R2 with R1, together with carbon atoms of the C ring to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted benzene ring.
  • The preferences for V and W are set out below.
    • F
  • In the compounds where one or both C rings is replaced by a ring of formula F:
    • In one embodiment, U is CH2 when T is NR, BH, SO, or SO2.
    • In one embodiment, T is CH2 or CO when U is NR, O or S.
    • In one embodiment, T is selected from CH2 and CO.
    • In one embodiment, U is selected from NR, O and S.
    • In one embodiment, Y is (CH2)n, where n is 1 or 2.
  • In one embodiment, the C ring of the compound A-B has a structure selected from those shown below:
    Figure imgb0039
    • V and W
  • V and W are each selected from (CH2)n, O, S, NR, CHR, and CRR' where n is 2,3 or 4, except that V is C when R1 and R2, together with carbon atoms of the C ring to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted benzene ring, and W is C when R3 and R2, together with carbon atoms of the C ring to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted benzene ring.
  • In one embodiment, when one of V and W is C, the other of V and W is selected from CH2 and NR.
  • In one embodiment, when one of V and W is C, the other of V and W is CH2.
    • Preferred Conjugate Compounds
  • The method of the second aspect of the present invention prepares conjugate compounds from the reaction between a cell binding agent and an intermediate compound of the present invention. The cell binding agent may be an antibody. In a third aspect of the invention, there are provided conjugates with LC K149C, LC V205C, HC A140C, or HC S239C cysteine-engineered antibody mutant (THIOMAB™), where CBA below represents Ab as defined above. Of these LC K149C cysteine-engineered antibody mutant (THIOMAB™) may be preferred.
  • In one embodiment, the conjugate is a dimer wherein each of the PBD moieties has a C2 methylene group i.e. each R2 is =CH2. It is preferred that the cell binding agent is an antibody.
  • In another embodiment, the conjugate is a dimer wherein each of the monomers has a C2 aryl group i.e. each R2 is optionally substituted C5-20 aryl, and there is a double bond between C2 and C3 in each PBD moiety. It is preferred that the cell binding agent is an antibody.
    • C2 Alkylene
  • In one embodiment, the conjugate is a compound:
    Figure imgb0040
     and more preferably:
    Figure imgb0041
     wherein CBA is a cell binding agent such as an antibody or a cyclic or linear peptide, and n is 0 or 1. Y, RL1 and RL2 are as previously defined, and RE and RE" are each independently selected from H or RD.
    • C2 Aryl
  • In one embodiment, the conjugate is a compound:
    Figure imgb0042
     and more preferably:
    Figure imgb0043
     wherein CBA is a cell binding agent such as an antibody or a cyclic or linear peptide, Y, RL1 and RL2 are as previously defined; Ar1 and Ar2 are each independently optionally substituted C5-20 aryl, and n is 0 or 1. Ar1 and Ar2 may be the same or different.
  • In one embodiment, Ar1 and Ar2 in each of the embodiments above are each independently selected from optionally substituted phenyl, furanyl, thiophenyl and pyridyl.
  • In one embodiment, Ar1 and Ar2 in each of the embodiments above is optionally substituted phenyl.
  • In one embodiment, Ar1 and Ar2 in each of the embodiments above is optionally substituted thien-2-yl or thien-3-yl.
  • In one embodiment, Ar1 and Ar2 in each of the embodiments above is optionally substituted quinolinyl or isoquinolinyl.
  • The quinolinyl or isoquinolinyl group may be bound to the PBD core through any available ring position. For example, the quinolinyl may be quinolin-2-yl, quinolin-3-yl, quinolin-4yl, quinolin-5-yl, quinolin-6-yl, quinolin-7-yl and quinolin-8-yl. Of these quinolin-3-yl and quinolin-6-yl may be preferred. The isoquinolinyl may be isoquinolin-1-yl, isoquinolin-3-yl, isoquinolin-4yl, isoquinolin-5-yl, isoquinolin-6-yl, isoquinolin-7-yl and isoquinolin-8-yl. Of these isoquinolin-3-yl and isoquinolin-6-yl may be preferred.
    • C2 Vinyl
  • In one embodiment, the conjugate is a compound:
    Figure imgb0044
     and more preferably:
    Figure imgb0045
     wherein CBA is a cell binding agent such as an antibody or a cyclic or linear peptide, Y, RL1 and RL2 are as previously defined, RV1 and RV2 are independently selected from H, methyl, ethyl and phenyl (which phenyl may be optionally substituted with fluoro, particularly in the 4 position) and C5-6 heterocyclyl, and n is 0 or 1. RV1 and RV2 may be the same or different.
  • In some of the above embodiments, RV1 and RV2 may be independently selected from H, phenyl, and 4-fluorophenyl.
  • For each of the compounds above, the following preferences may apply, where appropriate:
    • n is 0;
    • n is 1;
    • RE is H;
    • RE is RD, where RD is optionally substituted alkyl;
    • RE is RD, where RD is methyl;
    • CBA is an antibody, in particular a LC K149C, LC V205C, HC A140C, or HC S239C cysteine-engineered antibody mutant (THIOMAB™);
    • CBA is a cyclic peptide;
    • RL1 and RL2 are H;
    • RL1 and RL2 are Me.
    Substituents
  • The phrase "optionally substituted" as used herein, pertains to a parent group which may be unsubstituted or which may be substituted.
  • Unless otherwise specified, the term "substituted" as used herein, pertains to a parent group which bears one or more substituents. The term "substituent" is used herein in the conventional sense and refers to a chemical moiety which is covalently attached to, or if appropriate, fused to, a parent group. A wide variety of substituents are well known, and methods for their formation and introduction into a variety of parent groups are also well known.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the substituents described herein (which include optional substituents) are limited to those groups that are not reactive to a cell binding agent. The link to the cell binding agent in the present case is formed from the N10 position of the PBD compound through a linker group (comprising, for example, L1, L2 and A) to the cell binding agent. Reactive functional groups located at other parts of the PBD structure may be capable of forming additional bonds to the cell binding agent (this may be referred to as crosslinking). These additional bonds may alter transport and biological activity of the conjugate. Therefore, in some embodiment, the additional substituents are limited to those lacking reactive functionality.
  • In one embodiment, the substituents are selected from the group consisting of R, OR, SR, NRR', NO2, halo, CO2R, COR, CONH2, CONHR, and CONRR'.
  • In one embodiment, the substituents are selected from the group consisting of R, OR, SR, NRR', NO2, CO2R, COR, CONH2, CONHR, and CONRR'.
  • In one embodiment, the substituents are selected from the group consisting of R, OR, SR, NRR', NO2, and halo.
  • In one embodiment, the substituents are selected from the group consisting of R, OR, SR, NRR', and NO2.
  • Any one of the embodiment mentioned above may be applied to any one of the substituents described herein. Alternatively, the substituents may be selected from one or more of the groups listed below.
  • Examples of substituents are described in more detail below.
  • C1-12 alkyl: The term "C1-12 alkyl" as used herein, pertains to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon compound having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, which may be aliphatic or alicyclic, and which may be saturated or unsaturated (e.g. partially unsaturated, fully unsaturated). Thus, the term "alkyl" includes the sub-classes alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, etc., discussed below.
  • Examples of saturated alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl (C1), ethyl (C2), propyl (C3), butyl (C4), pentyl (C5), hexyl (C6) and heptyl (C7).
  • Examples of saturated linear alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl (C1), ethyl (C2), n-propyl (C3), n-butyl (C4), n-pentyl (amyl) (C5), n-hexyl (C6) and n-heptyl (C7).
  • Examples of saturated branched alkyl groups include iso-propyl (C3), iso-butyl (C4), sec-butyl (C4), tert-butyl (C4), iso-pentyl (C5), and neo-pentyl (C5).
  • An alkyl group may optionally be interrupted by one or more heteroatoms selected from O, N(H) and S. Such groups may be referred to as "heteroalkyl".
  • C2-20 Heteroalkyl: The term "C2-12 heteroalkyl" as used herein, pertains to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon compound having from 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and one or more heteroatoms selected from O, N(H) and S, preferably O and S.
  • Examples of heteroalkyl groups include, but are not limited to those comprising one or more ethylene glycol units of the type -(OCH2CH2)-. The terminal of a heteroalkyl group may be the primary form of a heteroatom, e.g. -OH, -SH or -NH2. In a preferred embodiment, the terminal is -CH3.
  • C2-12 Alkenyl: The term "C2-12 alkenyl" as used herein, pertains to an alkyl group having one or more carbon-carbon double bonds.
  • Examples of unsaturated alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethenyl (vinyl, -CH=CH2), 1-propenyl (-CH=CH-CH3), 2-propenyl (allyl, -CH-CH=CH2), isopropenyl (1-methylvinyl, -C(CH3)=CH2), butenyl (C4), pentenyl (C5), and hexenyl (C6).
  • C2-12 alkynyl: The term "C2-12 alkynyl" as used herein, pertains to an alkyl group having one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds.
  • Examples of unsaturated alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethynyl (-C≡CH) and 2-propynyl (propargyl, -CH2-C≡CH).
  • C3-12 cycloalkyl: The term "C3-12 cycloalkyl" as used herein, pertains to an alkyl group which is also a cyclyl group; that is, a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from an alicyclic ring atom of a cyclic hydrocarbon (carbocyclic) compound, which moiety has from 3 to 7 carbon atoms, including from 3 to 7 ring atoms.
  • Examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from:
    • saturated monocyclic hydrocarbon compounds: cyclopropane (C3), cyclobutane (C4), cyclopentane (C5), cyclohexane (C6), cycloheptane (C7), methylcyclopropane (C4), dimethylcyclopropane (C5), methylcyclobutane (C5), dimethylcyclobutane (C6), methylcyclopentane (C6), dimethylcyclopentane (C7) and methylcyclohexane (C7);
    • unsaturated monocyclic hydrocarbon compounds: cyclopropene (C3), cyclobutene (C4), cyclopentene (C5), cyclohexene (C6), methylcyclopropene (C4), dimethylcyclopropene (C5), methylcyclobutene (C5), dimethylcyclobutene (C6), methylcyclopentene (C6), dimethylcyclopentene (C7) and methylcyclohexene (C7); and
    • saturated polycyclic hydrocarbon compounds: norcarane (C7), norpinane (C7), norbornane (C7).
  • C3-20 heterocyclyl: The term "C3-20 heterocyclyl" as used herein, pertains to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a ring atom of a heterocyclic compound, which moiety has from 3 to 20 ring atoms, of which from 1 to 10 are ring heteroatoms. Preferably, each ring has from 3 to 7 ring atoms, of which from 1 to 4 are ring heteroatoms.
  • In this context, the prefixes (e.g. C3-20, C3-7, C5-6, etc.) denote the number of ring atoms, or range of number of ring atoms, whether carbon atoms or heteroatoms. For example, the term "C5-6heterocyclyl", as used herein, pertains to a heterocyclyl group having 5 or 6 ring atoms.
  • Examples of monocyclic heterocyclyl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from:
    • N1: aziridine (C3), azetidine (C4), pyrrolidine (tetrahydropyrrole) (C5), pyrroline (e.g., 3-pyrroline, 2,5-dihydropyrrole) (C5), 2H-pyrrole or 3H-pyrrole (isopyrrole, isoazole) (C5), piperidine (C6), dihydropyridine (C6), tetrahydropyridine (C6), azepine (C7);
    • O1: oxirane (C3), oxetane (C4), oxolane (tetrahydrofuran) (C5), oxole (dihydrofuran) (C5), oxane (tetrahydropyran) (C6), dihydropyran (C6), pyran (C6), oxepin (C7);
    • S1: thiirane (C3), thietane (C4), thiolane (tetrahydrothiophene) (C5), thiane (tetrahydrothiopyran) (C6), thiepane (C7);
    • O2: dioxolane (C5), dioxane (C6), and dioxepane (C7);
    • O3: trioxane (C6);
    • N2: imidazolidine (C5), pyrazolidine (diazolidine) (C5), imidazoline (C5), pyrazoline (dihydropyrazole) (C5), piperazine (C6);
    • N1O1: tetrahydrooxazole (C5), dihydrooxazole (C5), tetrahydroisoxazole (C5), dihydroisoxazole (C5), morpholine (C6), tetrahydrooxazine (C6), dihydrooxazine (C6), oxazine (C6);
    • N1S1: thiazoline (C5), thiazolidine (C5), thiomorpholine (C6);
    • N2O1: oxadiazine (C6);
    • O1S1: oxathiole (C5) and oxathiane (thioxane) (C6); and,
    • N1O1S1: oxathiazine (C6).
  • Examples of substituted monocyclic heterocyclyl groups include those derived from saccharides, in cyclic form, for example, furanoses (C5), such as arabinofuranose, lyxofuranose, ribofuranose, and xylofuranse, and pyranoses (C6), such as allopyranose, altropyranose, glucopyranose, mannopyranose, gulopyranose, idopyranose, galactopyranose, and talopyranose.
  • C5-20 aryl: The term "C5-20 aryl", as used herein, pertains to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from an aromatic ring atom of an aromatic compound, which moiety has from 3 to 20 ring atoms. Preferably, each ring has from 5 to 7 ring atoms.
  • In this context, the prefixes (e.g. C3-20, C5-7, C5-6, etc.) denote the number of ring atoms, or range of number of ring atoms, whether carbon atoms or heteroatoms. For example, the term "C5-6 aryl" as used herein, pertains to an aryl group having 5 or 6 ring atoms.
  • The ring atoms may be all carbon atoms, as in "carboaryl groups".
  • Examples of carboaryl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from benzene (i.e. phenyl) (C6), naphthalene (C10), azulene (C10), anthracene (C14), phenanthrene (C14), naphthacene (C18), and pyrene (C16).
  • Examples of aryl groups which comprise fused rings, at least one of which is an aromatic ring, include, but are not limited to, groups derived from indane (e.g. 2,3-dihydro-1H-indene) (C9), indene (C9), isoindene (C9), tetraline (1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene (C10), acenaphthene (C12), fluorene (C13), phenalene (C13), acephenanthrene (C15), and aceanthrene (C16).
  • Alternatively, the ring atoms may include one or more heteroatoms, as in "heteroaryl groups". Examples of monocyclic heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from:
    • N1: pyrrole (azole) (C5), pyridine (azine) (C6);
    • O1: furan (oxole) (C5);
    • S1: thiophene (thiole) (C5);
    • N1O1: oxazole (C5), isoxazole (C5), isoxazine (C6);
    • N2O1: oxadiazole (furazan) (C5);
    • N3O1: oxatriazole (C5);
    • N1S1: thiazole (C5), isothiazole (C5);
    • N2: imidazole (1,3-diazole) (C5), pyrazole (1,2-diazole) (C5), pyridazine (1,2-diazine) (C6), pyrimidine (1,3-diazine) (C6) (e.g., cytosine, thymine, uracil), pyrazine (1,4-diazine) (C6);
    • N3: triazole (C5), triazine (C6); and,
    • N4: tetrazole (C5).
  • Examples of heteroaryl which comprise fused rings, include, but are not limited to:
    • C9 (with 2 fused rings) derived from benzofuran (O1), isobenzofuran (O1), indole (N1), isoindole (N1), indolizine (N1), indoline (N1), isoindoline (N1), purine (N4) (e.g., adenine, guanine), benzimidazole (N2), indazole (N2), benzoxazole (N1O1), benzisoxazole (N1O1), benzodioxole (O2), benzofurazan (N2O1), benzotriazole (N3), benzothiofuran (S1), benzothiazole (N1S1), benzothiadiazole (N2S);
    • C10 (with 2 fused rings) derived from chromene (O1), isochromene (O1), chroman (O1), isochroman (O1), benzodioxan (O2), quinoline (N1), isoquinoline (N1), quinolizine (N1), benzoxazine (N1O1), benzodiazine (N2), pyridopyridine (N2), quinoxaline (N2), quinazoline (N2), cinnoline (N2), phthalazine (N2), naphthyridine (N2), pteridine (N4);
    • C11 (with 2 fused rings) derived from benzodiazepine (N2);
    • C13 (with 3 fused rings) derived from carbazole (N1), dibenzofuran (O1), dibenzothiophene (S1), carboline (N2), perimidine (N2), pyridoindole (N2); and,
    • C14 (with 3 fused rings) derived from acridine (N1), xanthene (O1), thioxanthene (S1), oxanthrene (O2), phenoxathiin (O1S1), phenazine (N2), phenoxazine (N1O1), phenothiazine (N1S1), thianthrene (S2), phenanthridine (N1), phenanthroline (N2), phenazine (N2).
  • The above groups, whether alone or part of another substituent, may themselves optionally be substituted with one or more groups selected from themselves and the additional substituents listed below.
    • Halo: -F, -Cl, -Br, and -I.
    • Hydroxy: -OH.
  • Ether: -OR, wherein R is an ether substituent, for example, a C1-7 alkyl group (also referred to as a C1-7 alkoxy group, discussed below), a C3-20 heterocyclyl group (also referred to as a C3-20 heterocyclyloxy group), or a C5-20 aryl group (also referred to as a C5-20 aryloxy group), preferably a C1-7alkyl group.
  • Alkoxy: -OR, wherein R is an alkyl group, for example, a C1-7 alkyl group. Examples of C1-7 alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, -OMe (methoxy), -OEt (ethoxy), -O(nPr) (n-propoxy), -O(iPr) (isopropoxy), -O(nBu) (n-butoxy), -O(sBu) (sec-butoxy), -O(iBu) (isobutoxy), and -O(tBu) (tert-butoxy).
  • Acetal: -CH(OR1)(OR2), wherein R1 and R2 are independently acetal substituents, for example, a C1-7 alkyl group, a C3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group, preferably a C1-7 alkyl group, or, in the case of a "cyclic" acetal group, R1 and R2, taken together with the two oxygen atoms to which they are attached, and the carbon atoms to which they are attached, form a heterocyclic ring having from 4 to 8 ring atoms. Examples of acetal groups include, but are not limited to, -CH(OMe)2, -CH(OEt)2, and -CH(OMe)(OEt).
  • Hemiacetal: -CH(OH)(OR1), wherein R1 is a hemiacetal substituent, for example, a C1-7 alkyl, group, a C3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group, preferably a C1-7 alkyl group. Examples of hemiacetal groups include, but are not limited to, -CH(OH)(OMe) and - CH(OH)(OEt).
  • Ketal: -CR(OR1)(OR2), where R1 and R2 are as defined for acetals, and R is a ketal substituent other than hydrogen, for example, a C1-7 alkyl group, a C3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group, preferably a C1-7 alkyl group. Examples ketal groups include, but are not limited to, -C(Me)(OMe)2, -C(Me)(OEt)2, -C(Me)(OMe)(OEt), -C(Et)(OMe)2, -C(Et)(OEt)2, and -C(Et)(OMe)(OEt).
  • Hemiketal: -CR(OH)(OR1), where R1 is as defined for hemiacetals, and R is a hemiketal substituent other than hydrogen, for example, a C1-7 alkyl group, a C3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group, preferably a C1-7 alkyl group. Examples of hemiacetal groups include, but are not limited to, -C(Me)(OH)(OMe), -C(Et)(OH)(OMe), -C(Me)(OH)(OEt), and -C(Et)(OH)(OEt).
    • Oxo (keto, -one): =O.
    • Thione (thioketone): =S.
  • Imino (imine): =NR, wherein R is an imino substituent, for example, hydrogen, C1-7 alkyl group, a C3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group, preferably hydrogen or a C1-7 alkyl, group. Examples of ester groups include, but are not limited to, =NH, =NMe, =NEt, and =NPh.
    • Formyl (carbaldehyde, carboxaldehyde): -C(=O)H.
  • Acyl (keto): -C(=O)R, wherein R is an acyl substituent, for example, a C1-7 alkyl group (also referred to as C1-7 alkylacyl or C1-7 alkanoyl), a C3-20 heterocyclyl group (also referred to as C3-20 heterocyclylacyl), or a C5-20 aryl group (also referred to as C5-20 arylacyl), preferably a C1-7 alkyl group. Examples of acyl groups include, but are not limited to, -C(=O)CH3 (acetyl), -C(=O)CH2CH3 (propionyl), -C(=O)C(CH3)3 (t-butyryl), and -C(=O)Ph (benzoyl, phenone).
    • Carboxy (carboxylic acid): -C(=O)OH.
    • Thiocarboxy (thiocarboxylic acid): -C(=S)SH.
    • Thiolocarboxy (thiolocarboxylic acid): -C(=O)SH.
    • Thionocarboxy (thionocarboxylic acid): -C(=S)OH.
    • Imidic acid: -C(=NH)OH.
    • Hydroxamic acid: -C(=NOH)OH.
  • Ester (carboxylate, carboxylic acid ester, oxycarbonyl): -C(=O)OR, wherein R is an ester substituent, for example, a C1-7 alkyl group, a C3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group, preferably a C1-7 alkyl group. Examples of ester groups include, but are not limited to, -C(=O)OCH3, -C(=O)OCH2CH3, -C(=O)OC(CH3)3, and -C(=O)OPh.
  • Acyloxy (reverse ester): -OC(=O)R, wherein R is an acyloxy substituent, for example, a C1-7 alkyl group, a C3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group, preferably a C1-7 alkyl group. Examples of acyloxy groups include, but are not limited to, -OC(=O)CH3 (acetoxy), -OC(=O)CH2CH3, -OC(=O)C(CH3)3, -OC(=O)Ph, and -OC(=O)CH2Ph.
  • Oxycarboyloxy: -OC(=O)OR, wherein R is an ester substituent, for example, a C1-7 alkyl, group, a C3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group, preferably a C1-7 alkyl group.
  • Examples of ester groups include, but are not limited to, -OC(=O)OCH3, -OC(=O)OCH2CH3, -OC(=O)OC(CH3)3, and -OC(=O)OPh.
  • Amino: -NR1R2, wherein R1 and R2 are independently amino substituents, for example, hydrogen, a C1-7 alkyl group (also referred to as C1-7 alkylamino or di-C1-7 alkylamino), a C3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group, preferably H or a C1-7 alkyl group, or, in the case of a "cyclic" amino group, R1 and R2, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a heterocyclic ring having from 4 to 8 ring atoms. Amino groups may be primary (-NH2), secondary (-NHR1), or tertiary (-NHR1R2), and in cationic form, may be quaternary (-+NR1R2R3). Examples of amino groups include, but are not limited to, -NH2, -NHCH3, -NHC(CH3)2, -N(CH3)2, -N(CH2CH3)2, and -NHPh. Examples of cyclic amino groups include, but are not limited to, aziridino, azetidino, pyrrolidino, piperidino, piperazino, morpholino, and thiomorpholino.
  • Amido (carbamoyl, carbamyl, aminocarbonyl, carboxamide): -C(=O)NR1R2, wherein R1 and R2 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups. Examples of amido groups include, but are not limited
    to, -C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHCH3, -C(=O)N(CH3)2, -C(=O)NHCH2CH3, and -C(=O)N(CH2CH3)2, as well as amido groups in which R1 and R2, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a heterocyclic structure as in, for example, piperidinocarbonyl, morpholinocarbonyl, thiomorpholinocarbonyl, and piperazinocarbonyl.
  • Thioamido (thiocarbamyl): -C(=S)NR1R2, wherein R1 and R2 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups. Examples of amido groups include, but are not limited to, -C(=S)NH2, -C(=S)NHCH3, -C(=S)N(CH3)2, and -C(=S)NHCH2CH3.
  • Acylamido (acylamino): -NR1C(=O)R2, wherein R1 is an amide substituent, for example, hydrogen, a C1-7 alkyl group, a C3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group, preferably hydrogen or a C1-7 alkyl group, and R2 is an acyl substituent, for example, a C1-7 alkyl group, a C3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20aryl group, preferably hydrogen or a C1-7 alkyl group. Examples of acylamide groups include, but are not limited
    to, -NHC(=O)CH3 , -NHC(=O)CH2CH3, and -NHC(=O)Ph. R1 and R2 may together form a cyclic structure, as in, for example, succinimidyl, maleimidyl, and phthalimidyl:
    Figure imgb0046
  • Aminocarbonyloxy: -OC(=O)NR1R 2, wherein R1 and R2 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups. Examples of aminocarbonyloxy groups include, but are not limited to, -OC(=O)NH2, -OC(=O)NHMe, -OC(=O)NMe2, and -OC(=O)NEt2.
  • Ureido: -N(R1)CONR2R3 wherein R2 and R3 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups, and R1 is a ureido substituent, for example, hydrogen, a C1-7 alkyl, group, a C3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group, preferably hydrogen or a C1-7 alkyl, group. Examples of ureido groups include, but are not limited to, -NHCONH2, - NHCONHMe, -NHCONHEt, -NHCONMe2, -NHCONEt2, -NMeCONH2, - NMeCONHMe, -NMeCONHEt, -NMeCONMe2, and -NMeCONEt2.
    • Guanidino: -NH-C(=NH)NH2.
  • Tetrazolyl: a five membered aromatic ring having four nitrogen atoms and one carbon atom,
    Figure imgb0047
  • Imino: =NR, wherein R is an imino substituent, for example, for example, hydrogen, a C1-7 alkyl group, a C3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group, preferably H or a C1-7alkyl group. Examples of imino groups include, but are not limited to, =NH, =NMe, and =NEt.
  • Amidine (amidino): -C(=NR)NR2, wherein each R is an amidine substituent, for example, hydrogen, a C1-7 alkyl group, a C3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group, preferably H or a C1-7 alkyl group. Examples of amidine groups include, but are not limited to, -C(=NH)NH2, -C(=NH)NMe2, and -C(=NMe)NMe2.
    • Nitro: -NO2.
    • Nitroso: -NO.
    • Azido: -N3.
    • Cyano (nitrile, carbonitrile): -CN.
    • Isocyano: -NC.
    • Cyanato: -OCN.
    • Isocyanato: -NCO.
    • Thiocyano (thiocyanato): -SCN.
    • Isothiocyano (isothiocyanato): -NCS.
    • Sulfhydryl (thiol, mercapto): -SH.
  • Thioether (sulfide): -SR, wherein R is a thioether substituent, for example, a C1-7 alkyl group (also referred to as a C1-7alkylthio group), a C3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group, preferably a C1-7 alkyl group. Examples of C1-7 alkylthio groups include, but are not limited to, -SCH3 and -SCH2CH3.
  • Disulfide: -SS-R, wherein R is a disulfide substituent, for example, a C1-7 alkyl group, a C3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group, preferably a C1-7 alkyl group (also referred to herein as C1-7 alkyl disulfide). Examples of C1-7 alkyl disulfide groups include, but are not limited to, -SSCH3 and -SSCH2CH3.
  • Sulfine (sulfinyl, sulfoxide): -S(=O)R, wherein R is a sulfine substituent, for example, a C1-7 alkyl group, a C3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group, preferably a C1-7 alkyl group. Examples of sulfine groups include, but are not limited to, -S(=O)CH3 and -S(=O)CH2CH3.
  • Sulfone (sulfonyl): -S(=O)2R, wherein R is a sulfone substituent, for example, a C1-7 alkyl, group, a C3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group, preferably a C1-7 alkyl group, including, for example, a fluorinated or perfluorinated C1-7 alkyl group. Examples of sulfone groups include, but are not limited to, -S(=O)2CH3 (methanesulfonyl, mesyl), -S(=O)2CF3 (triflyl), -S(=O)2CH2CH3 (esyl), -S(=O)2C4F9 (nonaflyl), -S(=O)2CH2CF3 (tresyl), -S(=O)2CH2CH2NH2 (tauryl), -S(=O)2Ph (phenylsulfonyl, besyl), 4-methylphenylsulfonyl (tosyl), 4-chlorophenylsulfonyl (closyl), 4-bromophenylsulfonyl (brosyl), 4-nitrophenyl (nosyl), 2-naphthalenesulfonate (napsyl), and 5-dimethylamino-naphthalen-1-ylsulfonate (dansyl).
    • Sulfinic acid (sulfino): -S(=O)OH, -SO2H.
    • Sulfonic acid (sulfo): -S(=O)2OH, -SO3H.
  • Sulfinate (sulfinic acid ester): -S(=O)OR; wherein R is a sulfinate substituent, for example, a C1-7 alkyl group, a C3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group, preferably a C1-7 alkyl group. Examples of sulfinate groups include, but are not limited to, -S(=O)OCH3 (methoxysulfinyl; methyl sulfinate) and -S(=O)OCH2CH3 (ethoxysulfinyl; ethyl sulfinate).
  • Sulfonate (sulfonic acid ester): -S(=O)2OR, wherein R is a sulfonate substituent, for example, a C1-7 alkyl group, a C3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group, preferably a C1-7 alkyl, group. Examples of sulfonate groups include, but are not limited to, -S(=O)2OCH3 (methoxysulfonyl; methyl sulfonate) and -S(=O)2OCH2CH3 (ethoxysulfonyl; ethyl sulfonate).
  • Sulfinyloxy: -OS(=O)R, wherein R is a sulfinyloxy substituent, for example, a C1-7 alkyl group, a C3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group, preferably a C1-7 alkyl group. Examples of sulfinyloxy groups include, but are not limited to, -OS(=O)CH3 and -OS(=O)CH2CH3.
  • Sulfonyloxy: -OS(=O)2R, wherein R is a sulfonyloxy substituent, for example, a C1-7 alkyl, group, a C3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group, preferably a C1-7 alkyl group. Examples of sulfonyloxy groups include, but are not limited to, -OS(=O)2CH3 (mesylate) and -OS(=O)2CH2CH3 (esylate).
  • Sulfate: -OS(=O)2OR; wherein R is a sulfate substituent, for example, a C1-7 alkyl group, a C3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group, preferably a C1-7 alkyl group. Examples of sulfate groups include, but are not limited to, -OS(=O)2OCH3 and -SO(=O)2OCH2CH3.
  • Sulfamyl (sulfamoyl; sulfinic acid amide; sulfinamide): -S(=O)NR1R2, wherein R1 and R2 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups. Examples of sulfamyl groups include, but are not limited
    to, -S(=O)NH2, -S(=O)NH(CH3), -S(=O)N(CH3)2, -S(=O)NH(CH2CH3), -S(=O)N(CH2CH3)2, and -S(=O)NHPh.
  • Sulfonamido (sulfinamoyl; sulfonic acid amide; sulfonamide): -S(=O)2NR1R2, wherein R1 and R2 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups. Examples of sulfonamido groups include, but are not limited
    to, -S(=O)2NH2, -S(=O)2NH(CH3), -S(=O)2N(CH3)2, -S(=O)2NH(CH2CH3), -S(=O)2N(CH2CH3)2, and -S(=O)2NHPh.
  • Sulfamino: -NR1S(=O)2OH, wherein R1 is an amino substituent, as defined for amino groups. Examples of sulfamino groups include, but are not limited to, -NHS(=O)2OH
    and -N(CH3)S(=O)2OH.
  • Sulfonamino: -NR1S(=O)2R, wherein R1 is an amino substituent, as defined for amino groups, and R is a sulfonamino substituent, for example, a C1-7 alkyl group, a C3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group, preferably a C1-7 alkyl group. Examples of sulfonamino groups include, but are not limited to, -NHS(=O)2CH3 and -N(CH3)S(=O)2C6H5.
  • Sulfinamino: -NR1S(=O)R, wherein R1 is an amino substituent, as defined for amino groups, and R is a sulfinamino substituent, for example, a C1-7 alkyl group, a C3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group, preferably a C1-7 alkyl group. Examples of sulfinamino groups include, but are not limited to, -NHS(=O)CH3 and -N(CH3)S(=O)C6H5.
  • Phosphino (phosphine): -PR2, wherein R is a phosphino substituent, for example, -H, a C1-7 alkyl group, a C3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group, preferably -H, a C1-7 alkyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group. Examples of phosphino groups include, but are not limited to, -PH2, -P(CH3)2, -P(CH2CH3)2, -P(t-Bu)2, and -P(Ph)2.
    • Phospho: -P(=O)2.
  • Phosphinyl (phosphine oxide): -P(=O)R2, wherein R is a phosphinyl substituent, for example, a C1-7 alkyl group, a C3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group, preferably a C1-7 alkyl, group or a C5-20 aryl group. Examples of phosphinyl groups include, but are not limited to, -P(=O)(CH3)2, -P(=O)(CH2CH3)2, -P(=O)(t-Bu)2, and -P(=O)(Ph)2.
    • Phosphonic acid (phosphono): -P(=O)(OH)2.
  • Phosphonate (phosphono ester): -P(=O)(OR)2, where R is a phosphonate substituent, for example, -H, a C1-7 alkyl group, a C3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group, preferably -H, a C1-7 alkyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group. Examples of phosphonate groups include, but are not limited to, -P(=O)(OCH3)2, -P(=O)(OCH2CH3)2, -P(=O)(O-t-Bu)2, and -P(=O)(OPh)2.
    • Phosphoric acid (phosphonooxy): -OP(=O)(OH)2.
  • Phosphate (phosphonooxy ester): -OP(=O)(OR)2, where R is a phosphate substituent, for example, -H, a C1-7 alkyl group, a C3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group, preferably -H, a C1-7 alkyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group. Examples of phosphate groups include, but are not limited to, -OP(=O)(OCH3)2, -OP(=O)(OCH2CH3)2, -OP(=O)(O-t-Bu)2, and -OP(=O)(OPh)2.
    • Phosphorous acid: -OP(OH)2.
  • Phosphite: -OP(OR)2, where R is a phosphite substituent, for example, -H, a C1-7 alkyl group, a C3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group, preferably -H, a C1-7 alkyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group. Examples of phosphite groups include, but are not limited
    to, -OP(OCH3)2, -OP(OCH2CH3)2, -OP(O-t-Bu)2, and -OP(OPh)2.
  • Phosphoramidite: -OP(OR1)-NR2 2, where R1 and R2 are phosphoramidite substituents, for example, -H, a (optionally substituted) C1-7 alkyl group, a C3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group, preferably -H, a C1-7 alkyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group. Examples of phosphoramidite groups include, but are not limited to, -OP(OCH2CH3)-N(CH3)2, -OP(OCH2CH3)-N(i-Pr)2, and -OP(OCH2CH2CN)-N(i-Pr)2.
  • Phosphoramidate: -OP(=O)(OR1)-NR2 2, where R1 and R2 are phosphoramidate substituents, for example, -H, a (optionally substituted) C1-7 alkyl group, a C3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group, preferably -H, a C1-7 alkyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group. Examples of phosphoramidate groups include, but are not limited to, -OP(=O)(OCH2CH3)-N(CH3)2, -OP(=O)(OCH2CH3)-N(i-Pr)2, and -OP(=O)(OCH2CH2CN)-N(i-Pr)2.
    • Alkylene
  • C3-12 alkylene: The term "C3-12 alkylene", as used herein, pertains to a bidentate moiety obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms, either both from the same carbon atom, or one from each of two different carbon atoms, of a hydrocarbon compound having from 3 to 12 carbon atoms (unless otherwise specified), which may be aliphatic or alicyclic, and which may be saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated. Thus, the term "alkylene" includes the sub-classes alkenylene, alkynylene, cycloalkylene, etc., discussed below.
  • Examples of linear saturated C3-12 alkylene groups include, but are not limited to, -(CH2)n-where n is an integer from 3 to 12, for example, -CH2CH2CH2-(propylene), -CH2CH2CH2CH2- (butylene), -CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2- (pentylene)
    and -CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2- (heptylene).
  • Examples of branched saturated C3-12 alkylene groups include, but are not limited
    to, -CH(CH3)CH2-, -CH(CH3)CH2CH2-, -CH(CH3)CH2CH2CH2-, -CH2CH(CH3)CH2-, -CH2CH(C H3)CH2CH2-, -CH(CH2CH3)-, -CH(CH2CH3)CH2-, and -CH2CH(CH2CH3)CH2-.
  • Examples of linear partially unsaturated C3-12 alkylene groups (C3-12 alkenylene, and alkynylene groups) include, but are not limited to, -CH=CH-CH2-, -CH2-CH=CH2-, -CH=CH-CH2-CH2-, -CH=CH-CH2-CH2-CH2-, -CH=CH-CH=CH-, -CH=CH-CH=CH-CH2-, -CH=CH-CH=CH-CH2-CH2-, -CH=CH-CH2-CH=CH-, -CH=CH-CH2-CH2-CH=CH-, and -CH2-C≡C-CH2-.
  • Examples of branched partially unsaturated C3-12 alkylene groups (C3-12 alkenylene and alkynylene groups) include, but are not limited to, -C(CH3)=CH-, -C(CH3)=CH-CH2-, -CH=CH-CH(CH3)- and -C≡C-CH(CH3)-.
  • Examples of alicyclic saturated C3-12 alkylene groups (C3-12 cycloalkylenes) include, but are not limited to, cyclopentylene (e.g. cyclopent-1,3-ylene), and cyclohexylene (e.g. cyclohex-1,4-ylene).
  • Examples of alicyclic partially unsaturated C3-12 alkylene groups (C3-12 cycloalkylenes) include, but are not limited to, cyclopentenylene (e.g. 4-cyclopenten-1,3-ylene), cyclohexenylene (e.g. 2-cyclohexen-1,4-ylene; 3-cyclohexen-1,2-ylene; 2,5-cyclohexadien-1,4-ylene).
    • Includes Other Forms
  • Unless otherwise specified, included in the above are the well-known ionic, salt, solvate, and protected forms of these substituents. For example, a reference to carboxylic acid (-COOH) also includes the anionic (carboxylate) form (-COO-), a salt or solvate thereof, as well as conventional protected forms. Similarly, a reference to an amino group includes the protonated form (-N+HR1R2), a salt or solvate of the amino group, for example, a hydrochloride salt, as well as conventional protected forms of an amino group. Similarly, a reference to a hydroxyl group also includes the anionic form (-O-), a salt or solvate thereof, as well as conventional protected forms.
    • Salts
  • It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle a corresponding salt of the drug linker compound, for example, a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts are discussed in Berge, et al., J. Pharm. Sci., 66, 1-19 (1977).
  • For example, if the compound is anionic, or has a functional group which may be anionic (e.g. -COOH may be -COO-), then a salt may be formed with a suitable cation. Examples of suitable inorganic cations include, but are not limited to, alkali metal ions such as Na+ and K+, alkaline earth cations such as Ca2+ and Mg2+, and other cations such as Al+3. Examples of suitable organic cations include, but are not limited to, ammonium ion (i.e. NH4 +) and substituted ammonium ions (e.g. NH3R+, NH2R2 +, NHR3 +, NR4 +). Examples of some suitable substituted ammonium ions are those derived from: ethylamine, diethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, triethylamine, butylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine, benzylamine, phenylbenzylamine, choline, meglumine, and tromethamine, as well as amino acids, such as lysine and arginine. An example of a common quaternary ammonium ion is N(CH3)4 +.
  • If the compound is cationic, or has a functional group which may be cationic (e.g. -NH2 may be -NH3 +), then a salt may be formed with a suitable anion. Examples of suitable inorganic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following inorganic acids: hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, sulfuric, sulfurous, nitric, nitrous, phosphoric, and phosphorous.
  • Examples of suitable organic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following organic acids: 2-acetyoxybenzoic, acetic, ascorbic, aspartic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, cinnamic, citric, edetic, ethanedisulfonic, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, glucheptonic, gluconic, glutamic, glycolic, hydroxymaleic, hydroxynaphthalene carboxylic, isethionic, lactic, lactobionic, lauric, maleic, malic, methanesulfonic, mucic, oleic, oxalic, palmitic, pamoic, pantothenic, phenylacetic, phenylsulfonic, propionic, pyruvic, salicylic, stearic, succinic, sulfanilic, tartaric, toluenesulfonic, trifluoroacetic acid and valeric. Examples of suitable polymeric organic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following polymeric acids: tannic acid, carboxymethyl cellulose.
    • Solvates
  • It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle a corresponding solvate of the drug linker compound. The term "solvate" is used herein in the conventional sense to refer to a complex of solute (e.g. active compound, salt of active compound) and solvent. If the solvent is water, the solvate may be conveniently referred to as a hydrate, for example, a mono-hydrate, a di-hydrate, a tri-hydrate, etc.
  • The invention includes compounds where a solvent adds across the imine bond of the PBD moiety, which is illustrated below where the solvent is water or an alcohol (RAOH, where RA is C1-4 alkyl):
    Figure imgb0048
  • These forms can be called the carbinolamine and carbinolamine ether forms of the PBD (as described in the section relating to R10 above). The balance of these equilibria depend on the conditions in which the compounds are found, as well as the nature of the moiety itself.
  • These particular compounds may be isolated in solid form, for example, by lyophilisation.
    • Isomers
  • Certain compounds of the invention may exist in one or more particular geometric, optical, enantiomeric, diasteriomeric, epimeric, atropic, stereoisomeric, tautomeric, conformational, or anomeric forms, including but not limited to, cis- and trans-forms; E- and Z-forms; c-, t-, and r- forms; endo- and exo-forms; R-, S-, and meso-forms; D- and L-forms; d- and I-forms; (+) and (-) forms; keto-, enol-, and enolate-forms; syn- and anti-forms; synclinal- and anticlinal-forms; α- and β-forms; axial and equatorial forms; boat-, chair-, twist-, envelope-, and halfchair-forms; and combinations thereof, hereinafter collectively referred to as "isomers" (or "isomeric forms").
  • The term "chiral" refers to molecules which have the property of non-superimposability of the mirror image partner, while the term "achiral" refers to molecules which are superimposable on their mirror image partner.
  • The term "stereoisomers" refers to compounds which have identical chemical constitution, but differ with regard to the arrangement of the atoms or groups in space.
  • "Diastereomer" refers to a stereoisomer with two or more centers of chirality and whose molecules are not mirror images of one another. Diastereomers have different physical properties, e.g. melting points, boiling points, spectral properties, and reactivities. Mixtures of diastereomers may separate under high resolution analytical procedures such as electrophoresis and chromatography.
  • "Enantiomers" refer to two stereoisomers of a compound which are non-superimposable mirror images of one another.
  • Stereochemical definitions and conventions used herein generally follow S. P. Parker, Ed., McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Chemical Terms (1984) McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York; and Eliel, E. and Wilen, S., "Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds", John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 1994. The compounds of the invention may contain asymmetric or chiral centers, and therefore exist in different stereoisomeric forms. It is intended that all stereoisomeric forms of the compounds of the invention, including but not limited to, diastereomers, enantiomers and atropisomers, as well as mixtures thereof such as racemic mixtures, form part of the present invention. Many organic compounds exist in optically active forms, i.e., they have the ability to rotate the plane of plane-polarized light. In describing an optically active compound, the prefixes D and L, or R and S, are used to denote the absolute configuration of the molecule about its chiral center(s). The prefixes d and I or (+) and (-) are employed to designate the sign of rotation of plane-polarized light by the compound, with (-) or I meaning that the compound is levorotatory. A compound prefixed with (+) or d is dextrorotatory. For a given chemical structure, these stereoisomers are identical except that they are mirror images of one another. A specific stereoisomer may also be referred to as an enantiomer, and a mixture of such isomers is often called an enantiomeric mixture. A 50:50 mixture of enantiomers is referred to as a racemic mixture or a racemate, which may occur where there has been no stereoselection or stereospecificity in a chemical reaction or process. The terms "racemic mixture" and "racemate" refer to an equimolar mixture of two enantiomeric species, devoid of optical activity.
  • Note that, except as discussed below for tautomeric forms, specifically excluded from the term "isomers", as used herein, are structural (or constitutional) isomers (i.e. isomers which differ in the connections between atoms rather than merely by the position of atoms in space). For example, a reference to a methoxy group, -OCH3, is not to be construed as a reference to its structural isomer, a hydroxymethyl group, -CH2OH. Similarly, a reference to ortho-chlorophenyl is not to be construed as a reference to its structural isomer, meta-chlorophenyl. However, a reference to a class of structures may well include structurally isomeric forms falling within that class (e.g. C1-7 alkyl includes n-propyl and iso-propyl; butyl includes n-, iso-, sec-, and tert-butyl; methoxyphenyl includes ortho-, meta-, and para-methoxyphenyl).
  • The above exclusion does not pertain to tautomeric forms, for example, keto-, enol-, and enolate-forms, as in, for example, the following tautomeric pairs: keto/enol (illustrated below), imine/enamine, amide/imino alcohol, amidine/amidine, nitroso/oxime, thioketone/enethiol, N-nitroso/hyroxyazo, and nitro/aci-nitro.
    Figure imgb0049
  • The term "tautomer" or "tautomeric form" refers to structural isomers of different energies which are interconvertible via a low energy barrier. For example, proton tautomers (also known as prototropic tautomers) include interconversions via migration of a proton, such as keto-enol and imine-enamine isomerizations. Valence tautomers include interconversions by reorganization of some of the bonding electrons.
  • Note that specifically included in the term "isomer" are compounds with one or more isotopic substitutions. For example, H may be in any isotopic form, including 1H, 2H (D), and 3H (T); C may be in any isotopic form, including 12C, 13C, and 14C; O may be in any isotopic form, including 16O and 18O; and the like.
  • Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine, and chlorine, such as, but not limited to 2H (deuterium, D), 3H (tritium), 11C, 13C 14C 15N 18F, 31P, 32P, 35S, 36Cl, and 125I. Various isotopically labeled compounds of the present invention, for example those into which radioactive isotopes such as 3H, 13C, and 14C are incorporated. Such isotopically labelled compounds may be useful in metabolic studies, reaction kinetic studies, detection or imaging techniques, such as positron emission tomography (PET) or single-photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) including drug or substrate tissue distribution assays, or in radioactive treatment of patients. Deuterium labelled or substituted therapeutic compounds of the invention may have improved DMPK (drug metabolism and pharmacokinetics) properties, relating to distribution, metabolism, and excretion (ADME). Substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements. An 18F labeled compound may be useful for PET or SPECT studies. Isotopically labeled compounds of this invention and prodrugs thereof can generally be prepared by carrying out the procedures disclosed in the schemes or in the examples and preparations described below by substituting a readily available isotopically labeled reagent for a non-isotopically labeled reagent. Further, substitution with heavier isotopes, particularly deuterium (i.e., 2H or D) may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements or an improvement in therapeutic index. It is understood that deuterium in this context is regarded as a substituent. The concentration of such a heavier isotope, specifically deuterium, may be defined by an isotopic enrichment factor. In the compounds of this invention any atom not specifically designated as a particular isotope is meant to represent any stable isotope of that atom.
  • Unless otherwise specified, a reference to a particular compound includes all such isomeric forms, including (wholly or partially) racemic and other mixtures thereof. Methods for the preparation (e.g. asymmetric synthesis) and separation (e.g. fractional crystallisation and chromatographic means) of such isomeric forms are either known in the art or are readily obtained by adapting the methods taught herein, or known methods, in a known manner.
  • Exemplary drug linker compounds of formula I include:
    Figure imgb0050
         		(11S,11aS)-((R)-2-((3-nitropyridin-2-yl)disulfanyl)propyl) 11-hydroxy-7-methoxy-8-(5-((S)-7-methoxy-2-methylene-5-oxo-2,3,5,11a-tetrahydro-1 H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]diazepin-8-yloxy)pentyloxy)-2-methylene-5-oxo-2,3,11,11a-tetrahydro-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]diazepine-10(5H)-carboxylate
    Figure imgb0051
         		(11S,11aS)-((R)-2-((5-nitropyridin-2-yl)disulfanyl)propyl) 11-hydroxy-7-methoxy-8-(5-((S)-7-methoxy-2-methylene-5-oxo-2,3,5,11a-tetrahydro-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]diazepin-8-yloxy)pentyloxy)-2-methylene-5-oxo-2,3,11,11a-tetrahydro-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]diazepine-10(5H)-carboxylate
    Figure imgb0052
         		(11S,11aS)-((S)-2-((5-nitropyridin-2-yl)disulfanyl)propyl) 11-hydroxy-7-methoxy-8-(5-((S)-7-methoxy-2-methylene-5-oxo-2,3,5,11a-tetrahydro-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]diazepin-8-yloxy)pentyloxy)-2-methylene-5-oxo-2,3,11,11a-tetrahydro-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]diazepine-10(5H)-carboxylate
    Figure imgb0053
         		(11S,11aS)-2-((5-nitropyridin-2-yl)disulfanyl)ethyl 11-hydroxy-7-methoxy-8-(5-((S)-7-methoxy-2-methylene-5-oxo-2,3,5,11a-tetrahydro-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]diazepin-8-yloxy)pentyloxy)-2-methylene-5-oxo-2,3,11,11a-tetrahydro-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]diazepine-10(5H)-carboxylate
    • Biological Activity In vitro cell proliferation assays
  • Generally, the cytotoxic or cytostatic activity of an antibody-drug conjugate (ADC) is measured by: exposing mammalian cells having receptor proteins, e.g. HER2, to the antibody of the ADC in a cell culture medium; culturing the cells for a period from about 6 hours to about 5 days; and measuring cell viability. Cell-based in vitro assays are used to measure viability (proliferation), cytotoxicity, and induction of apoptosis (caspase activation) of an ADC of the invention.
  • The in vitro potency of antibody-drug conjugates can be measured by a cell proliferation assay. The CeIITiter-Glo® Luminescent Cell Viability Assay is a commercially available (Promega Corp., Madison, WI), homogeneous assay method based on the recombinant expression of Coleoptera luciferase ( US Patent Nos. 5583024 ; 5674713 and 5700670 ). This cell proliferation assay determines the number of viable cells in culture based on quantitation of the ATP present, an indicator of metabolically active cells (Crouch et al (1993) J. Immunol. Meth. 160:81-88; US 6602677 ). The CellTiter-Glo® Assay is conducted in 96 well format, making it amenable to automated high-throughput screening (HTS) (Cree et al (1995) AntiCancer Drugs 6:398-404). The homogeneous assay procedure involves adding the single reagent (CellTiter-Glo® Reagent) directly to cells cultured in serum-supplemented medium. Cell washing, removal of medium and multiple pipetting steps are not required. The system detects as few as 15 cells/well in a 384-well format in 10 minutes after adding reagent and mixing. The cells may be treated continuously with ADC, or they may be treated and separated from ADC. Generally, cells treated briefly, i.e. 3 hours, showed the same potency effects as continuously treated cells.
  • The homogeneous "add-mix-measure" format results in cell lysis and generation of a luminescent signal proportional to the amount of ATP present. The amount of ATP is directly proportional to the number of cells present in culture. The CellTiter-Glo® Assay generates a "glow-type" luminescent signal, produced by the luciferase reaction, which has a half-life generally greater than five hours, depending on cell type and medium used. Viable cells are reflected in relative luminescence units (RLU). The substrate, Beetle Luciferin, is oxidatively decarboxylated by recombinant firefly luciferase with concomitant conversion of ATP to AMP and generation of photons.
    • In vivo efficacy
  • The in vivo efficacy of antibody-drug conjugates (ADC) of the invention can be measured by tumor xenograft studies in mice. For example, the in vivo efficacy of an anti-HER2 ADC of the invention can be measured by a high expressing HER2 transgenic explant mouse model. An allograft is propagated from the Fo5 mmtv transgenic mouse which does not respond to, or responds poorly to, HERCEPTIN® therapy. Subjects can be treated once with ADC at certain dose levels (mg/kg) and PBD drug exposure (µg/m2); and placebo buffer control (Vehicle) and monitored over two weeks or more to measure the time to tumor doubling, log cell kill, and tumor shrinkage.
    • Use
  • The conjugates described herein may be used to provide a PBD compound at a target location.
  • The target location is preferably a proliferative cell population. The antibody is an antibody for an antigen present in a proliferative cell population.
  • In one embodiment the antigen is absent or present at a reduced level in a non-proliferative cell population compared to the amount of antigen present in the proliferative cell population, for example a tumour cell population.
  • The linker may be cleaved by an enzyme present at the target location.
  • The target location may be in vitro, in vivo or ex vivo.
  • The antibody-drug conjugate (ADC) compounds described herein include those with utility for anticancer activity. In particular, the compounds include an antibody conjugated, i.e. covalently attached by a linker, to a PBD drug moiety, i.e. toxin. When the drug is not conjugated to an antibody, the PBD drug has a cytotoxic effect. The biological activity of the PBD drug moiety is thus modulated by conjugation to an antibody. The antibody-drug conjugates (ADC) of the invention selectively deliver an effective dose of a cytotoxic agent to tumor tissue whereby greater selectivity, i.e. a lower efficacious dose, may be achieved.
  • Thus, described herein is a conjugate compound for use in therapy.
  • Also described herein is a conjugate compound for use in the treatment of a proliferative disease. Also described herein is the use of a conjugate compound in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a proliferative disease.
  • One of ordinary skill in the art is readily able to determine whether or not a candidate conjugate treats a proliferative condition for any particular cell type. For example, assays which may conveniently be used to assess the activity offered by a particular compound are described in the examples below.
  • The term "proliferative disease" pertains to an unwanted or uncontrolled cellular proliferation of excessive or abnormal cells which is undesired, such as, neoplastic or hyperplastic growth, whether in vitro or in vivo.
  • Examples of proliferative conditions include, but are not limited to, benign, pre-malignant, and malignant cellular proliferation, including but not limited to, neoplasms and tumours (e.g. histocytoma, glioma, astrocyoma, osteoma), cancers (e.g. lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, gastrointestinal cancer, bowel cancer, colon cancer, breast carcinoma, ovarian carcinoma, prostate cancer, testicular cancer, liver cancer, kidney cancer, bladder cancer, pancreas cancer, brain cancer, sarcoma, osteosarcoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, melanoma), leukemias, psoriasis, bone diseases, fibroproliferative disorders (e.g. of connective tissues), and atherosclerosis. Cancers of particular interest include, but are not limited to, leukemias and ovarian cancers.
  • Any type of cell may be treated, including but not limited to, lung, gastrointestinal (including, e.g. bowel, colon), breast (mammary), ovarian, prostate, liver (hepatic), kidney (renal), bladder, pancreas, brain, and skin.
  • In one embodiment, the treatment is of a pancreatic cancer.
  • In one embodiment, the treatment is of a tumour having αvβ6 integrin on the surface of the cell.
  • It is contemplated that the antibody-drug conjugates (ADC) described herein may be used to treat various diseases or disorders, e.g. characterized by the overexpression of a tumor antigen. Exemplary conditions or hyperproliferative disorders include benign or malignant tumors; leukemia, haematological, and lymphoid malignancies. Others include neuronal, glial, astrocytal, hypothalamic, glandular, macrophagal, epithelial, stromal, blastocoelic, inflammatory, angiogenic and immunologic, including autoimmune, disorders.
  • Generally, the disease or disorder to be treated is a hyperproliferative disease such as cancer. Examples of cancer to be treated herein include, but are not limited to, carcinoma, lymphoma, blastoma, sarcoma, and leukemia or lymphoid malignancies. More particular examples of such cancers include squamous cell cancer (e.g. epithelial squamous cell cancer), lung cancer including small-cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, adenocarcinoma of the lung and squamous carcinoma of the lung, cancer of the peritoneum, hepatocellular cancer, gastric or stomach cancer including gastrointestinal cancer, pancreatic cancer, glioblastoma, cervical cancer, ovarian cancer, liver cancer, bladder cancer, hepatoma, breast cancer, colon cancer, rectal cancer, colorectal cancer, endometrial or uterine carcinoma, salivary gland carcinoma, kidney or renal cancer, prostate cancer, vulval cancer, thyroid cancer, hepatic carcinoma, anal carcinoma, penile carcinoma, as well as head and neck cancer.
  • Autoimmune diseases for which the ADC compounds may be used in treatment include rheumatologic disorders (such as, for example, rheumatoid arthritis, Sjögren's syndrome, scleroderma, lupus such as SLE and lupus nephritis, polymyositis/dermatomyositis, cryoglobulinemia, anti-phospholipid antibody syndrome, and psoriatic arthritis), osteoarthritis, autoimmune gastrointestinal and liver disorders (such as, for example, inflammatory bowel diseases (e.g. ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease), autoimmune gastritis and pernicious anemia, autoimmune hepatitis, primary biliary cirrhosis, primary sclerosing cholangitis, and celiac disease), vasculitis (such as, for example, ANCA-associated vasculitis, including Churg-Strauss vasculitis, Wegener's granulomatosis, and polyarteriitis), autoimmune neurological disorders (such as, for example, multiple sclerosis, opsoclonus myoclonus syndrome, myasthenia gravis, neuromyelitis optica, Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, and autoimmune polyneuropathies), renal disorders (such as, for example, glomerulonephritis, Goodpasture's syndrome, and Berger's disease), autoimmune dermatologic disorders (such as, for example, psoriasis, urticaria, hives, pemphigus vulgaris, bullous pemphigoid, and cutaneous lupus erythematosus), hematologic disorders (such as, for example, thrombocytopenic purpura, thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura, post-transfusion purpura, and autoimmune hemolytic anemia), atherosclerosis, uveitis, autoimmune hearing diseases (such as, for example, inner ear disease and hearing loss), Behcet's disease, Raynaud's syndrome, organ transplant, and autoimmune endocrine disorders (such as, for example, diabetic-related autoimmune diseases such as insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (IDDM), Addison's disease, and autoimmune thyroid disease (e.g. Graves' disease and thyroiditis)). More preferred such diseases include, for example, rheumatoid arthritis, ulcerative colitis, ANCA-associated vasculitis, lupus, multiple sclerosis, Sjögren's syndrome, Graves' disease, IDDM, pernicious anemia, thyroiditis, and glomerulonephritis.
    • Methods of Treatment
  • The conjugates described herein may be used in a method of therapy. Also provided is a method of treatment, comprising administering to a subject in need of treatment a therapeutically-effective amount of a conjugate compound described herein. The term "therapeutically effective amount" is an amount sufficient to show benefit to a patient. Such benefit may be at least amelioration of at least one symptom. The actual amount administered, and rate and time-course of administration, will depend on the nature and severity of what is being treated. Prescription of treatment, e.g. decisions on dosage, is within the responsibility of general practitioners and other medical doctors.
  • A compound may be administered alone or in combination with other treatments, either simultaneously or sequentially dependent upon the condition to be treated. Examples of treatments and therapies include, but are not limited to, chemotherapy (the administration of active agents, including, e.g. drugs, such as chemotherapeutics); surgery; and radiation therapy.
  • A "chemotherapeutic agent" is a chemical compound useful in the treatment of cancer, regardless of mechanism of action. Classes of chemotherapeutic agents include, but are not limited to: alkylating agents, antimetabolites, spindle poison plant alkaloids, cytotoxic/antitumor antibiotics, topoisomerase inhibitors, antibodies, photosensitizers, and kinase inhibitors. Chemotherapeutic agents include compounds used in "targeted therapy" and conventional chemotherapy.
  • Examples of chemotherapeutic agents include: erlotinib (TARCEVA®, Genentech/OSI Pharm.), docetaxel (TAXOTERE®, Sanofi-Aventis), 5-FU (fluorouracil, 5-fluorouracil, CAS No. 51-21-8), gemcitabine (GEMZAR®, Lilly), PD-0325901 (CAS No. 391210-10-9, Pfizer), cisplatin (cis-diamine, dichloroplatinum(II), CAS No. 15663-27-1), carboplatin (CAS No. 41575-94-4), paclitaxel (TAXOL®, Bristol-Myers Squibb Oncology, Princeton, N.J.), trastuzumab (HERCEPTIN®, Genentech), temozolomide (4-methyl-5-oxo- 2,3,4,6,8-pentazabicyclo [4.3.0] nona-2,7,9-triene- 9-carboxamide, CAS No. 85622-93-1, TEMODAR®, TEMODAL®, Schering Plough), tamoxifen ((Z)-2-[4-(1,2-diphenylbut-1-enyl)phenoxy]-N,N-dimethylethanamine, NOLVADEX®, ISTUBAL®, VALODEX®), and doxorubicin (ADRIAMYCIN®), Akti-1/2, HPPD, and rapamycin.
    More examples of chemotherapeutic agents include: oxaliplatin (ELOXATIN®, Sanofi), bortezomib (VELCADE®, Millennium Pharm.), sutent (SUNITINIB®, SU11248, Pfizer), letrozole (FEMARA®, Novartis), imatinib mesylate (GLEEVEC®, Novartis), XL-518 (Mek inhibitor, Exelixis, WO 2007/044515 ), ARRY-886 (Mek inhibitor, AZD6244, Array BioPharma, Astra Zeneca), SF-1126 (PI3K inhibitor, Semafore Pharmaceuticals), BEZ-235 (PI3K inhibitor, Novartis), XL-147 (PI3K inhibitor, Exelixis), PTK787/ZK 222584 (Novartis), fulvestrant (FASLODEX®, AstraZeneca), leucovorin (folinic acid), rapamycin (sirolimus, RAPAMUNE®, Wyeth), lapatinib (TYKERB®, GSK572016, Glaxo Smith Kline), lonafarnib (SARASAR™, SCH 66336, Schering Plough), sorafenib (NEXAVAR®, BAY43-9006, Bayer Labs), gefitinib (IRESSA®, AstraZeneca), irinotecan (CAMPTOSAR®, CPT-11, Pfizer), tipifarnib (ZARNESTRA™, Johnson & Johnson), ABRAXANE™ (Cremophor-free), albumin-engineered nanoparticle formulations of paclitaxel (American Pharmaceutical Partners, Schaumberg, II), vandetanib (rINN, ZD6474, ZACTIMA®, AstraZeneca), chloranmbucil, AG1478, AG1571 (SU 5271; Sugen), temsirolimus (TORISEL®, Wyeth), pazopanib (GlaxoSmithKline), canfosfamide (TELCYTA®, Telik), thiotepa and cyclosphosphamide (CYTOXAN®, NEOSAR®); alkyl sulfonates such as busulfan, improsulfan and piposulfan; aziridines such as benzodopa, carboquone, meturedopa, and uredopa; ethylenimines and methylamelamines including altretamine, triethylenemelamine, triethylenephosphoramide, triethylenethiophosphoramide and trimethylomelamine; acetogenins (especially bullatacin and bullatacinone); a camptothecin (including the synthetic analog topotecan); bryostatin; callystatin; CC-1065 (including its adozelesin, carzelesin and bizelesin synthetic analogs); cryptophycins (particularly cryptophycin 1 and cryptophycin 8); dolastatin; duocarmycin (including the synthetic analogs, KW-2189 and CB1-TM1); eleutherobin; pancratistatin; a sarcodictyin; spongistatin; nitrogen mustards such as chlorambucil, chlornaphazine, chlorophosphamide, estramustine, ifosfamide, mechlorethamine, mechlorethamine oxide hydrochloride, melphalan, novembichin, phenesterine, prednimustine, trofosfamide, uracil mustard; nitrosoureas such as carmustine, chlorozotocin, fotemustine, lomustine, nimustine, and ranimnustine; antibiotics such as the enediyne antibiotics (e.g. calicheamicin, calicheamicin gamma1I, calicheamicin omegaI1 (Angew Chem. Intl. Ed. Engl. (1994) 33:183-186); dynemicin, dynemicin A; bisphosphonates, such as clodronate; an esperamicin; as well as neocarzinostatin chromophore and related chromoprotein enediyne antibiotic chromophores), aclacinomysins, actinomycin, authramycin, azaserine, bleomycins, cactinomycin, carabicin, carminomycin, carzinophilin, chromomycinis, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, detorubicin, 6-diazo-5-oxo-L-norleucine, morpholino-doxorubicin, cyanomorpholino-doxorubicin, 2-pyrrolino-doxorubicin and deoxydoxorubicin), epirubicin, esorubicin, idarubicin, nemorubicin, marcellomycin, mitomycins such as mitomycin C, mycophenolic acid, nogalamycin, olivomycins, peplomycin, porfiromycin, puromycin, quelamycin, rodorubicin, streptonigrin, streptozocin, tubercidin, ubenimex, zinostatin, zorubicin; anti-metabolites such as methotrexate and 5-fluorouracil (5-FU); folic acid analogs such as denopterin, methotrexate, pteropterin, trimetrexate; purine analogs such as fludarabine, 6-mercaptopurine, thiamiprine, thioguanine; pyrimidine analogs such as ancitabine, azacitidine, 6-azauridine, carmofur, cytarabine, dideoxyuridine, doxifluridine, enocitabine, floxuridine; androgens such as calusterone, dromostanolone propionate, epitiostanol, mepitiostane, testolactone; anti-adrenals such as aminoglutethimide, mitotane, trilostane; folic acid replenisher such as frolinic acid; aceglatone; aldophosphamide glycoside; aminolevulinic acid; eniluracil; amsacrine; bestrabucil; bisantrene; edatraxate; defofamine; demecolcine; diaziquone; elfornithine; elliptinium acetate; an epothilone; etoglucid; gallium nitrate; hydroxyurea; lentinan; lonidainine; maytansinoids such as maytansine and ansamitocins; mitoguazone; mitoxantrone; mopidanmol; nitraerine; pentostatin; phenamet; pirarubicin; losoxantrone; podophyllinic acid; 2-ethylhydrazide; procarbazine; PSK® polysaccharide complex (JHS Natural Products, Eugene, OR); razoxane; rhizoxin; sizofiran; spirogermanium; tenuazonic acid; triaziquone; 2,2',2"-trichlorotriethylamine; trichothecenes (especially T-2 toxin, verracurin A, roridin A and anguidine); urethan; vindesine; dacarbazine; mannomustine; mitobronitol; mitolactol; pipobroman; gacytosine; arabinoside ("Ara-C"); cyclophosphamide; thiotepa; 6-thioguanine; mercaptopurine; methotrexate; platinum analogs such as cisplatin and carboplatin; vinblastine; etoposide (VP-16); ifosfamide; mitoxantrone; vincristine; vinorelbine (NAVELBINE®); novantrone; teniposide; edatrexate; daunomycin; aminopterin; capecitabine (XELODA®, Roche); ibandronate; CPT-11; topoisomerase inhibitor RFS 2000; difluoromethylornithine (DMFO); retinoids such as retinoic acid; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, acids and derivatives of any of the above.
  • Also included in the definition of "chemotherapeutic agent" are: (i) anti-hormonal agents that act to regulate or inhibit hormone action on tumors such as anti-estrogens and selective estrogen receptor modulators (SERMs), including, for example, tamoxifen (including NOLVADEX®; tamoxifen citrate), raloxifene, droloxifene, 4-hydroxytamoxifen, trioxifene, keoxifene, LY117018, onapristone, and FARESTON® (toremifine citrate); (ii) aromatase inhibitors that inhibit the enzyme aromatase, which regulates estrogen production in the adrenal glands, such as, for example, 4(5)-imidazoles, aminoglutethimide, MEGASE® (megestrol acetate), AROMASIN® (exemestane; Pfizer), formestanie, fadrozole, RIVISOR® (vorozole), FEMARA® (letrozole; Novartis), and ARIMIDEX® (anastrozole; AstraZeneca); (iii) anti-androgens such as flutamide, nilutamide, bicalutamide, leuprolide, and goserelin; as well as troxacitabine (a 1,3-dioxolane nucleoside cytosine analog); (iv) protein kinase inhibitors such as MEK inhibitors ( WO 2007/044515 ); (v) lipid kinase inhibitors; (vi) antisense oligonucleotides, particularly those which inhibit expression of genes in signaling pathways implicated in aberrant cell proliferation, for example, PKC-alpha, Raf and H-Ras, such as oblimersen (GENASENSE®, Genta Inc.); (vii) ribozymes such as VEGF expression inhibitors (e.g., ANGIOZYME®) and HER2 expression inhibitors; (viii) vaccines such as gene therapy vaccines, for example, ALLOVECTIN®, LEUVECTIN®, and VAXID®; PROLEUKIN® rIL-2; topoisomerase 1 inhibitors such as LURTOTECAN®; ABARELIX® rmRH; (ix) anti-angiogenic agents such as bevacizumab (AVASTIN®, Genentech); and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, acids and derivatives of any of the above.
    Also included in the definition of "chemotherapeutic agent" are therapeutic antibodies such as alemtuzumab (Campath), bevacizumab (AVASTIN®, Genentech); cetuximab (ERBITUX®, Imclone); panitumumab (VECTIBIX®, Amgen), rituximab (RITUXAN®, Genentech/Biogen Idec), pertuzumab (OMNITARG™, 2C4, Genentech), trastuzumab (HERCEPTIN®, Genentech), tositumomab (Bexxar, Corixia), and the antibody drug conjugate, gemtuzumab ozogamicin (MYLOTARG®, Wyeth).
  • Humanized monoclonal antibodies with therapeutic potential as chemotherapeutic agents in combination with the conjugates of the invention include: alemtuzumab, apolizumab, aselizumab, atlizumab, bapineuzumab, bevacizumab, bivatuzumab mertansine, cantuzumab mertansine, cedelizumab, certolizumab pegol, cidfusituzumab, cidtuzumab, daclizumab, eculizumab, efalizumab, epratuzumab, erlizumab, felvizumab, fontolizumab, gemtuzumab ozogamicin, inotuzumab ozogamicin, ipilimumab, labetuzumab, lintuzumab, matuzumab, mepolizumab, motavizumab, motovizumab, natalizumab, nimotuzumab, nolovizumab, numavizumab, ocrelizumab, omalizumab, palivizumab, pascolizumab, pecfusituzumab, pectuzumab, pertuzumab, pexelizumab, ralivizumab, ranibizumab, reslivizumab, reslizumab, resyvizumab, rovelizumab, ruplizumab, sibrotuzumab, siplizumab, sontuzumab, tacatuzumab tetraxetan, tadocizumab, talizumab, tefibazumab, tocilizumab, toralizumab, trastuzumab, tucotuzumab celmoleukin, tucusituzumab, umavizumab, urtoxazumab, and visilizumab.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions described herein, and for use as described herein, may comprise, in addition to the active ingredient, i.e. a conjugate compound, a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, carrier, buffer, stabiliser or other materials well known to those skilled in the art. Such materials should be non-toxic and should not interfere with the efficacy of the active ingredient. The precise nature of the carrier or other material will depend on the route of administration, which may be oral, or by injection, e.g. cutaneous, subcutaneous, or intravenous.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions for oral administration may be in tablet, capsule, powder or liquid form. A tablet may comprise a solid carrier or an adjuvant. Liquid pharmaceutical compositions generally comprise a liquid carrier such as water, petroleum, animal or vegetable oils, mineral oil or synthetic oil. Physiological saline solution, dextrose or other saccharide solution or glycols such as ethylene glycol, propylene glycol or polyethylene glycol may be included. A capsule may comprise a solid carrier such a gelatin.
  • For intravenous, cutaneous or subcutaneous injection, or injection at the site of affliction, the active ingredient will be in the form of a parenterally acceptable aqueous solution which is pyrogen-free and has suitable pH, isotonicity and stability. Those of relevant skill in the art are well able to prepare suitable solutions using, for example, isotonic vehicles such as Sodium Chloride Injection, Ringer's Injection, Lactated Ringer's Injection. Preservatives, stabilisers, buffers, antioxidants and/or other additives may be included, as required.
    • Formulations
  • While it is possible for the conjugate compound to be used (e.g., administered) alone, it is often preferable to present it as a composition or formulation.
  • In one embodiment, the composition is a pharmaceutical composition (e.g., formulation, preparation, medicament) comprising a conjugate compound, as described herein, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, or excipient.
  • In one embodiment, the composition is a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one conjugate compound, as described herein, together with one or more other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients well known to those skilled in the art, including, but not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents, excipients, adjuvants, fillers, buffers, preservatives, anti-oxidants, lubricants, stabilisers, solubilisers, surfactants (e.g., wetting agents), masking agents, colouring agents, flavouring agents, and sweetening agents.
  • In one embodiment, the composition further comprises other active agents, for example, other therapeutic or prophylactic agents.
  • Suitable carriers, diluents, excipients, etc. can be found in standard pharmaceutical texts. See, for example, Handbook of Pharmaceutical Additives, 2nd Edition (eds. M. Ash and I. Ash), 2001 (Synapse Information Resources, Inc., Endicott, New York, USA), Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 20th edition, pub. Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins, 2000; and Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients, 2nd edition, 1994.
  • Also described herein are methods of making a pharmaceutical composition comprising admixing at least one [11C]-radiolabelled conjugate or conjugate-like compound, as defined herein, together with one or more other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients well known to those skilled in the art, e.g., carriers, diluents, excipients, etc. If formulated as discrete units (e.g., tablets, etc.), each unit contains a predetermined amount (dosage) of the active compound.
  • The term "pharmaceutically acceptable," as used herein, pertains to compounds, ingredients, materials, compositions, dosage forms, etc., which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of the subject in question (e.g., human) without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. Each carrier, diluent, excipient, etc. must also be "acceptable" in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation.
  • The formulations may be prepared by any methods well known in the art of pharmacy. Such methods include the step of bringing into association the active compound with a carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients. In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active compound with carriers (e.g., liquid carriers, finely divided solid carrier, etc.), and then shaping the product, if necessary.
  • The formulation may be prepared to provide for rapid or slow release; immediate, delayed, timed, or sustained release; or a combination thereof.
  • Formulations suitable for parenteral administration (e.g., by injection), include aqueous or non-aqueous, isotonic, pyrogen-free, sterile liquids (e.g., solutions, suspensions), in which the active ingredient is dissolved, suspended, or otherwise provided (e.g., in a liposome or other microparticulate). Such liquids may additional contain other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients, such as anti-oxidants, buffers, preservatives, stabilisers, bacteriostats, suspending agents, thickening agents, and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood (or other relevant bodily fluid) of the intended recipient. Examples of excipients include, for example, water, alcohols, polyols, glycerol, vegetable oils, and the like. Examples of suitable isotonic carriers for use in such formulations include Sodium Chloride Injection, Ringer's Solution, or Lactated Ringer's Injection. Typically, the concentration of the active ingredient in the liquid is from about 1 ng/ml to about 10 µg/ml, for example from about 10 ng/ml to about 1 µg/ml. The formulations may be presented in unit-dose or multi-dose sealed containers, for example, ampoules and vials, and may be stored in a freeze-dried (lyophilised) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example water for injections, immediately prior to use. Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders, granules, and tablets.
    • Dosage
  • It will be appreciated by one of skill in the art that appropriate dosages of the conjugate compound, and compositions comprising the conjugate compound, can vary from patient to patient. Determining the optimal dosage will generally involve the balancing of the level of therapeutic benefit against any risk or deleterious side effects. The selected dosage level will depend on a variety of factors including, but not limited to, the activity of the particular compound, the route of administration, the time of administration, the rate of excretion of the compound, the duration of the treatment, other drugs, compounds, and/or materials used in combination, the severity of the condition, and the species, sex, age, weight, condition, general health, and prior medical history of the patient. The amount of compound and route of administration will ultimately be at the discretion of the physician, veterinarian, or clinician, although generally the dosage will be selected to achieve local concentrations at the site of action which achieve the desired effect without causing substantial harmful or deleterious side-effects.
  • Administration can be effected in one dose, continuously or intermittently (e.g., in divided doses at appropriate intervals) throughout the course of treatment. Methods of determining the most effective means and dosage of administration are well known to those of skill in the art and will vary with the formulation used for therapy, the purpose of the therapy, the target cell(s) being treated, and the subject being treated. Single or multiple administrations can be carried out with the dose level and pattern being selected by the treating physician, veterinarian, or clinician.
  • In general, a suitable dose of the active compound is in the range of about 100 ng to about 25 mg (more typically about 1 µg to about 10 mg) per kilogram body weight of the subject per day. Where the active compound is a salt, an ester, an amide, a prodrug, or the like, the amount administered is calculated on the basis of the parent compound and so the actual weight to be used is increased proportionately.
  • In one embodiment, the active compound is administered to a human patient according to the following dosage regime: about 100 mg, 3 times daily.
  • In one embodiment, the active compound is administered to a human patient according to the following dosage regime: about 150 mg, 2 times daily.
  • In one embodiment, the active compound is administered to a human patient according to the following dosage regime: about 200 mg, 2 times daily.
  • However in one embodiment, the conjugate compound is administered to a human patient according to the following dosage regime: about 50 or about 75 mg, 3 or 4 times daily.
  • In one embodiment, the conjugate compound is administered to a human patient according to the following dosage regime: about 100 or about 125 mg, 2 times daily.
  • The dosage amounts described above may apply to the conjugate (including the PBD moiety and the linker to the antibody) or to the effective amount of PBD compound provided, for example the amount of compound that is releasable after cleavage of the linker.
  • For the prevention or treatment of disease, the appropriate dosage of an ADC of the invention will depend on the type of disease to be treated, as defined above, the severity and course of the disease, whether the molecule is administered for preventive or therapeutic purposes, previous therapy, the patient's clinical history and response to the antibody, and the discretion of the attending physician. The molecule is suitably administered to the patient at one time or over a series of treatments. Depending on the type and severity of the disease, about 1 µg/kg to 15 mg/kg (e.g. 0.1-20 mg/kg) of molecule is an initial candidate dosage for administration to the patient, whether, for example, by one or more separate administrations, or by continuous infusion. A typical daily dosage might range from about 1 µg/kg to 100 mg/kg or more, depending on the factors mentioned above. An exemplary dosage of ADC to be administered to a patient is in the range of about 0.1 to about 10 mg/kg of patient weight. For repeated administrations over several days or longer, depending on the condition, the treatment is sustained until a desired suppression of disease symptoms occurs. An exemplary dosing regimen comprises a course of administering an initial loading dose of about 4 mg/kg, followed by additional doses every week, two weeks, or three weeks of an ADC. Other dosage regimens may be useful. The progress of this therapy is easily monitored by conventional techniques and assays.
    • Treatment
  • The term "treatment," as used herein in the context of treating a condition, pertains generally to treatment and therapy, whether of a human or an animal (e.g., in veterinary applications), in which some desired therapeutic effect is achieved, for example, the inhibition of the progress of the condition, and includes a reduction in the rate of progress, a halt in the rate of progress, regression of the condition, amelioration of the condition, and cure of the condition. Treatment as a prophylactic measure (i.e., prophylaxis, prevention) is also included.
  • The term "therapeutically-effective amount," as used herein, pertains to that amount of an active compound, or a material, composition or dosage from comprising an active compound, which is effective for producing some desired therapeutic effect, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio, when administered in accordance with a desired treatment regimen.
  • Similarly, the term "prophylactically-effective amount," as used herein, pertains to that amount of an active compound, or a material, composition or dosage from comprising an active compound, which is effective for producing some desired prophylactic effect, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio, when administered in accordance with a desired treatment regimen.
    • Preparation of Antibody drug conjugates
  • The second aspect of the present invention relates to a method of preparing a conjugate, comprising the step of reacting a cell binding agent with a drug linker compound of the present invention, such as a formula I compound.
  • Antibody drug conjugates may be prepared by several routes, employing organic chemistry reactions, conditions, and reagents known to those skilled in the art, including: (1) reaction of a nucleophilic group of an antibody with a bivalent linker reagent, to form antibody-linker intermediate Ab-L, via a covalent bond, followed by reaction with an activated drug moiety reagent; and (2) reaction of a drug moiety reagent with a linker reagent, to form drug-linker reagent D-L, via a covalent bond, followed by reaction with the nucleophilic group of an antibody. According to the present invention, conjugation method (2) may be employed with a variety of antibodies and linkers to prepare the antibody-drug conjugates described herein.
  • Nucleophilic groups on antibodies include, but are not limited to side chain thiol groups, e.g. cysteine. Thiol groups are nucleophilic and capable of reacting to form covalent bonds with electrophilic groups on linker moieties such as those of the present invention. Certain antibodies have reducible interchain disulfides, i.e. cysteine bridges. Antibodies may be made reactive for conjugation with linker reagents by treatment with a reducing agent such as DTT (Cleland's reagent, dithiothreitol) or TCEP (tris(2-carboxyethyl)phosphine hydrochloride; Getz et al (1999) Anal. Biochem. Vol 273:73-80; Soltec Ventures, Beverly, MA). Each cysteine disulfide bridge will thus form, theoretically, two reactive thiol nucleophiles. Additional nucleophilic groups can be introduced into antibodies through the reaction of lysines with 2-iminothiolane (Traut's reagent) resulting in conversion of an amine into a thiol.
    • Synthesis
  • One possible synthesis route to a dimer intermediate of formula VIII is shown below:
    Figure imgb0054
    Figure imgb0055
  • In the above scheme, RL represents:
    Figure imgb0056
  • In general, unsymmetrical dimers, with respect to their N10-C11 bonds, may be prepared by treating bis-amino compounds of formula IV with one equivalent of a commercially available (or readily prepared) chloroformate reagent in order to break the symmetry of the molecules. The remaining free amine can then be functionalised independently to introduce the linking group precursor (RL). Further functional group manipulation to close the PBD B-ring, remove protecting groups affords the target molecule.
  • Compounds of formula IV are typically prepared by coupling a suitably functionalised C-ring fragment (I) to an A-ring containing dimer core of formula II. C-ring fragments may be prepared from known carbamate protected methyl 4-oxoprolinate building blocks. Olefination under Wittig or Horner-Emmons conditions can be employed to furnish endo- or exo-unsaturated alkenes. C-ring and A-ring fragments can be coupled under standard conditions in the presence of triethylamine, using acid chloride derivatives of the A-ring fragments to give molecules of formula III. Symmetry may also be broken at this stage by introducing different C-rings. Compounds of type III can be reduced, without affecting endo or exo C-ring unsaturation, with zinc in acetic or formic acid to afford molecules of formula IV.
  • Alternatively, a suitable 4-hydroxy pyrrolidine building block may be coupled to a dimer core of formula II. The hydroxyl groups can be oxidized to ketones and then converted to enol triflates. Suzuki coupling can be used to introduce the pro C2 substituents (e.g. aryl, alkenyl etc). The nitro groups can then be reduced to amines, one amine is protected leaving the other free to bear the linker group.
  • Unsymmetrical carbamates of type VI can be prepared by treating bis-amines of type IV with a single equivalent of a commercially available (or readily prepared) chloroformates in the presence of pyridine or triethylamine. Chloroformates may be selected to afford appropriate carbamate based nitrogen protecting groups (ProtN) which are orthogonal to those used in the pro-linker group (RL). The RL carbamate may be introduced by converting the remaining amino group to an isocyanate and quenching it with the RL alcohol. Alternatively the RL alcohol can be converted to a chloroformate or functional equivalent (fluoroformate, p-nitrocarbonate, pentafluorocarbonate or hydroxybenzotriazole carbonate). Finally, the remaining amino group can be converted to a reactive p-nitrocarbamate, pentafluorocarbamate or hydroxybenzotriazole carbamate which can be displaced with the RL alcohol to afford molecules of formula VI.
  • Molecules of formula VII can be prepared from molecules of formula VI by removing the silyl protecting groups, with, for example, aqueous acetic acid. Oxidation with Dess-Martin periodinane (or alternatively TPAP/NMO, PDC or under Swern conditions) affords the ring closed product.
  • Conjugates of formula V may be prepared from molecules of formula VII by removal of the carbamate based nitrogen protection group.
    • Compound II
  • The synthesis of compounds of formula II is described in WO 2006/111759 and is also described by Gregson et al. (J. Med. Chem. 2001, 44, 1161-1174). The preparation of compound (II) as described therein is specifically incorporated by reference herein.
  • Reference is also made to the known methods of synthesising PBD dimers, including those reviewed in Antonow, D. and Thurston, D.E., Chem. Rev. 2011 111 (4), 2815-2864.
  • Further relevant disclosure may be found in WO 2010/091150 . The intermediate compounds described in WO 2010/091150 may also be employed in the methods described above.
  • For example, the dimer compound (15) shown in paragraph [164] may be used as compound III in Scheme I above. This, and further adaptations, would be apparent to one of skill in the art.
    • Examples General Information
  • Reaction progress was monitored by thin-layer chromatography (TLC) using Merck Kieselgel 60 F254 silica gel, with fluorescent indicator on aluminium plates. Visualisation of TLC was achieved with UV light or iodine vapour unless otherwise stated. Flash chromatography was performed using VWR silica gel for flash chromatography. Extraction and chromatography solvents were bought and used without further purification from Fisher Scientific, U.K. All fine chemicals were purchased from Sigma-Aldrich or TCI Europe unless otherwise stated.
  • 1H and 13C NMR spectra were obtained on a Bruker Avance® 400 spectrometer. Coupling constants are quoted in hertz (Hz). Chemical shifts are recorded in parts per million (ppm) downfield from tetramethylsilane. Spin multiplicities are described as s (singlet), bs (broad singlet), d (doublet), t (triplet), q (quartet), p (pentuplet) and m (multiplet).
  • The analytical LC/MS conditions were as follows: Positive mode electrospray mass spectrometry was performed using a Shimadzu Nexera®/Prominence® LCMS-2020. Mobile phases used were solvent A (H2O with 0.1 % formic acid) and solvent B (CH3CN with 0.1 % formic acid). Gradient for routine 3-minute run: Initial composition 5% B held over 0.25 minutes, then increased from 5% B to 100% B over a 2 minute period. The composition was held for 0.50 minutes at 100% B, then returned to 5% B in 0.05 minutes and held there for 0.05 minutes. The total duration of the gradient run was 3.0 minutes. Gradient for 15-minute run: Initial composition 5% B held over 1 minute, then increased from 5% B to 100% B over a 10 minute period. The composition was held for 2 minutes at 100% B, then returned to 5% B in 0.1 minute and held there for 2.9 minutes. The total duration of the gradient run was 15.0 minutes. Flow rate was 0.8 mL/minute and 0.6 mL/minute (for 15-minute run). Detection was at 214 and 254 nm. Columns: Waters Acquity UPLC® BEH Shield RP18 1.7µm 2.1 x 50 mm at 50 °C fitted with Waters Acquity UPLC® BEH Shield RP18 VanGuard Pre-column, 130A, 1.7µm, 2.1 mm x 5 mm (routine 3-minute run); and Phenomenex® Gemini® 3 µm NX-C18 110 A, LC Column 100 x 2 mm (15-minute run).
    • Example 1
  • Figure imgb0057
    • (a) (R)-2-((3-Nitropyridin-2-yl)disulfanyl)propan-1-ol (3)
  • A solution of (R)-2-mercaptopropan-1-ol 1 (0.4 g, 4.35 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in dry DCM (14 mL) was added drop wise to a solution of 3-nitropyridin-2-yl hypochlorothioite 2 (1.0 g 5.22 mmol, 1.2 eq) in dry DCM (40 mL) under an argon atmosphere at 0°C with stirring. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was evaporated under reduced pressure to give a yellow gum. The gum was re-dissolved in water and the solution was basified with ammonium hydroxide solution (pH12), extracted with DCM (4 x 50 mL) and the combined extracts were washed with saturated brine (100 mL), dried (MgSO4) and evaporated to give an orange oil/solid mixture. Purification by flash column chromatography [gradient elution DCM/MeOH 0% to 1%] gave the product as a yellow semi-solid (0.745 g, 70%). Analytical Data: RT 1.41 min; MS (ES+) m/z (relative intensity) 247 ([M + H]+., 100).
    • (b) tert-Butyl (2-((S)-2-(((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)methyl)-4-methylenepyrrolidine-1-carbonyl)-5-((5-(4-((S)-2-(((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)methyl)-4-methylenepyrrolidine-1-carbonyl)-2-methoxy-5-((((R)-2-((3-nitropyridin-2-yl)disulfanyl)propoxy)carbonyl)amino)phenoxy)pentyl)oxy)-4-methoxyphenyl)carbamate (5)
  • Triethylamine (0.25 g, 0.34 mL, 2.5 mmol, 2.2 eq.) was added to a stirred solution of the mono-boc protected bis-aniline 4 (106 g, 1.11 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and triphosgene (0.12 g, 0.4 mmol, 0.36 eq.) in dry THF (15 mL) under an argon atmosphere at room temperature. The reaction mixture was heated to 40°C and after 5 minutes a sample was treated with methanol and analysed by LCMS as the methyl carbamate.
  • A solution of (R)-2-((3-Nitropyridin-2-yl)disulfanyl)propan-1-ol 3 (0.334 g, 1.36 mmol, 1.5 eq.) and triethylamine (0.17 g, 0.23 mL, 1.67 mmol, 1.5 eq.) in dry THF (15 mL) was added drop wise to the freshly prepared isocyanate. The reaction mixture was heated at 40°C for 4 hours and then stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered to remove triethylamine hydrochloride and the filtrate was evaporated to dryness to afford the crude product. Purification by flash column chromatography [55% n-hexane/45%] gave the desired product as a yellow foam (0.44 g, 32%). Analytical Data: RT 2.42 min; MS (ES+) m/z (relative intensity) 1225 ([M + H]+., 70), 1247 ([M + Na]+., 100).
    • (c) tert-butyl (2-((S)-2-(hydroxymethyl)-4-methylenepyrrolidine-1-carbonyl)-5-((5-(4-((S)-2-(hydroxymethyl)-4-methylenepyrrolidine-1-carbonyl)-2-methoxy-5-((((R)-2-((3-nitropyridin-2-yl)disulfanyl)propoxy)carbonyl)amino)phenoxy)pentyl)oxy)-4-methoxyphenyl)carbamate (6)
  • Acetic acid/H2O (3/1, 16 mL) was added to a solution, of the bis-silyl ether 5 (0.41 g, 0.33 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in THF (4 mL). The resultant solution was stirred at room temperature for 6.5 hours. The reaction mixture was basified to pH8 with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution. The mixture was extracted with ethylacetate (4 x 100 mL) and the combined extracts were washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (2 x 200 mL), water (200 mL), saturated brine (200 mL), dried (MgSO4) and evaporated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash column chromatography [EtOAc] gave the product as a yellow foam (0.235 g, 71%). Analytical Data: RT 1.8 min; MS (ES+) m/z (relative intensity) 997 ([M + H]+., 100)
    • (d) tert-butyl (11S,11aS)-11-hydroxy-8-((5-(((11S,11aS)-11-hydroxy-7-methoxy-2-methylene-10-(((R)-2-((3-nitropyridin-2-yl)disulfanyl)propoxy)carbonyl)-5-oxo-2,3,5,10,11,11a-hexahydro-1H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-8-yl)oxy)pentyl)oxy)-7-methoxy-2-methylene-5-oxo-2,3,11,11a-tetrahydro-1H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine-10(5H)-carboxylate (7)
  • A solution of dry DMSO (79 mg, 72 µL, 1.01 mmol, 4.4 eq.) in dry DCM (5 mL) was added drop wise to a solution of oxalyl chloride (2.0M in DCM, 276 µL, 0.55 mmol, 2.4 eq.) in anhydrous DCM (5 mL) at -40°C under an argon atmosphere. The solution was stirred at - 40°C for 15 minutes. A solution of bis-alcohol 6 (0.23 g, 0.23 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in dry DCM (10 mL) was added drop wise and the resultant mixture stirred at -40°C for 45 min. During this time the temperature was allowed to reach -25°C. The temperature was lowered to -40°C and triethylamine (0.23 g, 0.32 mL, 2.3 mmol, 10 eq.) was added drop wise. After 5 minutes the temperature was allowed to reach room temperature. After a further 30 minutes the reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (50 mL) and extracted with 1 M citric acid solution (2 x 100 mL), saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (200 mL), water (200 mL), brine (200 mL), dried (MgSO4) and evaporated under reduced pressure to give a yellow foam. Purification by flash column chromatography [chloroform/methanol 0% to 2% in 0.5% increments] gave the product as a white foam (0.085 g, 37%). Analytical Data: RT 1.69 min; MS (ES+) m/z (relative intensity) 993 ([M + H]+., 60).
    • Example 2
  • Figure imgb0058
    • (a) (R)-2-((5-nitropyridin-2-yl)disulfanyl)propan-1-ol (10)
  • Sulfuryl chloride (2.35 mL of a 1.0M solution in DCM, 2.35 mmol) was added drop-wise to a stirred suspension of 5-nitropyridine-2-thiol 9 (334 mg, 2.14 mmol) in dry DCM (7.5 mL) at 0°C (ice/acetone) under an argon atmosphere. The reaction mixture turned from a yellow suspension to a yellow solution and was allowed to warm to room temperature then stirred for 2 hours after which time the solvent was removed by evaporation in vacuo to provide a yellow solid. The solid was re-dissolved in DCM (15 mL) and treated drop-wise with a solution of (R)-2-mercaptopropan-1-ol (213 mg, 2.31 mmol) in dry DCM (7.5 mL) at 0°C under an argon atmosphere. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 20 hours at which point analysis by LC/MS revealed substantial product formation at retention time 1.41 minutes (ES+) m/z 247 ([M+ H]+., ∼100% relative intensity). The precipitate was removed by filtration and the filtrate evaporated in vacuo to give an orange solid which was treated with H2O (20 mL) and basified with ammonium hydroxide solution. The mixture was extracted with DCM (3 x 25 mL) and the combined extracts washed with H2O (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product. Purification by flash chromatography (gradient elution in 1% increments: 100% DCM to 98:2 v/v DCM/MeOH) gave the dilsulfide 10 as an oil (111 mg, 21% yield).
    • (b) (R)-2-((5-nitropyridin-2-yl)disulfanyl)propyl carbonochloridate (11)
  • Triphosgene (48 mg, 0.16 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of (R)-2-((5-nitropyridin-2-yl)disulfanyl)propan-1-ol 10 (111 mg, 0.45 mmol) and pyridine (34 µL, 33.5 mg, 0.42 mmol) in dry DCM (5 mL). The reaction mixture was allowed to stir under an argon atmosphere for 45 minutes after which time the solvent was removed by evaporation in vacuo to provide the crude chloroformate 11 as a yellow film. The product was carried through to the next step without purification or analysis.
    • (c) tert-Butyl (2-((S)-2-(((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)methyl)-4-methylenepyrrolidine-1-carbonyl)-5-((5-(4-((S)-2-(((tert-butyldimethylsiyl)oxy)methyl)-4-methylenepyrrolidine-1-carbonyl)-2-methoxy-5-((((R)-2-((5-nitropyridin-2-yl)disulfanyl)propoxy)carbonyl)amino)phenoxy)pentyl)oxy)-4-methoxyphenyl)carbamate (12)
  • A solution of 11 (∼139 mg, 0.45 mmol) in dry DCM (5 mL) was added drop-wise to a stirred solution of aniline 4 (430 mg, -0.45 mmol) and pyridine (40 µL, 39 mg, 0.49 mmol) in dry DCM (12 mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir under an argon atmosphere for 2.5 hours at which point analysis by LC/MS revealed substantial product formation at retention time 2.42 minutes (ES+) m/z 1226 ([M+ H]+., ∼20% relative intensity), 1248 ([M+ Na]+., ∼60% relative intensity). The mixture was diluted with DCM (20 mL) and treated with SiO2 and the solvent removed by evaporation in vacuo. The resulting residue was subjected to purification by flash chromatography (gradient elution in 10% increments: 80:20 v/v hexane/EtOAc to 70:30 v/v hexane/EtOAc) to give the pure carbamate 12 as a yellow foam (419 mg, 76% yield).
    • (d) tert-Butyl (2-((S)-2-(hydroxymethyl)-4-methylenepyrrolidine-1-carbonyl)-5-((5-(4-((S)-2-(hydroxymethyl)-4-methylenepyrrolidine-1-carbonyl)-2-methoxy-5-((((R)-2-((5-nitropyridin-2-yl)disulfanyl)propoxy)carbonyl)amino)phenoxy)pentyl)oxy)-4-methoxyphenyl)carbamate (13)
  • Glacial acetic acid (24 mL) was added to a stirred solution of the TBS-protected compound 12 (419 mg, 0.34 mmol) in THF (8 mL) and H2O (8 mL). The reaction mixture was allowed to stir for 16 hours at which point analysis by LC/MS revealed reaction completion with desired product observed at retention time 1.82 minutes (ES+) m/z 997 ([M+ H]+., ∼100% relative intensity), 1019 ([M+ Na]+., ∼45% relative intensity). The reaction mixture was added drop-wise to a chilled (0-5°C) saturated solution of NaHCO3 (400 mL). The neutral solution was allowed to warm to room temperature and extracted with EtOAc (4 x 100 mL), the combined organic layers were washed with H2O (80 mL), brine (100 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product. Purification by flash chromatography (gradient elution in 1% increments: 100% DCM to 98:2 v/v DCM/MeOH) gave the bis-alcohol 13 as a yellowish foam (341 mg, 100% yield).
    • (e) tert-Butyl (11S,11aS)-11-hydroxy-8-((5-(((11S,11aS)-11-hydroxy-7-methoxy-2-methylene-10-(((R)-2-((5-nitropyridin-2-yl)disulfanyl)propoxy)carbonyl)-5-oxo-2,3,5,10,11,11a-hexahydro-1H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-8-yl)oxy)pentyl)oxy)-7-methoxy-2-methylene-5-oxo-2,3,11,11a-tetrahydro-1H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine-10(5H)-carboxylate (14)
  • A solution of anhydrous DMSO (107 µL, 188 mg, 1.50 mmol) in dry DCM (7.5 mL) was added drop-wise to a stirred solution of oxalyl chloride (410 µL of a 2.0M solution in DCM, 0.82 mmol) in dry DCM (7.5 mL) at -45 °C (dry ice/CH3CN) under an argon atmosphere. After 15 minutes stirring at -45°C, the reaction mixture was treated drop-wise with a solution of the bis-alcohol 13 (341 mg, 0.34 mmol) in dry DCM (15 mL). After stirring at -45 °C for a further 1 hour, the reaction mixture was treated drop-wise with a solution of TEA (476 µL, 342 mg, 3.42 mmol) in dry DCM (7.5 mL). The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature over a period of 1.5 hours and diluted with DCM (50 mL) then washed with saturated NH4Cl (15 mL), saturated NaHCO3 (15 mL), brine (15 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product. Purification by flash chromatography (gradient elution in 0.4% increments: 100% DCM to 98.4:1.6 v/v DCM/MeOH) gave the cyclised compound 14 as a yellowish foam (227 mg, 67% yield): LC/MS 14 retention time 1.69 minutes (ES+) m/z 993 ([M+ H]+., ∼80% relative intensity), 1015 ([M+ Na]+., ∼20% relative intensity).
    • (f) (R)-2-((5-nitropyridin-2-yl)disulfanyl)propyl(11S,11aS)-11-hydroxy-7-methoxy-8-((5-(((S)-7-methoxy-2-methylene-5-oxo-2,3,5,11a-tetrahydro-1H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzo diazepin-8-yl)oxy)pentyl)oxy)-2-methylene-5-oxo-2,3,11,11a-tetrahydro-1H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine-10(5H)-carboxylate (15)
  • A solution of 95:5 v/v TFA/H2O (4 mL) was added to a crude sample of the Boc/THP-protected compound 14 (216 mg, 0.22 mmol) at 0°C (ice/acetone). After stirring at 0°C for 30 minutes the reaction was deemed complete as judged by LC/MS, desired product peak at retention time 1.60 minutes (ES+) m/z 875 ([M+ H]+., ∼100% relative intensity). The reaction mixture was kept cold and added drop-wise to a chilled saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 (100 mL). The mixture was extracted with DCM (3 x 30 mL) and the combined organic layers washed with brine (50 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated in vacuo to provide the crude product. Purification by flash chromatography (gradient elution in 0.4% increments: 100% CHCl3 to 98.4:1.6 v/v CHCl3/MeOH) gave 15 as a yellow foam (127 mg, 66% yield): LC/MS (15-minute run), retention time 6.18 minutes (ES+) m/z 875 ([M+ H]+., ∼100% relative intensity); 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.21 (s, 1H), 8.30 (d, 1 H, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.69 (d, 1H, J = 4.5 Hz), 7.62 (d, 1 H, J = 8.9 Hz), 7.49 (s, 1H), 7.25 (s, 1H), 6.79 (s, 1H), 6.74 (s, 1H), 5.58 (dd, 1H, J = 4.4, 9.8 Hz), 5.22-5.10 (m, 4H), 4.43 (d, 1H, J = 3.7 Hz), 4.33-4.25 (m, 4H), 4.15-3.98 (m, 5H), 3.95-3.80 (m, 7H), 3.68-3.59 (m, 1H), 3.20-3.07 (m, 2H), 2.99-2.87 (m, 2H), 2.76-2.68 (m, 2H), 1.99-1.83 (m, 4H), 1.72-1.57 (m, 2H), 1.19 (d, 3H, J = 6.6 Hz).
    • Example 3
  • Figure imgb0059
    1. (a) A solution of triphosgene (210 mg, 0.71 mmol) in dry THF (30.0 mL) was added to a solution of compound 4 (1.5 g, 1.57 mmol) and Et3N (475 mg, 4.69 mmol) in dry THF (5.0 mL) dropwise in ice bath. It was stirred at 20°C for 1.0 hour under N2. A sample of reaction mixture was treated with MeOH and analyzed by LCMS and methyl carbamate was found. Then a solution of compound 16 (401 mg, 1.73 mmol) and Et3N (436 mg, 4.31 mmol) in THF (5.0 mL) was added to the freshly the prepared isocyanate. The mixture was stirred at 40°C for 1.5 hours and extra triphosgene (93 mg, 0.31 mmol) was added. After 30 minutes the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, filtered to remove triethylamine hydrochloride and the filtrate was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 200 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, concentrated and purified flash column chromatography (PE: EtOAc=1:1) to give the desired product 17 as a yellow oil (810 mg yield: 43%). LCMS: (10-80, AB, 1.5 min), RT=1.20 min, m/z = 1212.3[M+1]+.
    2. (b) A mixture of HOAc and H2O (3/1) (12.0 mL) was added to a solution of compound 17 (810 mg, 0.67 mmol) in THF (4.5 mL). The solution was stirred at 20°C for 18.0 hours. The pH of the reaction mixture was adjusted to pH = 8.0 with saturated NaHCO3 solution. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 100 mL) and the combined extracts were washed with saturated NaHCO3 solution (100 mL), water (100 mL), brine (100 mL), dried over MgSO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (DCM : MeOH = 15:1) to give the desired product 18 as a yellow solid (410 mg, 62.3%). LCMS: (10-80, AB, 1.5 min), RT=0.867 min, m/z = 983.2[M+1]+.
    3. (c) To a solution of compound 18 (130 mg, 0.13 mmol) in DCM (20.0 mL) was added DMP (224 mg, 0.53 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 20°C for 2.0 hours. LCMS showed about 57% of desired product. The mixture was filtered, the filtrate was washed with water (2 x 15 mL), dried over MgSO4, and concentrated. It was purified by pre-TLC (DCM: MeOH = 20:1) to give the desired product 19 as a yellow solid (70 mg, 54%). LCMS: (10-80, AB, 1.5 min), RT = 0.811 min, m/z = 1002.2[M+23]+.
    4. (d) TFA (3.0 mL) was added dropwise to compound 19 (100 mg, 0.1 mmol) at 0°C and the mixture was stirred at 0°C for 20 minutes. The mixture was added to a saturated NaHCO3 solution at 0°C and extracted with DCM (3 x 100 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, concentrated and purified by pre-TLC (DCM:MeOH=16:1) to give the desired product 20 as a white solid (70 mg, yield: 80%). LCMS: (10-80, AB, 1.5 min), RT = 0.715 min, m/z = 861.2[M+1]+; 1H NMR (400MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.16 (s, 1 H), 8.25-8.23 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.63-7.62 (d, J = 4.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.56-7.54(d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.42 (s, 1 H), 7.18 (s, 1 H), 6.71 (s, 1H), 6.64 (s, 1 H), 5.51-5.49 (d, J = 10 Hz, 1 H), 5.23 (s, 1 H), 5.14-5.08 (m, 3H), 4.33-4.0 (m, 9H), 3.98-3.85 (m, 9H), 3.10-2.64 (m, 7 H), 1.85-1.84 (m, 6H).
    Example 4
  • Figure imgb0060
    1. (a) Triphosgene (72.29 mg, 0.243 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of compound 21 (150 mg, 0.609 mmol) and pyridine (45.76 mg, 0.577 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) at 20°C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 20°C for 40 minutes. The solvent was removed and the residue was used directly in the next step.
    2. (b) A solution of compound 22 (168 mg, 0.545 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was added drop-wise to a solution of compound 4 (400 mg, 0.419 mmol) and pyridine (43 mg, 0.545 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) at 20°C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 20°C for 2 hours. Solvent was removed and the residue was purified by pre-TLC (PE: EtOAc=3:2) to give the desired product 23 (160 mg, 31%) as a yellow solid. LCMS: (5-95, AB, 1.5 min), 1.199 min, m/z = 1225.4 (M+1).
    3. (c) To a solution of compound 23 (160 mg, 0.13 mmol) in THF/H2O (3 mL/3 mL) was added HOAc (5 mL) at 20°C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 20°C for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (20 mL), washed with water (2 x 10 mL), saturated aq. NaHCO3 (2 x 10 mL) and brine (10 mL). It was dried and concentrated to give the crude product which was purified by pre-TLC (DCM:MeOH = 15:1) to give the pure desired product 24 (110 mg, 85%) as a yellow foam.
    4. (d) To a solution of compound 24 (110 mg, 0.11 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was added DMP (187 mg, 0.441 mmol) at 0°C. After the reaction mixture was stirred at 20°C for 2 hours, it was quenched with a NaHCO3/Na2SO3 saturate solution (5 mL/5 mL) and extracted with DCM (3 x 10 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with a NaHCO3/ Na2SO3 solution (5 mL/5 mL), brine (10 mL), dried and concentrated. The residue was purified by pre-TLC (DCM:MeOH = 15:1) to give the desired product 25 (65 mg, 59 %) as a yellow foam. LCMS: (5-95, AB, 1.5 min), 0.772 min, m/z = 1015.4 (M+23).
    5. (e) Cold TFA (10 mL) was added to compound 25 (65 mg, 0.065 mmol) at 0°C. After the reaction mixture was stirred at 0°C for 30 minutes, it was added dropwise to a cold saturate aq. NaHCO3 (20 mL) at 0°C and extracted with DCM (4 x 20 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (30 mL), dried and concentrated to give the crude product which was purified by pre-TLC (DCM:MeOH=15:1) to give the pure desired product 26 (32 mg, 55.88%) as a yellow foam. LCMS: (5-95, AB, 1.5 min), 0.877 min, m/z = 875.4 (M+1); 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.19 (s, 1 H), 8.32 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.67 (d, J = 4.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.55 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.47 (s, 1 H), 6.77 (s, 1 H), 6.69 (s, 1 H), 5.57 (d, J = 9.6 Hz, 1 H), 5.19-5.13 (m, 4H), 4.40-4.20 (m, 4H), 4.15-3.90 (m, 14H), 3.61 (m, 1 H), 3.47 (s, 1 H), 3.20-2.63 (m, 4H), 1.89 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 1.71-1.50 (m, 4H), 1.25-1.21 (m, 3H).
    Reduction/Oxidation of cysteine-engineered antibody mutants (THIOMAB™) for Conjugation
  • Full length, cysteine engineered monoclonal antibodies (cysteine-engineered antibody mutants (THIOMAB™)- Junutula, et al., 2008b Nature Biotech., 26(8):925-932; Dornan et al (2009) Blood 114(13):2721-2729; US 7521541 ; US 7723485 ; WO2009/052249 , Shen et al (2012) Nature Biotech., 30(2):184-191; Junutula et al (2008) Jour of Immun. Methods 332:41-52) expressed in CHO cells were reduced with about a 20-40 fold excess of TCEP (tris(2-carboxyethyl)phosphine hydrochloride or DTT (dithiothreitol) in 50 mM Tris pH 7.5 with 2 mM EDTA for 3 hrs at 37°C or overnight at room temperature.(Getz et al (1999) Anal. Biochem. Vol 273:73-80; Soltec Ventures, Beverly, MA). The reduced cysteine-engineered antibody mutants (THIOMAB™) were diluted and loaded onto a HiTrap S® column in 10 mM sodium acetate, pH 5, and eluted with PBS containing 0.3M sodium chloride. Alternatively, the antibody was acidified by addition of 1/20th volume of 10% acetic acid, diluted with 10 mM succinate pH 5, loaded onto the column and then washed with 10 column volumes of succinate buffer. The column was eluted with 50 mM Tris pH7.5, 2 mM EDTA.
  • The eluted reduced cysteine-engineered antibody mutants (THIOMAB™) was treated with 15 fold molar excess of DHAA (dehydroascorbic acid) or 200 nM aqueous copper sulfate (CuSO4). Oxidation of the interchain disulfide bonds was complete in about three hours or more. Ambient air oxidation was also effective. The re-oxidized antibody was dialyzed into 20 mM sodium succinate pH 5, 150 mM NaCl, 2 mM EDTA and stored frozen at -20°C.
    • Conjugation of cysteine-engineered antibodies with Compounds to prepare antibody-drug conjugates
  • The deblocked, reoxidized, thio-antibodies (cysteine-engineered antibody mutants (THIOMAB™)) were reacted with 6-8 fold molar excess of the compounds above (from a DMSO stock at a concentration of 20 mM) in 50 mM Tris, pH 8, until the reaction was complete (16-24 hours) as determined by LC-MS analysis of the reaction mixture.
  • The crude antibody-drug conjugates (ADC) were then applied to a cation exchange column after dilution with 20 mM sodium succinate, pH 5. The column was washed with at least 10 column volumes of 20 mM sodium succinate, pH 5, and the antibody was eluted with PBS. The antibody drug conjugates were formulated into 20 mM His/acetate, pH 5, with 240 mM sucrose using gel filtration columns. The antibody-drug conjugates were characterized by UV spectroscopy to determine protein concentration, analytical SEC (size-exclusion chromatography) for aggregation analysis and LC-MS before and after treatment with Lysine C endopeptidase.
  • Size exclusion chromatography was performed using a Shodex KW802.5 column in 0.2M potassium phosphate pH 6.2 with 0.25 mM potassium chloride and 15% IPA at a flow rate of 0.75 ml/min. Aggregation state of the conjugate was determined by integration of eluted peak area absorbance at 280 nm.
  • LC-MS analysis was performed using an Agilent QTOF 6520 ESI instrument. As an example, an antibody-drug conjugate generated using this chemistry was treated with 1:500 w/w Endoproteinase Lys C (Promega) in Tris, pH 7.5, for 30 min at 37°C. The resulting cleavage fragments were loaded onto a 1000A, 8 um PLRP-S column heated to 80°C and eluted with a gradient of 30% B to 40% B in 5 minutes. Mobile phase A was H2O with 0.05% TFA and mobile phase B was acetonitrile with 0.04% TFA. The flow rate was 0.5ml/min. Protein elution was monitored by UV absorbance detection at 280nm prior to electrospray ionization and MS analysis. Chromatographic resolution of the unconjugated Fc fragment, residual unconjugated Fab and drugged Fab was usually achieved. The obtained m/z spectra were deconvoluted using Mass Hunter™ software (Agilent Technologies) to calculate the mass of the antibody fragments.
    ADC Antigen Linker-drug SG DAR
    101 Thio Hu anti-Her2 7C2 HC A118C Her2 7C2 8 1.9
    102 Thio Hu anti-Her2 7C2 LC K149C Her2 7C2 8
    103 Thio Hu anti-CD33 HC A118C CD33 8 1.9
    104 Thio Hu anti-CD33 LC K149C CD33 8
    105 Thio Hu anti-Her2 7C2 LC K149C Her2 7C2 15 1.8
    106 Thio Hu anti-CD33 LC K149C CD33 15 1.8
    107 Thio Hu anti-CD33 HC A118C CD33 8 1.8
    108 Thio Hu anti-CD33 LC K149C CD33 15 1.9
    109 Thio Hu anti-CLL-1 HC A118C CLL-1 8
    110 Thio Hu anti-CLL-1 HC A118C CLL-1 8
    111 Thio Hu anti-CLL-1 LC K149C CLL-1 15
    112 Thio Hu anti-CLL-1 LC K149C CLL-1 15 1.9
    113 Thio Hu Anti-Her2 4D5 LC K149C Her2 4D5 (trastuzumab) 15 1.7
    114 Thio Hu anti-Her2 4D5 HC A140C Her2 4D5 (trastuzumab) 15 1.7
    115 Thio Hu Anti-CD33 HC A140C CD33 15 1.9
    116 Thio Hu anti-NaPi2b LC V205C NaPi2b 15 1.8
    117 Thio Hu anti-Her2 7C2 LC K149C Her2 7C2 15 1.84
    118 Thio Hu anti-CD33 HC S239C CD33 15 1.8
    119 Thio Hu anti-CD33 S239C CD33 15 1.7
    120 Thio Hu anti-CLL-1 LC K149C CLL-1 15 2.0
    121 Thio Hu Anti-CD22 LC K149C CD22 15 1.8
    122 Thio Hu Anti-gD 5B6 LC K149C gD 15 1.9
    123 Thio Hu anti-CD33 LC CD33 15 1.9
    124 Thio Hu Anti-Her2 4D5 LC K149C Her2 4D5 (trastuzumab) 15 1.7
    125 Thio Hu Anti-Napi3b LC K149C NaPi3b 15 1.9
    126 Thio Hu anti-CLL-1 LC K149C CLL-1 15
    127 Thio anti-Her2 7C2 LC K149C Her2 7C2 20
    128 Thio anti-Her2 7C2 LC K149C Her2 7C2 26
  • The following in vitro assay is also described in Phillips et al (2008) Cancer Res. 68(22):9280-9290.
    • In vitro cell proliferation assay
  • Efficacy of ADC were measured by a cell proliferation assay employing the following protocol (CellTiter Glo® Luminescent Cell Viability Assay, Promega Corp. Technical Bulletin TB288; Mendoza et al (2002) Cancer Res. 62:5485-5488). All cell lines were obtained from American Type Culture Collection:
    1. 1. An aliquot of 100 µl of cell culture containing about 104 cells (for example, KPL-4, a human breast cancer cell line, Kurebayashi et al (1999) Brit. Jour. Cancer 79(5-6):707-717), SKBR-3, or MCF7) in medium was deposited in each well of a 96-well, opaque-walled plate.
    2. 2. Control wells were prepared containing medium and without cells.
    3. 3. ADC was added to the experimental wells and incubated for 3-5 days.
    4. 4. The plates were equilibrated to room temperature for approximately 30 minutes.
    5. 5. A volume of CellTiter-Glo Reagent equal to the volume of cell culture medium present in each well was added.
    6. 6. The contents were mixed for 2 minutes on an orbital shaker to induce cell lysis.
    7. 7. The plate was incubated at room temperature for 10 minutes to stabilize the luminescence signal.
    8. 8. Luminescence was recorded and reported in graphs as RLU = relative luminescence units.
  • Certain cells are seeded at 1000-2000/well or 2000-3000/well in a 96-well plate, 50 uL/well. After one or two days, ADC are added in 50 µL volumes to final concentration of 9000, 3000, 1000, 333, 111, 37, 12.4, 4.1, or 1.4 ng/mL, with "no ADC" control wells receiving medium alone. Conditions are in duplicate or triplicate After 3-5 days, 100 µL/well Cell TiterGlo II is added (luciferase-based assay; proliferation measured by ATP levels) and cell counts are determined using a luminometer. Data are plotted as the mean of luminescence for each set of replicates, with standard deviation error bars. The protocol is a modification of the CellTiter Glo Luminescent Cell Viability Assay (Promega):
    1. 1. Plate 1000 cells/ well in 50 µL/well of FBS/glutamine media. Allow cells to attach overnight.
    2. 2. ADC is serially diluted 1:3 in media beginning at working concentration 18 µg/ml (this results in a final concentration of 9 µg/ml). 50 µL of diluted ADC is added to the 50 µL of cells and media already in the well.
    3. 3. Incubate 72-96 hrs (the standard is 72 hours, but watch the 0 ug/mL concentration to stop assay when the cells are 85-95% confluent).
    4. 4. Add 100 µL/well of Promega Cell Titer Glo reagent, shake 3 min. and read on luminometer
    Results
  • Antibody-drug conjugates Thio Hu anti-Her2 7C2 HC A118C-8 (101), Thio Hu anti-CD33 15G15.3 HC A118C-8 (103), Thio Hu anti-Her2 7C2 LC K149C-15 (105), Thio Hu anti-CD33 15G15.3 LC K149C-15 (106) were tested against SK-BR-3 (Levenson et al (1997) Cancer Res. 57(15):3071-3078) cells to measure in vitro cell viability in five day studies. SK-BR-3 cells are HER2+ expressing. Both 101 and 105 were active against these cells, whereas both 103 and 106 were effectively inactive.
    CNJ IC50 (ng/mL) SK-BR-3
    101 5.9
    103 1900
    105 5.5
    106 3000
  • The same four conjugates were tested against EOL1 and HL-60 Levenson et al (1997) Cancer Res. 57(15):3071-3078) cells to measure in vitro cell viability in five day studies. EOL1 and HL-60 cells are CD33 expressing. Both 103 and 106 were active against these cells, whereas both 101 and 105 were effectively inactive.
    CNJ IC50 (µg/mL) EOL1 IC50 (µg/mL) HL-60
    103 0.7 6.3
    101 28.9 196
    106 2.8 18.6
    105 44.8 271
  • In combination, these results that conjugates 101, 103, 105 and 106 exhibit targeted cell killing.
  • Antibody-drug conjugates Thio Hu anti-Her2 7C2 LC K149C-15 (105), Thio Hu anti-Her2 7C2 LC K149C-15 (117), Thio anti-Her2 7C2 LC K149C-20 (127), and Thio anti-Her2 7C2 LC K149C-26 (128) were also tested against SK-BR-3 (Levenson et al (1997) Cancer Res. 57(15):3071-3078) cells to measure in vitro cell viability in five day studies. SK-BR-3 cells are HER2+ expressing.
    CNJ IC50 (ng/mL) SK-BR-3
    105 1.4
    117 2.0
    127 20.0
    128 2.5
    • Tumor growth inhibition, in vivo efficacy, in transgenic explant mice
  • Conjugates of the invention were tested in appropriate in vivo models and shown to be active. Appropriate in vivo assays are described in Phillips et al (2008) Cancer Res. 68(22):9280-9290.
    • Abbreviations
    • Ac
    acetyl
    Acm
    acetamidomethyl
    Alloc
    allyloxycarbonyl
    Boc
    di-tert-butyl dicarbonate
    t-Bu
    tert-butyl
    Bzl
    benzyl, where Bzl-OMe is methoxybenzyl and Bzl-Me is methylbenzene
    Cbz or Z
    benzyloxy-carbonyl, where Z-Cl and Z-Br are chloro- and bromobenzyloxy carbonyl respectively
    DMF
    N,N-dimethylformamide
    Dnp
    dinitrophenyl
    DTT
    dithiothreitol
    Fmoc
    9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxycarbonyl
    imp
    N-10 imine protecting group: 3-(2-methoxyethoxy)propanoate-Val-Ala-PAB
    MC-OSu
    maleimidocaproyl-O-N-succinimide
    Moc
    methoxycarbonyl
    MP
    maleimidopropanamide
    Mtr
    4-methoxy-2,3,6-trimethtylbenzenesulfonyl
    PAB
    para-aminobenzyloxycarbonyl
    PEG
    ethyleneoxy
    PNZ
    p-nitrobenzyl carbamate
    Psec
    2-(phenylsulfonyl)ethoxycarbonyl
    TBDMS
    tert-butyldimethylsilyl
    TBDPS
    tert-butyldiphenylsilyl
    Teoc
    2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxycarbonyl
    Tos
    tosyl
    Troc
    2,2,2-trichlorethoxycarbonyl chloride
    Trt
    trityl
    Xan
    xanthyl
  • The following numbered clauses, describing aspects of our proposals, are part of the description.
    • 1. A compound of formula I:
      Figure imgb0061
      • wherein the dotted lines indicate the optional presence of a double bond between C1 and C2 or C2 and C3;
      • R2 is independently selected from H, OH, =O, =CH2, CN, R, OR, =CH-RD, =C(RD)2, O-SO2-R, CO2R and COR, and optionally further selected from halo or dihalo;
      • where RD is independently selected from R, CO2R, COR, CHO, CO2H, and halo;
      • R6 and R9 are independently selected from H, R, OH, OR, SH, SR, NH2, NHR, NRR', NO2, Me3Sn and halo;
      • R7 is independently selected from H, R, OH, OR, SH, SR, NH2, NHR, NRR', NO2, Me3Sn and halo;
      • Y is selected from a single bond, and a group of formulae A1 or A2:
        Figure imgb0062
      • where N shows where the group binds to the N10 of the PBD moiety;
      • RL1 and RL2 are independently selected from H and methyl, or together with the carbon atom to which they are bound form a cyclopropylene group;
      • Q is independently selected from O, S and NH;
      • R11 is either H, or R or, where Q is O, SO3M, where M is a metal cation;
      • R and R' are each independently selected from optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, C3-20 heterocyclyl and C5-20 aryl groups, and optionally in relation to the group NRR', R and R' together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocyclic ring;
      • wherein R12, R16, R19 and R17 are as defined for R2, R6, R9 and R7 respectively;
      • wherein R" is a C3-12 alkylene group, which chain may be interrupted by one or more heteroatoms, e.g. O, S, N(H), NMe and/or aromatic rings, e.g. benzene or pyridine, which rings are optionally substituted; and
      • X and X' are independently selected from O, S and N(H).
    • 2. The compound of clause 1, which is of formula II:
      Figure imgb0063
    • 3. The compound of clause 1, which is of formula III:
      Figure imgb0064
    • 4. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 3, wherein RL1 and RL2 are both H.
    • 5. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 3, wherein RL1 and RL2 are both methyl.
    • 6. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 3, wherein one of RL1 and RL2 is H and the other is methyl.
    • 7. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 6, wherein Y is a single bond.
    • 8. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 6, wherein Y is:
      Figure imgb0065
    • 9. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 6, wherein Y is:
      Figure imgb0066
    • 10. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 9, wherein R9 and R19 are H.
    • 11. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 10, wherein R6 and R16 are H.
    • 12. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 11, wherein R7 are R17 are both OR7A, where R7A is optionally substituted C1-4 alkyl.
    • 13. The compound of clause 12, wherein R7A is Me.
    • 14. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 13, wherein X is O.
    • 15. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 14, wherein R11 is H.
    • 16. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 15, wherein there is a double bond between C2 and C3 in each monomer unit.
    • 17. The compound according to clause 16, wherein R2 and R12 are independently selected from H and R.
    • 18. The compound according to clause 17, wherein R2 and R12 are independently R.
    • 19. The compound according to clause 18, wherein R2 and R12 are independently optionally substituted C5-20 aryl.
    • 20. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 15, wherein R2 and R12 are independently selected from =O, =CH2, =CH-RD, and =C(RD)2.
    • 21. The compound according to clause 20, wherein R2 and R12 are =CH2.
    • 22. The compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 21, wherein R" is a C3 alkylene group or a C5 alkylene group.
    • 23. A method of making a conjugate of formula A:
      Figure imgb0067
      • wherein the dotted lines indicate the optional presence of a double bond between C1 and C2 or C2 and C3;
      • CBA represents a cell binding agent;
        by reacting a compound according to any one of clauses 1 to 22 with a cell binding agent, wherein the groups Y, RL1, RL2, R2, R6, R7, R9, Q, R11, X, X', R", R12,R16, R19 are as defined in any one of clauses 1 to 22.
    • 24. The method of clause 23 wherein the cell binding agent is an antibody or an active fragment thereof.
    • 25. The method of clause 24, wherein the antibody or antibody fragment is an antibody or antibody fragment for a tumour-associated antigen.
    • 26. The method of clause 24 wherein the antibody or antibody fragment is an antibody which binds to one or more tumor-associated antigens or cell-surface receptors selected from (1)-(53):
      1. (1) BMPR1 B (bone morphogenetic protein receptor-type IB);
      2. (2) E16 (LAT1, SLC7A5);
      3. (3) STEAP1 (six transmembrane epithelial antigen of prostate);
      4. (4) 0772P (CA125, MUC16);
      5. (5) MPF (MPF, MSLN, SMR, megakaryocyte potentiating factor, mesothelin);
      6. (6) Napi3b (NAPI-3B, NPTIIb, SLC34A2, solute carrier family 34 (sodium phosphate), member 2, type II sodium-dependent phosphate transporter 3b);
      7. (7) Sema 5b (FLJ10372, KIAA1445, Mm.42015, SEMA5B, SEMAG, Semaphorin 5b Hlog, sema domain, seven thrombospondin repeats (type 1 and type 1-like), transmembrane domain (TM) and short cytoplasmic domain, (semaphorin) 5B);
      8. (8) PSCA hlg (2700050C12Rik, C530008O16Rik, RIKEN cDNA 2700050C12, RIKEN cDNA 2700050C12 gene);
      9. (9) ETBR (Endothelin type B receptor);
      10. (10) MSG783 (RNF124, hypothetical protein FLJ20315);
      11. (11) STEAP2 (HGNC_8639, IPCA-1, PCANAP1, STAMP1, STEAP2, STMP, prostate cancer associated gene 1, prostate cancer associated protein 1, six transmembrane epithelial antigen of prostate 2, six transmembrane prostate protein);
      12. (12) TrpM4 (BR22450, FLJ20041, TRPM4, TRPM4B, transient receptor potential cation channel, subfamily M, member 4);
      13. (13) CRIPTO (CR, CR1, CRGF, CRIPTO, TDGF1, teratocarcinoma-derived growth factor);
      14. (14) CD21 (CR2 (Complement receptor 2) or C3DR (C3d/Epstein Barr virus receptor) or Hs 73792);
      15. (15) CD79b (CD79B, CD79β, IGb (immunoglobulin-associated beta), B29);
      16. (16) FcRH2 (IFGP4, IRTA4, SPAP1A (SH2 domain containing phosphatase anchor protein 1a), SPAP1B, SPAP1C);
      17. (17) HER2;
      18. (18) NCA;
      19. (19) MDP;
      20. (20) IL20Rα;
      21. (21) Brevican;
      22. (22) EphB2R;
      23. (23) ASLG659;
      24. (24) PSCA;
      25. (25) GEDA;
      26. (26) BAFF-R (B cell -activating factor receptor, BLyS receptor 3, BR3);
      27. (27) CD22 (B-cell receptor CD22-B isoform);
      28. (28) CD79a (CD79A, CD79β, immunoglobulin-associated alpha);
      29. (29) CXCR5 (Burkitt's lymphoma receptor 1);
      30. (30) HLA-DOB (Beta subunit of MHC class II molecule (Ia antigen));
      31. (31) P2X5 (Purinergic receptor P2X ligand-gated ion channel 5);
      32. (32) CD72 (B-cell differentiation antigen CD72, Lyb-2);
      33. (33) LY64 (Lymphocyte antigen 64 (RP105), type I membrane protein of the leucine rich repeat (LRR) family);
      34. (34) FcRH1 (Fc receptor-like protein 1);
      35. (35) IRTA2 (Immunoglobulin superfamily receptor translocation associated 2); and
      36. (36) TENB2 (putative transmembrane proteoglycan)
      37. (37) PMEL17 (silver homolog; SILV; D12S53E; PMEL17; SI; SIL);
      38. (38) TMEFF1 (transmembrane protein with EGF-like and two follistatin-like domains 1; Tomoregulin-1);
      39. (39) GDNF-Ra1 (GDNF family receptor alpha 1; GFRA1; GDNFR; GDNFRA; RETL1; TRNR1; RET1L; GDNFR-alpha1; GFR-ALPHA-1);
      40. (40) Ly6E (lymphocyte antigen 6 complex, locus E; Ly67,RIG-E,SCA-2,TSA-1);
      41. (41) TMEM46 (shisa homolog 2 (Xenopus laevis); SHISA2);
      42. (42) Ly6G6D (lymphocyte antigen 6 complex, locus G6D; Ly6-D, MEGT1);
      43. (43) LGR5 (leucine-rich repeat-containing G protein-coupled receptor 5; GPR49, GPR67);
      44. (44) RET (ret proto-oncogene; MEN2A; HSCR1; MEN2B; MTC1; PTC; CDHF12; Hs.168114; RET51; RET-ELE1);
      45. (45) LY6K (lymphocyte antigen 6 complex, locus K; LY6K; HSJ001348; FLJ35226);
      46. (46) GPR19 (G protein-coupled receptor 19; Mm.4787);
      47. (47) GPR54 (KISS1 receptor; KISS1R; GPR54; HOT7T175; AXOR12);
      48. (48) ASPHD1 (aspartate beta-hydroxylase domain containing 1; LOC253982);
      49. (49) Tyrosinase (TYR; OCAIA; OCA1A; tyrosinase; SHEP3);
      50. (50) TMEM118 (ring finger protein, transmembrane 2; RNFT2; FLJ14627);
      51. (51) GPR172A (G protein-coupled receptor 172A; GPCR41; FLJ11856; D15Ertd747e);
      52. (52) CD33; and
      53. (53) CLL-1.
    • 27. The method of clause 24 wherein the antibody or antibody fragment is a cysteine-engineered antibody.
    • 28. The method of either clause 24 or clause 27 wherein Ab is anti-HER2 4D5, anti-CD22, anti-CD33, anti-Napi3b, anti-HER2 7C2, or anti-CLL-1 antibody.
    • 29. The method according to clause 24 wherein the drug loading (p) of drugs (D) to antibody (Ab) is an integer from 1 to about 8.
    • 30. The method according to clause 29, wherein p is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
    • 31. A conjugate of formula A1:
      Figure imgb0068
      • wherein the dotted lines indicate the optional presence of a double bond between C1 and C2 or C2 and C3;
      • Ab represents a cysteine-engineered antibody mutant (THIOMAB™) selected from the group consisiting of:
        1. (a) LC K149C cysteine-engineered antibody mutant (THIOMAB™);
        2. (b) HC A140C cysteine-engineered antibody mutant (THIOMAB™);
        3. (c) LC V205C cysteine-engineered antibody mutant (THIOMAB™); and
        4. (d) HC S239C cysteine-engineered antibody mutant (THIOMAB™);
          wherein the groups Y, RL1, RL2, R2, R6, R7, R9, Q, R11, X, X', R", R12,R16, , R19 are as defined in any one of clauses 1 to 22.
    • 32. The conjugate of clause 31, wherein the antibody mutant is an antibody for a tumour-associated antigen.
    • 33. The conjugate of clause 32 wherein the antibody mutant is an antibody which binds to one or more tumor-associated antigens or cell-surface receptors selected from (1)-(53):
      1. (1) BMPR1 B (bone morphogenetic protein receptor-type IB);
      2. (2) E16 (LAT1, SLC7A5);
      3. (3) STEAP1 (six transmembrane epithelial antigen of prostate);
      4. (4) 0772P (CA125, MUC16);
      5. (5) MPF (MPF, MSLN, SMR, megakaryocyte potentiating factor, mesothelin);
      6. (6) Napi3b (NAPI-3B, NPTIIb, SLC34A2, solute carrier family 34 (sodium phosphate), member 2, type II sodium-dependent phosphate transporter 3b);
      7. (7) Sema 5b (FLJ10372, KIAA1445, Mm.42015, SEMA5B, SEMAG, Semaphorin 5b Hlog, sema domain, seven thrombospondin repeats (type 1 and type 1-like), transmembrane domain (TM) and short cytoplasmic domain, (semaphorin) 5B);
      8. (8) PSCA hlg (2700050C12Rik, C530008O16Rik, RIKEN cDNA 2700050C12, RIKEN cDNA 2700050C12 gene);
      9. (9) ETBR (Endothelin type B receptor);
      10. (10) MSG783 (RNF124, hypothetical protein FLJ20315);
      11. (11) STEAP2 (HGNC_8639, IPCA-1, PCANAP1, STAMP1, STEAP2, STMP, prostate cancer associated gene 1, prostate cancer associated protein 1, six transmembrane epithelial antigen of prostate 2, six transmembrane prostate protein);
      12. (12) TrpM4 (BR22450, FLJ20041, TRPM4, TRPM4B, transient receptor potential cation channel, subfamily M, member 4);
      13. (13) CRIPTO (CR, CR1, CRGF, CRIPTO, TDGF1, teratocarcinoma-derived growth factor);
      14. (14) CD21 (CR2 (Complement receptor 2) or C3DR (C3d/Epstein Barr virus receptor) or Hs 73792);
      15. (15) CD79b (CD79B, CD79β, IGb (immunoglobulin-associated beta), B29);
      16. (16) FcRH2 (IFGP4, IRTA4, SPAP1A (SH2 domain containing phosphatase anchor protein 1 a), SPAP1B, SPAP1C);
      17. (17) HER2;
      18. (18) NCA;
      19. (19) MDP;
      20. (20) IL20Rα;
      21. (21) Brevican;
      22. (22) EphB2R;
      23. (23) ASLG659;
      24. (24) PSCA;
      25. (25) GEDA;
      26. (26) BAFF-R (B cell -activating factor receptor, BLyS receptor 3, BR3);
      27. (27) CD22 (B-cell receptor CD22-B isoform);
      28. (28) CD79a (CD79A, CD79β, immunoglobulin-associated alpha);
      29. (29) CXCR5 (Burkitt's lymphoma receptor 1);
      30. (30) HLA-DOB (Beta subunit of MHC class II molecule (Ia antigen));
      31. (31) P2X5 (Purinergic receptor P2X ligand-gated ion channel 5);
      32. (32) CD72 (B-cell differentiation antigen CD72, Lyb-2);
      33. (33) LY64 (Lymphocyte antigen 64 (RP105), type I membrane protein of the leucine rich repeat (LRR) family);
      34. (34) FcRH1 (Fc receptor-like protein 1);
      35. (35) IRTA2 (Immunoglobulin superfamily receptor translocation associated 2); and
      36. (36) TENB2 (putative transmembrane proteoglycan)
      37. (37) PMEL17 (silver homolog; SILV; D12S53E; PMEL17; SI; SIL);
      38. (38) TMEFF1 (transmembrane protein with EGF-like and two follistatin-like domains 1; Tomoregulin-1);
      39. (39) GDNF-Ra1 (GDNF family receptor alpha 1; GFRA1; GDNFR; GDNFRA; RETL1; TRNR1; RET1L; GDNFR-alpha1; GFR-ALPHA-1);
      40. (40) Ly6E (lymphocyte antigen 6 complex, locus E; Ly67,RIG-E,SCA-2,TSA-1);
      41. (41) TMEM46 (shisa homolog 2 (Xenopus laevis); SHISA2);
      42. (42) Ly6G6D (lymphocyte antigen 6 complex, locus G6D; Ly6-D, MEGT1);
      43. (43) LGR5 (leucine-rich repeat-containing G protein-coupled receptor 5; GPR49, GPR67);
      44. (44) RET (ret proto-oncogene; MEN2A; HSCR1; MEN2B; MTC1; PTC; CDHF12; Hs.168114; RET51; RET-ELE1);
      45. (45) LY6K (lymphocyte antigen 6 complex, locus K; LY6K; HSJ001348; FLJ35226);
      46. (46) GPR19 (G protein-coupled receptor 19; Mm.4787);
      47. (47) GPR54 (KISS1 receptor; KISS1R; GPR54; HOT7T175; AXOR12);
      48. (48) ASPHD1 (aspartate beta-hydroxylase domain containing 1; LOC253982);
      49. (49) Tyrosinase (TYR; OCAIA; OCA1A; tyrosinase; SHEP3);
      50. (50) TMEM118 (ring finger protein, transmembrane 2; RNFT2; FLJ14627);
      51. (51) GPR172A (G protein-coupled receptor 172A; GPCR41; FLJ11856; D15Ertd747e);
      52. (52) CD33; and
      53. (53) CLL-1.
    • 35. The conjugate of either clause 33 or clause 34 wherein the antibody mutant is an antibody which is anti-HER2 4D5, anti-CD22, anti-CD33, anti-Napi3b, anti-HER2 7C2, or anti-CLL-1 antibody.
    • 35. The conjugate of according to clause 31 wherein the drug loading (p) of drugs (D) to antibody (Ab) is an integer from 1 to about 8.
    • 36. The conjugate of according to clause 35, wherein p is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
    • 37. A composition comprising a mixture of the antibody-drug conjugate compounds according to any one of clauses 31 to 36, wherein the average drug loading per antibody in the mixture of antibody-drug conjugate compounds is about 2 to about 5.
    • 38. The conjugate according to any one of clauses 31 to 36 or the composition according to clause 37, for use in therapy.
    • 39. The conjugate according to any one of clauses 31 to 36 or the composition according to clause 37, for use in the treatment of a proliferative disease in a subject.
    • 40. The conjugate or composition according to clause 39, wherein the disease is cancer.
    • 41. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the conjugate according to any one of clauses 31 to 36 or the composition according to clause 37, and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier or excipient.
    • 42. The pharmaceutical composition of clause 41 further comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a chemotherapeutic agent.
    • 43. Use of a conjugate according to any one of clauses 31 to 36 or a composition according to clause 37 in the preparation of a medicament for use in the treatment of a proliferative disease in a subject.
    • 44. A method of treating cancer comprising administering to a patient the pharmaceutical composition of clause 43.
    • 45. The method of clause 44 wherein the patient is administered a chemotherapeutic agent, in combination with the conjugate or composition.
    Figure imgb0069
    Figure imgb0070

Claims (17)

  1. A conjugate of formula CON 1:
    Figure imgb0071
    wherein the dotted lines indicate the optional presence of a double bond between C1 and C2 or C2 and C3;
    Ab represents a cysteine-engineered antibody mutant (THIOMAB™) which binds to CLL-1 selected from the group consisiting of:
    (a) LC K149C cysteine-engineered antibody mutant (THIOMAB™);
    (b) HC A140C cysteine-engineered antibody mutant (THIOMAB™);
    (c) LC V205C cysteine-engineered antibody mutant (THIOMAB™); and
    (d) HC S239C cysteine-engineered antibody mutant (THIOMAB™);
    wherein R2 is independently selected from H, OH, =O, =CH2, CN, R, OR, =CH-RD, =C(RD)2, O-SO2-R, CO2R and COR, and optionally further selected from halo or dihalo;
    where RD is independently selected from R, CO2R, COR, CHO, CO2H, and halo;
    R6 and R9 are independently selected from H, R, OH, OR, SH, SR, NH2, NHR, NRR', NO2, Me3Sn and halo;
    R7 is independently selected from H, R, OH, OR, SH, SR, NH2, NHR, NRR', NO2, Me3Sn and halo;
    Y is selected from a single bond, and a group of formulae A1 or A2:
    Figure imgb0072
    where N shows where the group binds to the N10 of the PBD moiety;
    RL1 and RL2 are independently selected from H and methyl, or together with the carbon atom to which they are bound form a cyclopropylene group;
    Q is independently selected from O, S and NH;
    R11 is either H, or R or, where Q is O, SO3M, where M is a metal cation;
    R and R' are each independently selected from optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, C3-20 heterocyclyl and C5-20 aryl groups, and optionally in relation to the group NRR', R and R' together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocyclic ring;
    wherein R12, R16, R19 and R17 are as defined for R2, R6, R9 and R7 respectively;
    wherein R" is a C3-12 alkylene group, which chain may be interrupted by one or more heteroatoms, e.g. O, S, N(H), NMe and/or aromatic rings, e.g. benzene or pyridine, which rings are optionally substituted; and
    X and X' are independently selected from O, S and N(H).
  2. The conjugate according to claim 1, wherein
    (a) RL1 and RL2 are both H; or
    (b) RL1 and RL2 are both methyl; or
    (c) one of RL1 and RL2 is H and the other is methyl.
  3. The conjugate according to either claim 1 or claim 2, wherein Y is a single bond.
  4. The conjugate according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein R9 and R19 are H, R6 and R16 are H, R7 are R17 are both OR7A, where R7A is optionally substituted C1-4 alkyl.
  5. The conjugate according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein X is O.
  6. The conjugate according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein R11 is H.
  7. The conjugate according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein there is a double bond between C2 and C3 in each monomer unit.
  8. The conjugate according to claim 7, wherein R2 and R12 are independently selected from H and R.
  9. The conjugate according to claim 8, wherein R2 and R12 are independently optionally substituted C5-20 aryl.
  10. The conjugate according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein R2 and R12 are =CH2.
  11. The conjugate according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein R" is a C3 alkylene group or a C5 alkylene group.
  12. A conjugate of formula CON2:
    Figure imgb0073
     Ab represents a HC A118C or LC K149C cysteine-engineered antibody mutant (THIOMAB™) which binds to CLL-1.
  13. The conjugate according to any one of claims 1 to 12 for use in therapy.
  14. The conjugate according to any one of claims 1 to 12 for use in the treatment of a proliferative disease in a subject.
  15. The conjugate according to claim 14, wherein the disease is cancer.
  16. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the conjugate according to any one of claims 1 to 12, and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier or excipient.
  17. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 16 further comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a chemotherapeutic agent.
EP17170370.5A 2014-09-17 2015-09-17 Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and antibody disulfide conjugates thereof Withdrawn EP3235820A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201462051387P 2014-09-17 2014-09-17
EP15772143.2A EP3194400A1 (en) 2014-09-17 2015-09-17 Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and antibody disulfide conjugates thereof

Related Parent Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP15772143.2A Division-Into EP3194400A1 (en) 2014-09-17 2015-09-17 Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and antibody disulfide conjugates thereof
EP15772143.2A Division EP3194400A1 (en) 2014-09-17 2015-09-17 Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and antibody disulfide conjugates thereof

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
EP3235820A1 true EP3235820A1 (en) 2017-10-25

Family

ID=54238599

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP15772143.2A Withdrawn EP3194400A1 (en) 2014-09-17 2015-09-17 Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and antibody disulfide conjugates thereof
EP17170370.5A Withdrawn EP3235820A1 (en) 2014-09-17 2015-09-17 Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and antibody disulfide conjugates thereof

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP15772143.2A Withdrawn EP3194400A1 (en) 2014-09-17 2015-09-17 Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and antibody disulfide conjugates thereof

Country Status (17)

Country Link
US (2) US20160074527A1 (en)
EP (2) EP3194400A1 (en)
JP (1) JP2017533887A (en)
KR (1) KR20170067771A (en)
CN (1) CN107073136A (en)
AU (1) AU2015317653A1 (en)
BR (1) BR112017005393A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2959689A1 (en)
CR (1) CR20170099A (en)
EA (1) EA201790359A1 (en)
IL (1) IL250819A0 (en)
MA (1) MA40575A (en)
MX (1) MX2017003523A (en)
PE (1) PE20170905A1 (en)
PH (1) PH12017500518A1 (en)
SG (1) SG11201702079UA (en)
WO (1) WO2016044560A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (36)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
PL2839860T3 (en) 2012-10-12 2019-10-31 Medimmune Ltd Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof
JP2016519078A (en) 2013-03-15 2016-06-30 エピザイム，インコーポレイティド CARM1 inhibitors and uses thereof
MX2016007851A (en) 2013-12-16 2016-09-07 Genentech Inc Peptidomimetic compounds and antibody-drug conjugates thereof.
JP6531166B2 (en) 2014-09-10 2019-06-12 メドイミューン・リミテッドＭｅｄＩｍｍｕｎｅ Ｌｉｍｉｔｅｄ Pyrrolobenzodiazepine and its conjugate
CR20170095A (en) 2014-09-12 2017-07-19 Genentech Inc ANTI-CLL-1 ANTIBODIES AND IMMUNOCATE PLAYERS RECIPROCAL REFERENCES WITH RELATED APPLICATIONS
GB201416112D0 (en) 2014-09-12 2014-10-29 Medimmune Ltd Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof
EA201790545A1 (en) 2014-09-12 2017-07-31 Дженентек, Инк. ANTIBODIES AND IMMUNOCONJUGATES AGAINST HER2
GB201506411D0 (en) 2015-04-15 2015-05-27 Bergenbio As Humanized anti-axl antibodies
GB201506402D0 (en) 2015-04-15 2015-05-27 Berkel Patricius H C Van And Howard Philip W Site-specific antibody-drug conjugates
TW201718647A (en) 2015-06-16 2017-06-01 建南德克公司 Anti-CLL-1 antibodies and methods of use
MA43345A (en) 2015-10-02 2018-08-08 Hoffmann La Roche PYRROLOBENZODIAZEPINE ANTIBODY-DRUG CONJUGATES AND METHODS OF USE
MA43354A (en) * 2015-10-16 2018-08-22 Genentech Inc CONJUGATE DRUG CONJUGATES WITH CLOUDY DISULPHIDE
GB201601431D0 (en) 2016-01-26 2016-03-09 Medimmune Ltd Pyrrolobenzodiazepines
GB201602356D0 (en) 2016-02-10 2016-03-23 Medimmune Ltd Pyrrolobenzodiazepine Conjugates
GB201602359D0 (en) 2016-02-10 2016-03-23 Medimmune Ltd Pyrrolobenzodiazepine Conjugates
GB201607478D0 (en) 2016-04-29 2016-06-15 Medimmune Ltd Pyrrolobenzodiazepine Conjugates
EP3458069B1 (en) 2016-05-18 2023-07-05 Mersana Therapeutics, Inc. Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof
US10526294B2 (en) 2016-06-24 2020-01-07 Mersana Therapeutics, Inc. Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof
WO2018031662A1 (en) 2016-08-11 2018-02-15 Genentech, Inc. Pyrrolobenzodiazepine prodrugs and antibody conjugates thereof
JP7050770B2 (en) 2016-10-05 2022-04-08 エフ・ホフマン－ラ・ロシュ・アクチェンゲゼルシャフト Method for preparing antibody drug conjugate
GB201617466D0 (en) 2016-10-14 2016-11-30 Medimmune Ltd Pyrrolobenzodiazepine conjugates
WO2018146189A1 (en) 2017-02-08 2018-08-16 Adc Therapeutics Sa Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-antibody conjugates
GB201702031D0 (en) 2017-02-08 2017-03-22 Medlmmune Ltd Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-antibody conjugates
CN110352074B (en) * 2017-02-28 2024-07-16 思进股份有限公司 Cysteine mutant antibodies for conjugation
GB201721337D0 (en) * 2017-12-19 2018-01-31 Medlmmune Ltd Pyrrolobenzodiazepine conjugates
RS63502B1 (en) * 2017-04-18 2022-09-30 Medimmune Ltd Pyrrolobenzodiazepine conjugates
EP3612234B1 (en) 2017-04-20 2024-03-13 ADC Therapeutics SA Combination therapy with an anti-axl antibody-drug conjugate
JP7145891B2 (en) 2017-06-14 2022-10-03 アーデーセー セラピューティクス ソシエテ アノニム Dosing Regimens for Administering Anti-CD19 ADCs
HRP20220311T1 (en) 2017-08-18 2022-05-13 Medimmune Limited Pyrrolobenzodiazepine conjugates
WO2019104289A1 (en) 2017-11-27 2019-05-31 Mersana Therapeutics, Inc. Pyrrolobenzodiazepine antibody conjugates
EP3727463A1 (en) 2017-12-21 2020-10-28 Mersana Therapeutics, Inc. Pyrrolobenzodiazepine antibody conjugates
GB201803342D0 (en) 2018-03-01 2018-04-18 Medimmune Ltd Methods
GB201806022D0 (en) 2018-04-12 2018-05-30 Medimmune Ltd Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof
CN112867510A (en) * 2018-10-19 2021-05-28 免疫医疗有限公司 Pyrrolobenzodiazepine conjugates
US20240123081A1 (en) 2019-10-25 2024-04-18 Medimmune, Llc Branched moiety for use in conjugates
CN115337406A (en) * 2021-05-13 2022-11-15 清华大学 Antibody drug conjugate and preparation method and application thereof

Citations (250)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS58180487A (en) 1982-04-16 1983-10-21 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co Ltd Antibiotic dc-81 and its preparation
US4816567A (en) 1983-04-08 1989-03-28 Genentech, Inc. Recombinant immunoglobin preparations
WO1991002536A1 (en) 1989-08-23 1991-03-07 Scripps Clinic And Research Foundation Compositions and methods for detection and treatment of epstein-barr virus infection and immune disorders
WO1992007574A1 (en) 1990-10-25 1992-05-14 Tanox Biosystems, Inc. Glycoproteins associated with membrane-bound immunoglobulins as antibody targets on b cells
WO1992017497A1 (en) 1991-03-29 1992-10-15 Genentech, Inc. Human pf4a receptors and their use
EP0522868A1 (en) 1991-07-12 1993-01-13 SHIONOGI SEIYAKU KABUSHIKI KAISHA trading under the name of SHIONOGI & CO. LTD. A human endothelin receptor
JPH053790A (en) 1990-04-19 1993-01-14 Fujisawa Pharmaceut Co Ltd Dehydropeptidase-i
WO1994010312A1 (en) 1992-10-23 1994-05-11 Chugai Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha Gene coding for megakaryocyte potentiator
WO1994028931A1 (en) 1993-06-11 1994-12-22 Genentech, Inc. Methods for treating inflammatory disorders
US5440021A (en) 1991-03-29 1995-08-08 Chuntharapai; Anan Antibodies to human IL-8 type B receptor
WO1996030514A1 (en) 1995-03-31 1996-10-03 University Of Washington Intracellular domain of the her-2/neu protein for prevention or treatment of malignancies
US5583024A (en) 1985-12-02 1996-12-10 The Regents Of The University Of California Recombinant expression of Coleoptera luciferase
WO1997007198A2 (en) 1995-08-11 1997-02-27 Genetics Institute, Inc. Dna sequences and secreted proteins encoded thereby
US5644033A (en) 1992-12-22 1997-07-01 Health Research, Inc. Monoclonal antibodies that define a unique antigen of human B cell antigen receptor complex and methods of using same for diagnosis and treatment
WO1997044452A1 (en) 1996-05-17 1997-11-27 Schering Corporation Human b-cell antigens, related reagents
US5700670A (en) 1995-04-13 1997-12-23 Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation Method for producing optically active ester of γ-substituted-β-hydroxybutyric acid
US5773223A (en) 1993-09-02 1998-06-30 Chiron Corporation Endothelin B1, (ETB1) receptor polypeptide and its encoding nucleic acid methods, and uses thereof
US5792616A (en) 1990-05-29 1998-08-11 The United States Of America Antibodies to human cripto protein
WO1998037193A1 (en) 1997-02-20 1998-08-27 Zymogenetics, Inc. Zcytor7 cytokine receptor
WO1998040403A1 (en) 1997-03-10 1998-09-17 The Regents Of The University Of California Psca: prostate stem cell antigen
US5821337A (en) 1991-06-14 1998-10-13 Genentech, Inc. Immunoglobulin variants
EP0875569A1 (en) 1997-04-28 1998-11-04 Smithkline Beecham Corporation A human sodium dependent phosphate transporter (IPT-1)
WO1998051824A1 (en) 1997-05-15 1998-11-19 Abbott Laboratories Reagents and methods useful for detecting disease of the urinary tract
WO1998051805A1 (en) 1997-05-15 1998-11-19 Abbott Laboratories Reagents and methods useful for detecting diseases of the prostate
US5854399A (en) 1991-08-23 1998-12-29 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Antibodies specific for human cripto-related polypeptide CR-3
US5869445A (en) 1993-03-17 1999-02-09 University Of Washington Methods for eliciting or enhancing reactivity to HER-2/neu protein
WO1999028468A1 (en) 1997-12-02 1999-06-10 The Regents Of The University Of California Modulating b lymphocyte chemokine/receptor interactions
WO1999046284A2 (en) 1998-03-13 1999-09-16 The Burnham Institute Molecules that home to various selected organs or tissues
US5976551A (en) 1991-11-15 1999-11-02 Institut Pasteur And Institut Nationale De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale Altered major histocompatibility complex (MHC) determinant and method of using the determinant
WO1999058658A2 (en) 1998-05-13 1999-11-18 Epimmune, Inc. Expression vectors for stimulating an immune response and methods of using the same
WO2000012130A1 (en) 1998-08-27 2000-03-09 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Rp105 agonists and antagonists
WO2000014228A1 (en) 1998-09-03 2000-03-16 Japan Science And Technology Corporation Neutral amino acid transporter and gene thereof
WO2000020579A1 (en) 1998-10-02 2000-04-13 Mcmaster University Spliced form of erbb-2/neu oncogene
WO2000022129A1 (en) 1998-10-13 2000-04-20 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Non-endogenous, constitutively activated human g protein-coupled receptors
WO2000032752A1 (en) 1998-12-02 2000-06-08 The Regents Of The University Of California Psca: prostate stem cell antigen and uses thereof
WO2000036107A2 (en) 1998-12-17 2000-06-22 Corixa Corporation Compositions and methods for therapy and diagnosis of ovarian cancer
WO2000040614A2 (en) 1998-12-30 2000-07-13 Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Inc. Characterization of the soc/crac calcium channel protein family
WO2000044899A1 (en) 1999-01-29 2000-08-03 Corixa Corporation Her-2/neu fusion proteins
WO2000053216A2 (en) 1999-03-05 2000-09-14 Smithkline Beecham Biologicals S.A. Use of casb616 polypeptides and polynucleotides for cancer treatment
WO2000055351A1 (en) 1999-03-12 2000-09-21 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Human colon cancer associated gene sequences and polypeptides
US6153408A (en) 1991-11-15 2000-11-28 Institut Pasteur And Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale Altered major histocompatibility complex (MHC) determinant and methods of using the determinant
WO2000075655A1 (en) 1999-06-03 2000-12-14 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Screening method with the use of cd100
WO2001000244A2 (en) 1999-06-25 2001-01-04 Genentech, Inc. METHODS OF TREATMENT USING ANTI-ErbB ANTIBODY-MAYTANSINOID CONJUGATES
WO2001016318A2 (en) 1999-09-01 2001-03-08 Genentech, Inc. Secreted and transmembrane polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding the same
WO2001038490A2 (en) 1999-11-29 2001-05-31 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York ISOLATION OF FIVE NOVEL GENES CODING FOR NEW Fc RECEPTORS-TYPE MELANOMA INVOLVED IN THE PATHOGENESIS OF LYMPHOMA/MELANOMA
WO2001040309A2 (en) 1999-10-29 2001-06-07 Genentech, Inc. Anti-prostate stem cell antigen (psca) antibody compositions and methods of use
WO2001040269A2 (en) 1999-11-30 2001-06-07 Corixa Corporation Compositions and methods for therapy and diagnosis of breast cancer
WO2001041787A1 (en) 1999-12-10 2001-06-14 Epimmune Inc. INDUCING CELLULAR IMMUNE RESPONSES TO HER2/neu USING PEPTIDE AND NUCLEIC ACID COMPOSITIONS
WO2001046232A2 (en) 1999-12-23 2001-06-28 Zymogenetics, Inc. Soluble interleukin-20 receptor
WO2001045746A2 (en) 1999-12-24 2001-06-28 Genentech, Inc. Methods and compositions for prolonging elimination half-times of bioactive compounds
WO2001046261A1 (en) 1999-12-23 2001-06-28 Zymogenetics, Inc. Method for treating inflammation
WO2001048204A1 (en) 1999-12-23 2001-07-05 Agresearch Limited Mutated bmp1b receptor as regulator of ovulation rate
WO2001053463A2 (en) 2000-01-21 2001-07-26 Corixa Corporation COMPOUNDS AND METHODS FOR PREVENTION AND TREATMENT OF HER-2/neu ASSOCIATED MALIGNANCIES
WO2001057188A2 (en) 2000-02-03 2001-08-09 Hyseq, Inc. Novel nucleic acids and polypeptides
WO2001062794A2 (en) 2000-02-22 2001-08-30 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 18607, a human calcium channel
WO2001066689A2 (en) 2000-03-07 2001-09-13 Hyseq, Inc. Novel nucleic acids and polypeptides
WO2001072830A2 (en) 2000-03-31 2001-10-04 Ipf Pharmaceuticals Gmbh Diagnostic and medicament for analysing the cell surface proteome of tumour and inflammatory cells and for treating tumorous and inflammatory diseases, preferably using a specific chemokine receptor analysis and the chemokine receptor-ligand interaction
WO2001072962A2 (en) 2000-03-24 2001-10-04 Fahri Saatcioglu Novel prostate-specific or testis-specific nucleic acid molecules, polypeptides, and diagnostic and therapeutic methods
WO2001075177A2 (en) 2000-04-03 2001-10-11 The Government Of The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services Tumor markers in ovarian cancer
WO2001077172A2 (en) 2000-04-07 2001-10-18 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Non-endogenous, constitutively activated known g protein-coupled receptors
WO2001088133A2 (en) 2000-05-18 2001-11-22 Lexicon Genetics Incorporated Human semaphorin homologs and polynucleotides encoding the same
WO2001090304A2 (en) 2000-05-19 2001-11-29 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Nucleic acids, proteins, and antibodies
WO2001094641A2 (en) 2000-06-09 2001-12-13 Idec Pharmaceuticals Corporation Gene targets and ligands that bind thereto for treatment and diagnosis of ovarian carcinomas
US20010055751A1 (en) 1997-03-10 2001-12-27 Reiter Robert E PSCA: Prostate stem cell antigen and uses thereof
WO2001098351A2 (en) 2000-06-16 2001-12-27 Incyte Genomics, Inc. G-protein coupled receptors
WO2002002624A2 (en) 2000-06-30 2002-01-10 Amgen, Inc. B7-like molecules and uses thereof
WO2002002634A2 (en) 2000-06-30 2002-01-10 Incyte Genomics, Inc. Human extracellular matrix and cell adhesion polypeptides
WO2002002587A1 (en) 2000-06-30 2002-01-10 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. B7-like polynucleotides, polypeptides, and antibodies
WO2002006317A2 (en) 2000-07-17 2002-01-24 Corixa Corporation Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of ovarian cancer
WO2002006339A2 (en) 2000-07-03 2002-01-24 Curagen Corporation Proteins and nucleic acids encoding same
WO2002010187A1 (en) 2000-07-27 2002-02-07 Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research B7-h3 and b7-h4, novel immunoregulatory molecules
WO2002010382A2 (en) 2000-07-28 2002-02-07 Ulrich Wissenbach Trp8, trp9 and trp10, markers for cancer
WO2002012341A2 (en) 2000-08-03 2002-02-14 Corixa Corporation Her-2/neu fusion proteins
WO2002013847A2 (en) 2000-08-14 2002-02-21 Corixa Corporation Methods for diagnosis and therapy of hematological and virus-associated malignancies
WO2002014503A2 (en) 2000-08-14 2002-02-21 Corixa Corporation Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of her-2/neu-associated malignancies
WO2002016413A2 (en) 2000-08-24 2002-02-28 Glaxosmithkline Biologicals S.A. Cripto tumour polypeptide
WO2002016429A2 (en) 2000-08-24 2002-02-28 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and methods for the diagnosis and treatment of tumor
US20020034749A1 (en) 1997-11-18 2002-03-21 Billing-Medel Patricia A. Reagents and methods useful for detecting diseases of the breast
WO2002022808A2 (en) 2000-09-18 2002-03-21 Biogen, Inc. Cripto mutant and uses thereof
WO2002022636A1 (en) 2000-09-15 2002-03-21 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense modulation of her-2 expression
WO2002022660A2 (en) 2000-09-11 2002-03-21 Hyseq, Inc. Novel nucleic acids and polypeptides
WO2002022153A2 (en) 2000-09-15 2002-03-21 Zymogenetics, Inc. Use of a polypeptide comprising the extracellular domains of il-20rb for the treatment of inflammation
WO2002024909A2 (en) 2000-09-18 2002-03-28 Biogen, Inc. Receptor nucleic acids and polypeptides
US20020042366A1 (en) 1999-12-23 2002-04-11 Penny Thompson Method for treating inflammation
WO2002030268A2 (en) 2000-10-13 2002-04-18 Eos Biotechnology, Inc. Methods of diagnosis of prostate cancer, compositions and methods of screening for modulators of prostate cancer
WO2002038766A2 (en) 2000-11-07 2002-05-16 Zymogenetics, Inc. Human tumor necrosis factor receptor
WO2002054940A2 (en) 2001-01-12 2002-07-18 University Of Medicine & Dentistry Of New Jersey Bone morphogenetic protein-2 in the treatment and diagnosis of cancer
WO2002059377A2 (en) 2001-01-24 2002-08-01 Protein Design Labs Methods of diagnosis of breast cancer, compositions and methods of screening for modulators of breast cancer
WO2002061087A2 (en) 2000-12-19 2002-08-08 Lifespan Biosciences, Inc. Antigenic peptides, such as for g protein-coupled receptors (gpcrs), antibodies thereto, and systems for identifying such antigenic peptides
WO2002060317A2 (en) 2001-01-30 2002-08-08 Corixa Corporation Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of pancreatic cancer
WO2002064798A1 (en) 2001-02-12 2002-08-22 Bionomics Limited Dna sequences differentially expressed in tumour cell lines
WO2002072596A1 (en) 2001-03-09 2002-09-19 Incyte Genomics, Inc. Steap-related protein
WO2002071928A2 (en) 2001-03-14 2002-09-19 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Nucleic acid molecules and proteins for the identification, assessment, prevention, and therapy of ovarian cancer
WO2002078524A2 (en) 2001-03-28 2002-10-10 Zycos Inc. Translational profiling
WO2002081646A2 (en) 2001-04-06 2002-10-17 Mannkind Corporation Epitope sequences
US20020150573A1 (en) 2000-11-10 2002-10-17 The Rockefeller University Anti-Igalpha-Igbeta antibody for lymphoma therapy
WO2002083866A2 (en) 2001-04-17 2002-10-24 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Arkansas Repeat sequences of the ca125 gene and their use for diagnostic and therapeutic interventions
WO2002086443A2 (en) 2001-04-18 2002-10-31 Protein Design Labs, Inc Methods of diagnosis of lung cancer, compositions and methods of screening for modulators of lung cancer
WO2002088170A2 (en) 2001-04-26 2002-11-07 Biogen, Inc. Cripto blocking antibodies and uses thereof
WO2002089747A2 (en) 2001-05-09 2002-11-14 Corixa Corporation Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of prostate cancer
WO2002092836A2 (en) 2001-05-11 2002-11-21 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Nucleic acid sequence encoding ovarian antigen, ca125, and uses thereof
WO2002094852A2 (en) 2001-05-24 2002-11-28 Zymogenetics, Inc. Taci-immunoglobulin fusion proteins
WO2002099122A1 (en) 2001-06-05 2002-12-12 Exelixis, Inc. Modifiers of the p53 pathway and methods of use
WO2002098358A2 (en) 2001-06-04 2002-12-12 Eos Biotechnology, Inc. Methods of diagnosis and treatment of androgen-dependent prostate cancer, prostate cancer undergoing androgen-withdrawal, and androgen-independent prostate cancer
WO2002099074A2 (en) 2001-06-05 2002-12-12 Exelixis, Inc. Slc7s as modifiers of the p53 pathway and methods of use
US20020193567A1 (en) 1995-08-11 2002-12-19 Genetics Institute, Inc. Secreted proteins and polynucleotides encoding them
WO2002101075A2 (en) 2001-06-13 2002-12-19 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Novel genes, compositions, kits, and methods for identification, assessment, prevention, and therapy of cervical cancer
WO2002102235A2 (en) 2001-06-18 2002-12-27 Eos Biotechnology Inc. Methods of diagnosis of ovarian cancer, compositions and methods of screening for modulators of ovarian cancer
WO2003000842A2 (en) 2001-06-04 2003-01-03 Curagen Corporation Novel proteins and nucleic acids encoding same
WO2003002717A2 (en) 2001-06-28 2003-01-09 Schering Corporation Biological activity of ak155
WO2003004529A2 (en) 2001-07-02 2003-01-16 Licentia Ltd. Ephrin-tie receptor materials and methods
WO2003003906A2 (en) 2001-07-03 2003-01-16 Eos Biotechnology, Inc. Diagnostic and screening methods for bladder cancer
WO2003003984A2 (en) 2001-07-05 2003-01-16 Curagen Corporation Novel proteins and nucleic acids encoding same
WO2003004989A2 (en) 2001-06-21 2003-01-16 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions, kits, and methods for identification, assessment, prevention, and therapy of breast cancer
WO2003009814A2 (en) 2001-07-25 2003-02-06 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Novel genes, compositions, kits, and methods for identification, assessment, prevention, and therapy of prostate cancer
US6518404B1 (en) 1994-10-17 2003-02-11 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Human endothelin-bombesin receptor antibodies
WO2003014294A2 (en) 2001-08-03 2003-02-20 Genentech, Inc. Tacis and br3 polypeptides and uses thereof
WO2003016475A2 (en) 2001-08-14 2003-02-27 The General Hospital Corporation Nucleic acid and amino acid sequences involved in pain
WO2003016494A2 (en) 2001-08-16 2003-02-27 Vitivity, Inc. Diagnosis and treatment of vascular disease
WO2003018621A2 (en) 2001-08-23 2003-03-06 Oxford Biomedica (Uk) Limited Genes
WO2003023013A2 (en) 2001-09-13 2003-03-20 Nuvelo, Inc. Novel nucleic acids and polypeptides
WO2003022995A2 (en) 2001-09-06 2003-03-20 Agensys, Inc. Nucleic acid and corresponding protein entitled steap-1 useful in treatment and detection of cancer
EP1295944A2 (en) 1996-03-19 2003-03-26 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. GDP dissociation stimulating protein, brain-specific nucleosome assembly protein, skeletal muscle specific ubiquitin-conjugating enzyme, cell proliferation protein, phosphatidylinositolkinase, nel related proteins
WO2003025228A1 (en) 2001-09-18 2003-03-27 Proteologics, Inc. Methods and compositions for treating hcap associated diseases
WO2003024392A2 (en) 2001-09-18 2003-03-27 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and methods for the diagnosis and treatment of tumor
US20030060612A1 (en) 1997-10-28 2003-03-27 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and methods for the diagnosis and treatment of tumor
WO2003025138A2 (en) 2001-09-17 2003-03-27 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Methods of diagnosis of cancer compositions and methods of screening for modulators of cancer
WO2003025148A2 (en) 2001-09-19 2003-03-27 Nuvelo, Inc. Novel nucleic acids and polypeptides
US20030064397A1 (en) 1998-05-22 2003-04-03 Incyte Genomics, Inc. Transmembrane protein differentially expressed in prostate and lung tumors
WO2003026493A2 (en) 2001-09-28 2003-04-03 Bing Yang Diagnosis and treatment of diseases caused by mutations in cd72
US20030065143A1 (en) 1998-12-30 2003-04-03 Genentech, Inc. Secreted and transmembrane polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding the same
WO2003029421A2 (en) 2001-10-03 2003-04-10 Origene Technologies, Inc. Regulated breast cancer genes
WO2003029262A2 (en) 2001-08-29 2003-04-10 Vanderbilt University The human mob-5 (il-24) receptors and uses thereof
WO2003029277A2 (en) 2001-10-03 2003-04-10 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of lymphocyte activation and migration
WO2003035846A2 (en) 2001-10-24 2003-05-01 National Jewish Medical And Research Center Structure of tall-1 and its cognate receptor
WO2003034984A2 (en) 2001-10-19 2003-05-01 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and methods for the diagnosis and treatment of inflammatory bowel disorders
US20030091580A1 (en) 2001-06-18 2003-05-15 Mitcham Jennifer L. Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of ovarian cancer
WO2003042661A2 (en) 2001-11-13 2003-05-22 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Methods of diagnosis of cancer, compositions and methods of screening for modulators of cancer
US20030096961A1 (en) 2001-06-01 2003-05-22 Genentech, Inc. Secreted and transmembrane polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding the same
WO2003045422A1 (en) 2001-11-29 2003-06-05 Genset S.A. Agonists and antagonists of prolixin for the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003048202A2 (en) 2001-12-03 2003-06-12 Asahi Kasei Pharma Corporation Nf-kappab activating genes
US20030119128A1 (en) 1999-07-20 2003-06-26 Genentech, Inc. Secreted and transmembrane polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding the same
US20030119126A1 (en) 2001-01-16 2003-06-26 Genentech, Inc. Secreted and transmembrane polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding the same
US20030119121A1 (en) 2000-09-15 2003-06-26 Genentech, Inc. Secreted and transmembrane polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding the same
US20030119130A1 (en) 1999-08-17 2003-06-26 Genentech, Inc. Secreted and transmembrane polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding the same
US20030119131A1 (en) 2000-01-20 2003-06-26 Genentech, Inc. Secreted and transmembrane polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding the same
US20030119125A1 (en) 2001-01-16 2003-06-26 Genentech, Inc. Secreted and transmembrane polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding the same
US20030118592A1 (en) 2001-01-17 2003-06-26 Genecraft, Inc. Binding domain-immunoglobulin fusion proteins
US20030119122A1 (en) 1999-05-11 2003-06-26 Genentech, Inc. Secreted and transmembrane polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding the same
US20030119129A1 (en) 1999-08-10 2003-06-26 Genentech, Inc. Secreted and transmembrane polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding the same
US20030124140A1 (en) 1998-12-17 2003-07-03 Corixa Corporation Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of ovarian cancer
US20030124579A1 (en) 2001-09-05 2003-07-03 Eos Biotechnology, Inc. Methods of diagnosis of ovarian cancer, compositions and methods of screening for modulators of ovarian cancer
WO2003054152A2 (en) 2001-12-10 2003-07-03 Nuvelo, Inc. Novel nucleic acids and polypeptides
WO2003055443A2 (en) 2001-10-31 2003-07-10 Alcon, Inc. Bone morphogenic proteins (bmp), bmp receptors and bmp binding proteins and their use in the diagnosis and treatment of glaucoma
US20030129192A1 (en) 1999-09-10 2003-07-10 Corixa Corporation Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of ovarian cancer
WO2003055439A2 (en) 2001-07-18 2003-07-10 The Regents Of The University Of California Her2/neu target antigen and use of same to stimulate an immune response
US20030134790A1 (en) 2002-01-11 2003-07-17 University Of Medicine And Dentistry Of New Jersey Bone Morphogenetic Protein-2 And Bone Morphogenetic Protein-4 In The Treatment And Diagnosis Of Cancer
WO2003062401A2 (en) 2002-01-22 2003-07-31 Corixa Corporation Compositions and methods for the detection, diagnosis and therapy of hematological malignancies
US20030143557A1 (en) 2002-01-25 2003-07-31 Reinhold Penner Methods of screening for TRPM4b modulators
US6602677B1 (en) 1997-09-19 2003-08-05 Promega Corporation Thermostable luciferases and methods of production
US20030157089A1 (en) 1997-02-25 2003-08-21 Corixa Corporation Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of prostate cancer
WO2003072036A2 (en) 2002-02-21 2003-09-04 Duke University Treatment methods using anti-cd22 antibodies
WO2003072035A2 (en) 2002-02-22 2003-09-04 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and methods for the treatment of immune related diseases
US20030165504A1 (en) 1999-09-24 2003-09-04 Retter Marc W. Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of ovarian cancer
EP1347046A1 (en) 2002-03-22 2003-09-24 Research Association for Biotechnology Full-length cDNA sequences
WO2003077836A2 (en) 2001-11-06 2003-09-25 Corixa Corporation Compositions and methods for the detection, diagnosis and therapy of hematological malignancies
US20030186372A1 (en) 2000-02-11 2003-10-02 Genentech, Inc. Secreted and transmembrane polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding the same
WO2003081210A2 (en) 2002-03-21 2003-10-02 Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Identification of kinase inhibitors
US20030185830A1 (en) 1997-02-25 2003-10-02 Corixa Corporation Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of prostate cancer
WO2003083041A2 (en) 2002-03-22 2003-10-09 Biogen, Inc. Cripto-specific antibodies
WO2003083047A2 (en) 2002-03-01 2003-10-09 Exelixis, Inc. MP53s AS MODIFIERS OF THE p53 PATHWAY AND METHODS OF USE
WO2003083074A2 (en) 2002-03-28 2003-10-09 Idec Pharmaceuticals Corporation Novel gene targets and ligands that bind thereto for treatment and diagnosis of colon carcinomas
US20030194704A1 (en) 2002-04-03 2003-10-16 Penn Sharron Gaynor Human genome-derived single exon nucleic acid probes useful for gene expression analysis two
WO2003087768A2 (en) 2002-04-12 2003-10-23 Mitokor Targets for therapeutic intervention identified in the mitochondrial proteome
WO2003087306A2 (en) 2002-04-05 2003-10-23 Agensys, Inc. Nucleic acid and corresponding protein entitled 98p4b6 useful in treatment and detection of cancer
WO2003089624A2 (en) 2002-03-25 2003-10-30 Uab Research Foundation Fc receptor homolog, reagents, and uses thereof
WO2003088808A2 (en) 2002-04-16 2003-10-30 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and methods for the diagnosis and treatment of tumor
WO2003089904A2 (en) 2002-04-17 2003-10-30 Baylor College Of Medicine Aib1 as a prognostic marker and predictor of resistance to encocrine therapy
US20030206918A1 (en) 1999-09-10 2003-11-06 Corixa Corporation Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of ovarian cancer
WO2003093444A2 (en) 2002-05-03 2003-11-13 Incyte Corporation Transporters and ion channels
WO2003097803A2 (en) 2002-05-15 2003-11-27 Avalon Pharmaceuticals Cancer-linked gene as target for chemotherapy
US20030219806A1 (en) 2000-02-22 2003-11-27 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Novel 18607, 15603, 69318, 12303, 48000, 52920, 5433, 38554, 57301, 58324, 55063, 52991, 59914, 59921 and 33751 molecules and uses therefor
US20030224411A1 (en) 2003-03-13 2003-12-04 Stanton Lawrence W. Genes that are up- or down-regulated during differentiation of human embryonic stem cells
US20030224454A1 (en) 2002-05-30 2003-12-04 Ryseck Rolf Peter Human solute carrier family 7, member 11 (hSLC7A11)
WO2003101283A2 (en) 2002-06-04 2003-12-11 Incyte Corporation Diagnostics markers for lung cancer
WO2003101400A2 (en) 2002-06-04 2003-12-11 Avalon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cancer-linked gene as target for chemotherapy
US20030232350A1 (en) 2001-11-13 2003-12-18 Eos Biotechnology, Inc. Methods of diagnosis of cancer, compositions and methods of screening for modulators of cancer
WO2003104399A2 (en) 2002-06-07 2003-12-18 Avalon Pharmaceuticals, Inc Cancer-linked gene as target for chemotherapy
WO2003104275A2 (en) 2002-06-06 2003-12-18 Oncotherapy Science, Inc. Genes and polypeptides relating to human colon cancers
US20030232056A1 (en) 1999-09-10 2003-12-18 Corixa Corporation Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of ovarian cancer
WO2003104270A2 (en) 2002-06-06 2003-12-18 Ingenium Pharmaceuticals Ag Dudulin 2 genes, expression products, non-human animal model: uses in human hematological disease
WO2003105758A2 (en) 2002-06-12 2003-12-24 Avalon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cancer-linked gene as target for chemotherapy
WO2004001004A2 (en) 2002-06-21 2003-12-31 Johns Hopkins University School Of Medicine Membrane associated tumor endothelium markers
WO2004000997A2 (en) 2002-03-19 2003-12-31 Curagen Corporation Therapeutic polypeptides, nucleic acids encoding same, and methods of use
WO2004000221A2 (en) 2002-06-20 2003-12-31 The Regents Of The University Of California Compositions and methods for modulating lymphocyte activity
US20040001827A1 (en) 2002-06-28 2004-01-01 Dennis Mark S. Serum albumin binding peptides for tumor targeting
US20040005538A1 (en) 2001-04-11 2004-01-08 Xiaojiang Chen Three-dimensional structure of complement receptor type 2 and uses thereof
US20040005563A1 (en) 2001-06-18 2004-01-08 Eos Biotechnology, Inc. Methods of diagnosis of ovarian cancer, compositions and methods of screening for modulators of ovarian cancer
WO2004009622A2 (en) 2002-07-19 2004-01-29 Cellzome Ag Protein complexes of cellular networks underlying the development of cancer and other diseases
US20040022727A1 (en) 2002-06-18 2004-02-05 Martin Stanton Aptamer-toxin molecules and methods for using same
WO2004011611A2 (en) 2002-07-25 2004-02-05 Genentech, Inc. Taci antibodies and uses thereof
WO2004015426A1 (en) 2002-08-06 2004-02-19 Bayer Healthcare Ag Diagnostics and therapeutics for diseases associated with human cxc chemokine receptor 5(cxcr5)
WO2004016225A2 (en) 2002-08-19 2004-02-26 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and methods for the diagnosis and treatment of tumor
EP1394274A2 (en) 2002-08-06 2004-03-03 Genox Research, Inc. Methods of testing for bronchial asthma or chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
US20040044179A1 (en) 2000-07-25 2004-03-04 Genentech, Inc. Secreted and transmembrane polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding the same
WO2004020583A2 (en) 2002-08-27 2004-03-11 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Polynucleotide predictor set for identifying protein tyrosine kinase modulators
WO2004020595A2 (en) 2002-08-29 2004-03-11 Five Prime Therapeutics, Inc. Novel human polypeptides encoded by polynucleotides
WO2004022709A2 (en) 2002-09-06 2004-03-18 Mannkind Corporation Epitope sequences
WO2004022778A1 (en) 2002-09-05 2004-03-18 Garvan Institute Of Medical Research Methods of diagnosis and prognosis of ovarian cancer
WO2004027049A2 (en) 2002-09-20 2004-04-01 Astral, Inc. Methods and compositions to generate and control the effector profile of t cells by simultaneous loading and activation of selected subsets of antigen presenting cells
WO2004031238A2 (en) 2002-10-03 2004-04-15 Mcgill Univeristy Antibodies and cyclic peptides which bind cea (carcinoembryonic antigen) and their use as cancer therapeutics
JP2004113151A (en) 2002-09-27 2004-04-15 Sankyo Co Ltd Oncogene and its application
WO2004032842A2 (en) 2002-10-04 2004-04-22 Van Andel Research Institute Molecular sub-classification of kidney tumors and the discovery of new diagnostic markers
WO2004040000A2 (en) 2002-09-09 2004-05-13 Nura, Inc G protein coupled receptors and uses thereof
WO2004042346A2 (en) 2002-04-24 2004-05-21 Expression Diagnostics, Inc. Methods and compositions for diagnosing and monitoring transplant rejection
WO2004043361A2 (en) 2002-11-08 2004-05-27 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and methods for the treatment of natural killer cell related diseases
WO2004044178A2 (en) 2002-11-13 2004-05-27 Genentech, Inc. Methods and compositions for diagnosing dysplasia
WO2004045516A2 (en) 2002-11-15 2004-06-03 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and methods for the diagnosis and treatment of tumor
WO2004045553A2 (en) 2002-11-15 2004-06-03 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Arkansas Ca125 gene and its use for diagnostic and therapeutic interventions
WO2004045520A2 (en) 2002-11-15 2004-06-03 Musc Foundation For Research Development Complement receptor 2 targeted complement modulators
WO2004046342A2 (en) 2002-11-20 2004-06-03 Biogen Idec Inc. Novel gene targets and ligands that bind thereto for treatment and diagnosis of carcinomas
WO2004048938A2 (en) 2002-11-26 2004-06-10 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Methods of detecting soft tissue sarcoma, compositions and methods of screening for soft tissue sarcoma modulators
WO2004047749A2 (en) 2002-11-21 2004-06-10 University Of Utah Research Foundation Purinergic modulation of smell
WO2004053079A2 (en) 2002-12-06 2004-06-24 Diadexus, Inc. Compositions, splice variants and methods relating to ovarian specific genes and proteins
WO2004058309A1 (en) 2002-12-23 2004-07-15 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Neutrokine-alpha conjugate, neutrokine-alpha complex, and uses thereof
EP1439393A2 (en) 2002-12-13 2004-07-21 Bayer Healthcare LLC Detection methods using TIMP 1 for colon cancer diagnosis
WO2004063709A2 (en) 2003-01-08 2004-07-29 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Biomarkers and methods for determining sensitivity to epidermal growth factor receptor modulators
WO2004063362A2 (en) 2003-01-10 2004-07-29 Cyclacel Limited Cell cycle progression proteins
WO2004063355A2 (en) 2003-01-10 2004-07-29 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Novel methods of diagnosis of metastatic cancer, compositions and methods of screening for modulators of matastatic cancer
WO2004065577A2 (en) 2003-01-14 2004-08-05 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Polynucleotides and polypeptides associated with the nf-kb pathway
WO2004065576A2 (en) 2003-01-15 2004-08-05 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for the treatment of urological disorder using differential expressed polypeptides
WO2004074320A2 (en) 2003-02-14 2004-09-02 Sagres Discovery, Inc. Therapeutic targets in cancer
US20040197325A1 (en) 2002-12-20 2004-10-07 Debbie Law Antibodies against GPR64 and uses thereof
US20040249130A1 (en) 2002-06-18 2004-12-09 Martin Stanton Aptamer-toxin molecules and methods for using same
WO2005082023A2 (en) 2004-02-23 2005-09-09 Genentech, Inc. Heterocyclic self-immolative linkers and conjugates
WO2005085251A1 (en) 2004-03-01 2005-09-15 Spirogen Limited 11-hydroxy-5h-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-5-one derivatives as key intermediates for the preparation of c2 substituted pyrrolobenzodiazepines
WO2006034488A2 (en) 2004-09-23 2006-03-30 Genentech, Inc. Cysteine engineered antibodies and conjugates
WO2006111759A1 (en) 2005-04-21 2006-10-26 Spirogen Limited Pyrrolobenzodiazepines
WO2007044515A1 (en) 2005-10-07 2007-04-19 Exelixis, Inc. Azetidines as mek inhibitors for the treatment of proliferative diseases
WO2007085930A1 (en) 2006-01-25 2007-08-02 Sanofi-Aventis Cytotoxic agents comprising new tomaymycin derivatives and their therapeutic use
WO2009052249A1 (en) 2007-10-19 2009-04-23 Genentech, Inc. Cysteine engineered anti-tenb2 antibodies and antibody drug conjugates
US7723485B2 (en) 2007-05-08 2010-05-25 Genentech, Inc. Cysteine engineered anti-MUC16 antibodies and antibody drug conjugates
WO2010091150A1 (en) 2009-02-05 2010-08-12 Immunogen, Inc. Novel benzodiazepine derivatives
US7862817B2 (en) 1999-06-25 2011-01-04 Genentech, Inc. Humanized anti-ErbB2 antibodies and treatment with anti-ErbB2 antibodies
WO2011156328A1 (en) 2010-06-08 2011-12-15 Genentech, Inc. Cysteine engineered antibodies and conjugates
US20130066054A1 (en) 2009-11-17 2013-03-14 Ucb Pharma S.A. Multivalent antibodies
WO2013055987A1 (en) 2011-10-14 2013-04-18 Spirogen Sàrl Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof
WO2013093809A1 (en) 2011-12-23 2013-06-27 Pfizer Inc. Engineered antibody constant regions for site-specific conjugation and methods and uses therefor
WO2013177481A1 (en) * 2012-05-25 2013-11-28 Immunogen, Inc. Benzodiazepines and conjugates thereof
WO2014011518A1 (en) * 2012-07-09 2014-01-16 Genentech, Inc. Immunoconjugates comprising anti-cd22 antibodies

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20140080175A1 (en) * 2012-03-29 2014-03-20 Endocyte, Inc. Processes for preparing tubulysin derivatives and conjugates thereof
US20130313710A1 (en) * 2012-05-22 2013-11-28 Micron Technology, Inc. Semiconductor Constructions and Methods of Forming Semiconductor Constructions

Patent Citations (267)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS58180487A (en) 1982-04-16 1983-10-21 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co Ltd Antibiotic dc-81 and its preparation
US4816567A (en) 1983-04-08 1989-03-28 Genentech, Inc. Recombinant immunoglobin preparations
US5583024A (en) 1985-12-02 1996-12-10 The Regents Of The University Of California Recombinant expression of Coleoptera luciferase
US5674713A (en) 1985-12-02 1997-10-07 The Regents Of The University Of California DNA sequences encoding coleoptera luciferase activity
WO1991002536A1 (en) 1989-08-23 1991-03-07 Scripps Clinic And Research Foundation Compositions and methods for detection and treatment of epstein-barr virus infection and immune disorders
JPH053790A (en) 1990-04-19 1993-01-14 Fujisawa Pharmaceut Co Ltd Dehydropeptidase-i
US5792616A (en) 1990-05-29 1998-08-11 The United States Of America Antibodies to human cripto protein
WO1992007574A1 (en) 1990-10-25 1992-05-14 Tanox Biosystems, Inc. Glycoproteins associated with membrane-bound immunoglobulins as antibody targets on b cells
WO1992017497A1 (en) 1991-03-29 1992-10-15 Genentech, Inc. Human pf4a receptors and their use
US5440021A (en) 1991-03-29 1995-08-08 Chuntharapai; Anan Antibodies to human IL-8 type B receptor
US5821337A (en) 1991-06-14 1998-10-13 Genentech, Inc. Immunoglobulin variants
EP0522868A1 (en) 1991-07-12 1993-01-13 SHIONOGI SEIYAKU KABUSHIKI KAISHA trading under the name of SHIONOGI & CO. LTD. A human endothelin receptor
US5854399A (en) 1991-08-23 1998-12-29 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Antibodies specific for human cripto-related polypeptide CR-3
US6153408A (en) 1991-11-15 2000-11-28 Institut Pasteur And Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale Altered major histocompatibility complex (MHC) determinant and methods of using the determinant
US5976551A (en) 1991-11-15 1999-11-02 Institut Pasteur And Institut Nationale De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale Altered major histocompatibility complex (MHC) determinant and method of using the determinant
US6011146A (en) 1991-11-15 2000-01-04 Institut Pasteur Altered major histocompatibility complex (MHC) determinant and methods of using the determinant
WO1994010312A1 (en) 1992-10-23 1994-05-11 Chugai Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha Gene coding for megakaryocyte potentiator
US5644033A (en) 1992-12-22 1997-07-01 Health Research, Inc. Monoclonal antibodies that define a unique antigen of human B cell antigen receptor complex and methods of using same for diagnosis and treatment
US5869445A (en) 1993-03-17 1999-02-09 University Of Washington Methods for eliciting or enhancing reactivity to HER-2/neu protein
WO1994028931A1 (en) 1993-06-11 1994-12-22 Genentech, Inc. Methods for treating inflammatory disorders
US5773223A (en) 1993-09-02 1998-06-30 Chiron Corporation Endothelin B1, (ETB1) receptor polypeptide and its encoding nucleic acid methods, and uses thereof
US20030109676A1 (en) 1994-10-17 2003-06-12 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Human endothelin-bombesin receptor
US6518404B1 (en) 1994-10-17 2003-02-11 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Human endothelin-bombesin receptor antibodies
WO1996030514A1 (en) 1995-03-31 1996-10-03 University Of Washington Intracellular domain of the her-2/neu protein for prevention or treatment of malignancies
US5700670A (en) 1995-04-13 1997-12-23 Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation Method for producing optically active ester of γ-substituted-β-hydroxybutyric acid
US20020193567A1 (en) 1995-08-11 2002-12-19 Genetics Institute, Inc. Secreted proteins and polynucleotides encoding them
WO1997007198A2 (en) 1995-08-11 1997-02-27 Genetics Institute, Inc. Dna sequences and secreted proteins encoded thereby
EP1295944A2 (en) 1996-03-19 2003-03-26 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. GDP dissociation stimulating protein, brain-specific nucleosome assembly protein, skeletal muscle specific ubiquitin-conjugating enzyme, cell proliferation protein, phosphatidylinositolkinase, nel related proteins
WO1997044452A1 (en) 1996-05-17 1997-11-27 Schering Corporation Human b-cell antigens, related reagents
WO1998037193A1 (en) 1997-02-20 1998-08-27 Zymogenetics, Inc. Zcytor7 cytokine receptor
US20030157089A1 (en) 1997-02-25 2003-08-21 Corixa Corporation Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of prostate cancer
US20030185830A1 (en) 1997-02-25 2003-10-02 Corixa Corporation Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of prostate cancer
WO1998040403A1 (en) 1997-03-10 1998-09-17 The Regents Of The University Of California Psca: prostate stem cell antigen
US20010055751A1 (en) 1997-03-10 2001-12-27 Reiter Robert E PSCA: Prostate stem cell antigen and uses thereof
US6555339B1 (en) 1997-04-14 2003-04-29 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Non-endogenous, constitutively activated human protein-coupled receptors
US20030105292A1 (en) 1997-04-14 2003-06-05 Liaw Chen W. Non-endogenous, constitutively activated human G protein-coupled receptors
EP0875569A1 (en) 1997-04-28 1998-11-04 Smithkline Beecham Corporation A human sodium dependent phosphate transporter (IPT-1)
US20040018553A1 (en) 1997-05-15 2004-01-29 Patricia A. Billing-Medel Reagents and methods useful for detecting diseases of the prostate
WO1998051805A1 (en) 1997-05-15 1998-11-19 Abbott Laboratories Reagents and methods useful for detecting diseases of the prostate
WO1998051824A1 (en) 1997-05-15 1998-11-19 Abbott Laboratories Reagents and methods useful for detecting disease of the urinary tract
US6602677B1 (en) 1997-09-19 2003-08-05 Promega Corporation Thermostable luciferases and methods of production
US20030060612A1 (en) 1997-10-28 2003-03-27 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and methods for the diagnosis and treatment of tumor
US20020034749A1 (en) 1997-11-18 2002-03-21 Billing-Medel Patricia A. Reagents and methods useful for detecting diseases of the breast
WO1999028468A1 (en) 1997-12-02 1999-06-10 The Regents Of The University Of California Modulating b lymphocyte chemokine/receptor interactions
WO1999046284A2 (en) 1998-03-13 1999-09-16 The Burnham Institute Molecules that home to various selected organs or tissues
US6534482B1 (en) 1998-05-13 2003-03-18 Epimmune, Inc. Expression vectors for stimulating an immune response and methods of using the same
WO1999058658A2 (en) 1998-05-13 1999-11-18 Epimmune, Inc. Expression vectors for stimulating an immune response and methods of using the same
US20030064397A1 (en) 1998-05-22 2003-04-03 Incyte Genomics, Inc. Transmembrane protein differentially expressed in prostate and lung tumors
WO2000012130A1 (en) 1998-08-27 2000-03-09 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Rp105 agonists and antagonists
WO2000014228A1 (en) 1998-09-03 2000-03-16 Japan Science And Technology Corporation Neutral amino acid transporter and gene thereof
WO2000020579A1 (en) 1998-10-02 2000-04-13 Mcmaster University Spliced form of erbb-2/neu oncogene
WO2000022129A1 (en) 1998-10-13 2000-04-20 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Non-endogenous, constitutively activated human g protein-coupled receptors
WO2000032752A1 (en) 1998-12-02 2000-06-08 The Regents Of The University Of California Psca: prostate stem cell antigen and uses thereof
US20030124140A1 (en) 1998-12-17 2003-07-03 Corixa Corporation Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of ovarian cancer
WO2000036107A2 (en) 1998-12-17 2000-06-22 Corixa Corporation Compositions and methods for therapy and diagnosis of ovarian cancer
WO2000040614A2 (en) 1998-12-30 2000-07-13 Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Inc. Characterization of the soc/crac calcium channel protein family
US20030065143A1 (en) 1998-12-30 2003-04-03 Genentech, Inc. Secreted and transmembrane polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding the same
WO2000044899A1 (en) 1999-01-29 2000-08-03 Corixa Corporation Her-2/neu fusion proteins
WO2000053216A2 (en) 1999-03-05 2000-09-14 Smithkline Beecham Biologicals S.A. Use of casb616 polypeptides and polynucleotides for cancer treatment
WO2000055351A1 (en) 1999-03-12 2000-09-21 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Human colon cancer associated gene sequences and polypeptides
US20030119122A1 (en) 1999-05-11 2003-06-26 Genentech, Inc. Secreted and transmembrane polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding the same
WO2000075655A1 (en) 1999-06-03 2000-12-14 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Screening method with the use of cd100
WO2001000244A2 (en) 1999-06-25 2001-01-04 Genentech, Inc. METHODS OF TREATMENT USING ANTI-ErbB ANTIBODY-MAYTANSINOID CONJUGATES
US7862817B2 (en) 1999-06-25 2011-01-04 Genentech, Inc. Humanized anti-ErbB2 antibodies and treatment with anti-ErbB2 antibodies
US20030119128A1 (en) 1999-07-20 2003-06-26 Genentech, Inc. Secreted and transmembrane polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding the same
US20030119129A1 (en) 1999-08-10 2003-06-26 Genentech, Inc. Secreted and transmembrane polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding the same
US20030119130A1 (en) 1999-08-17 2003-06-26 Genentech, Inc. Secreted and transmembrane polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding the same
WO2001016318A2 (en) 1999-09-01 2001-03-08 Genentech, Inc. Secreted and transmembrane polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding the same
US20030232056A1 (en) 1999-09-10 2003-12-18 Corixa Corporation Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of ovarian cancer
US20030206918A1 (en) 1999-09-10 2003-11-06 Corixa Corporation Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of ovarian cancer
US20030129192A1 (en) 1999-09-10 2003-07-10 Corixa Corporation Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of ovarian cancer
US20030165504A1 (en) 1999-09-24 2003-09-04 Retter Marc W. Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of ovarian cancer
WO2001040309A2 (en) 1999-10-29 2001-06-07 Genentech, Inc. Anti-prostate stem cell antigen (psca) antibody compositions and methods of use
WO2001038490A2 (en) 1999-11-29 2001-05-31 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York ISOLATION OF FIVE NOVEL GENES CODING FOR NEW Fc RECEPTORS-TYPE MELANOMA INVOLVED IN THE PATHOGENESIS OF LYMPHOMA/MELANOMA
US20040101899A1 (en) 1999-11-30 2004-05-27 Corixa Corporation Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of breast cancer
WO2001040269A2 (en) 1999-11-30 2001-06-07 Corixa Corporation Compositions and methods for therapy and diagnosis of breast cancer
WO2001041787A1 (en) 1999-12-10 2001-06-14 Epimmune Inc. INDUCING CELLULAR IMMUNE RESPONSES TO HER2/neu USING PEPTIDE AND NUCLEIC ACID COMPOSITIONS
US20020042366A1 (en) 1999-12-23 2002-04-11 Penny Thompson Method for treating inflammation
WO2001046232A2 (en) 1999-12-23 2001-06-28 Zymogenetics, Inc. Soluble interleukin-20 receptor
WO2001046261A1 (en) 1999-12-23 2001-06-28 Zymogenetics, Inc. Method for treating inflammation
WO2001048204A1 (en) 1999-12-23 2001-07-05 Agresearch Limited Mutated bmp1b receptor as regulator of ovulation rate
US20040005320A1 (en) 1999-12-23 2004-01-08 Penny Thompson Method for treating inflammation
WO2001045746A2 (en) 1999-12-24 2001-06-28 Genentech, Inc. Methods and compositions for prolonging elimination half-times of bioactive compounds
US20030119131A1 (en) 2000-01-20 2003-06-26 Genentech, Inc. Secreted and transmembrane polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding the same
WO2001053463A2 (en) 2000-01-21 2001-07-26 Corixa Corporation COMPOUNDS AND METHODS FOR PREVENTION AND TREATMENT OF HER-2/neu ASSOCIATED MALIGNANCIES
WO2001057188A2 (en) 2000-02-03 2001-08-09 Hyseq, Inc. Novel nucleic acids and polypeptides
US20030186372A1 (en) 2000-02-11 2003-10-02 Genentech, Inc. Secreted and transmembrane polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding the same
WO2001062794A2 (en) 2000-02-22 2001-08-30 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 18607, a human calcium channel
US20030219806A1 (en) 2000-02-22 2003-11-27 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Novel 18607, 15603, 69318, 12303, 48000, 52920, 5433, 38554, 57301, 58324, 55063, 52991, 59914, 59921 and 33751 molecules and uses therefor
WO2001066689A2 (en) 2000-03-07 2001-09-13 Hyseq, Inc. Novel nucleic acids and polypeptides
WO2001072962A2 (en) 2000-03-24 2001-10-04 Fahri Saatcioglu Novel prostate-specific or testis-specific nucleic acid molecules, polypeptides, and diagnostic and therapeutic methods
WO2001072830A2 (en) 2000-03-31 2001-10-04 Ipf Pharmaceuticals Gmbh Diagnostic and medicament for analysing the cell surface proteome of tumour and inflammatory cells and for treating tumorous and inflammatory diseases, preferably using a specific chemokine receptor analysis and the chemokine receptor-ligand interaction
WO2001075177A2 (en) 2000-04-03 2001-10-11 The Government Of The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services Tumor markers in ovarian cancer
WO2001077172A2 (en) 2000-04-07 2001-10-18 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Non-endogenous, constitutively activated known g protein-coupled receptors
WO2001088133A2 (en) 2000-05-18 2001-11-22 Lexicon Genetics Incorporated Human semaphorin homologs and polynucleotides encoding the same
WO2001090304A2 (en) 2000-05-19 2001-11-29 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Nucleic acids, proteins, and antibodies
WO2001094641A2 (en) 2000-06-09 2001-12-13 Idec Pharmaceuticals Corporation Gene targets and ligands that bind thereto for treatment and diagnosis of ovarian carcinomas
WO2001098351A2 (en) 2000-06-16 2001-12-27 Incyte Genomics, Inc. G-protein coupled receptors
WO2002002587A1 (en) 2000-06-30 2002-01-10 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. B7-like polynucleotides, polypeptides, and antibodies
WO2002002634A2 (en) 2000-06-30 2002-01-10 Incyte Genomics, Inc. Human extracellular matrix and cell adhesion polypeptides
WO2002002624A2 (en) 2000-06-30 2002-01-10 Amgen, Inc. B7-like molecules and uses thereof
WO2002006339A2 (en) 2000-07-03 2002-01-24 Curagen Corporation Proteins and nucleic acids encoding same
WO2002006317A2 (en) 2000-07-17 2002-01-24 Corixa Corporation Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of ovarian cancer
US20040044179A1 (en) 2000-07-25 2004-03-04 Genentech, Inc. Secreted and transmembrane polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding the same
WO2002010187A1 (en) 2000-07-27 2002-02-07 Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research B7-h3 and b7-h4, novel immunoregulatory molecules
WO2002010382A2 (en) 2000-07-28 2002-02-07 Ulrich Wissenbach Trp8, trp9 and trp10, markers for cancer
WO2002012341A2 (en) 2000-08-03 2002-02-14 Corixa Corporation Her-2/neu fusion proteins
WO2002013847A2 (en) 2000-08-14 2002-02-21 Corixa Corporation Methods for diagnosis and therapy of hematological and virus-associated malignancies
WO2002014503A2 (en) 2000-08-14 2002-02-21 Corixa Corporation Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of her-2/neu-associated malignancies
WO2002016429A2 (en) 2000-08-24 2002-02-28 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and methods for the diagnosis and treatment of tumor
WO2002016413A2 (en) 2000-08-24 2002-02-28 Glaxosmithkline Biologicals S.A. Cripto tumour polypeptide
WO2002022660A2 (en) 2000-09-11 2002-03-21 Hyseq, Inc. Novel nucleic acids and polypeptides
US20030119121A1 (en) 2000-09-15 2003-06-26 Genentech, Inc. Secreted and transmembrane polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding the same
US20030186373A1 (en) 2000-09-15 2003-10-02 Genentech, Inc. Secreted and transmembrane polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding the same
WO2002022153A2 (en) 2000-09-15 2002-03-21 Zymogenetics, Inc. Use of a polypeptide comprising the extracellular domains of il-20rb for the treatment of inflammation
WO2002022636A1 (en) 2000-09-15 2002-03-21 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense modulation of her-2 expression
WO2002024909A2 (en) 2000-09-18 2002-03-28 Biogen, Inc. Receptor nucleic acids and polypeptides
WO2002022808A2 (en) 2000-09-18 2002-03-21 Biogen, Inc. Cripto mutant and uses thereof
WO2002026822A2 (en) 2000-09-26 2002-04-04 Genentech, Inc. Pumpcn compositions and uses thereof
US20040005598A1 (en) 2000-09-26 2004-01-08 Genentech, Inc. PUMPCn compositions and uses thereof
WO2002030268A2 (en) 2000-10-13 2002-04-18 Eos Biotechnology, Inc. Methods of diagnosis of prostate cancer, compositions and methods of screening for modulators of prostate cancer
WO2002038766A2 (en) 2000-11-07 2002-05-16 Zymogenetics, Inc. Human tumor necrosis factor receptor
US20020150573A1 (en) 2000-11-10 2002-10-17 The Rockefeller University Anti-Igalpha-Igbeta antibody for lymphoma therapy
WO2002061087A2 (en) 2000-12-19 2002-08-08 Lifespan Biosciences, Inc. Antigenic peptides, such as for g protein-coupled receptors (gpcrs), antibodies thereto, and systems for identifying such antigenic peptides
WO2002054940A2 (en) 2001-01-12 2002-07-18 University Of Medicine & Dentistry Of New Jersey Bone morphogenetic protein-2 in the treatment and diagnosis of cancer
US20030119125A1 (en) 2001-01-16 2003-06-26 Genentech, Inc. Secreted and transmembrane polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding the same
US20030119126A1 (en) 2001-01-16 2003-06-26 Genentech, Inc. Secreted and transmembrane polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding the same
US20030118592A1 (en) 2001-01-17 2003-06-26 Genecraft, Inc. Binding domain-immunoglobulin fusion proteins
WO2002059377A2 (en) 2001-01-24 2002-08-01 Protein Design Labs Methods of diagnosis of breast cancer, compositions and methods of screening for modulators of breast cancer
WO2002060317A2 (en) 2001-01-30 2002-08-08 Corixa Corporation Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of pancreatic cancer
WO2002064798A1 (en) 2001-02-12 2002-08-22 Bionomics Limited Dna sequences differentially expressed in tumour cell lines
WO2002072596A1 (en) 2001-03-09 2002-09-19 Incyte Genomics, Inc. Steap-related protein
WO2002071928A2 (en) 2001-03-14 2002-09-19 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Nucleic acid molecules and proteins for the identification, assessment, prevention, and therapy of ovarian cancer
WO2002078524A2 (en) 2001-03-28 2002-10-10 Zycos Inc. Translational profiling
WO2002081646A2 (en) 2001-04-06 2002-10-17 Mannkind Corporation Epitope sequences
WO2003008537A2 (en) 2001-04-06 2003-01-30 Mannkind Corporation Epitope sequences
US20040005538A1 (en) 2001-04-11 2004-01-08 Xiaojiang Chen Three-dimensional structure of complement receptor type 2 and uses thereof
WO2002083866A2 (en) 2001-04-17 2002-10-24 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Arkansas Repeat sequences of the ca125 gene and their use for diagnostic and therapeutic interventions
WO2002086443A2 (en) 2001-04-18 2002-10-31 Protein Design Labs, Inc Methods of diagnosis of lung cancer, compositions and methods of screening for modulators of lung cancer
WO2002088170A2 (en) 2001-04-26 2002-11-07 Biogen, Inc. Cripto blocking antibodies and uses thereof
WO2002089747A2 (en) 2001-05-09 2002-11-14 Corixa Corporation Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of prostate cancer
WO2002092836A2 (en) 2001-05-11 2002-11-21 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Nucleic acid sequence encoding ovarian antigen, ca125, and uses thereof
WO2002094852A2 (en) 2001-05-24 2002-11-28 Zymogenetics, Inc. Taci-immunoglobulin fusion proteins
US20040044180A1 (en) 2001-06-01 2004-03-04 Genentech, Inc. Secreted and transmembrane polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding the same
US20030096961A1 (en) 2001-06-01 2003-05-22 Genentech, Inc. Secreted and transmembrane polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding the same
WO2002098358A2 (en) 2001-06-04 2002-12-12 Eos Biotechnology, Inc. Methods of diagnosis and treatment of androgen-dependent prostate cancer, prostate cancer undergoing androgen-withdrawal, and androgen-independent prostate cancer
WO2003000842A2 (en) 2001-06-04 2003-01-03 Curagen Corporation Novel proteins and nucleic acids encoding same
WO2002099074A2 (en) 2001-06-05 2002-12-12 Exelixis, Inc. Slc7s as modifiers of the p53 pathway and methods of use
WO2002099122A1 (en) 2001-06-05 2002-12-12 Exelixis, Inc. Modifiers of the p53 pathway and methods of use
WO2002101075A2 (en) 2001-06-13 2002-12-19 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Novel genes, compositions, kits, and methods for identification, assessment, prevention, and therapy of cervical cancer
US20040005563A1 (en) 2001-06-18 2004-01-08 Eos Biotechnology, Inc. Methods of diagnosis of ovarian cancer, compositions and methods of screening for modulators of ovarian cancer
WO2002102235A2 (en) 2001-06-18 2002-12-27 Eos Biotechnology Inc. Methods of diagnosis of ovarian cancer, compositions and methods of screening for modulators of ovarian cancer
US20030091580A1 (en) 2001-06-18 2003-05-15 Mitcham Jennifer L. Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of ovarian cancer
WO2003004989A2 (en) 2001-06-21 2003-01-16 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions, kits, and methods for identification, assessment, prevention, and therapy of breast cancer
WO2003002717A2 (en) 2001-06-28 2003-01-09 Schering Corporation Biological activity of ak155
WO2003004529A2 (en) 2001-07-02 2003-01-16 Licentia Ltd. Ephrin-tie receptor materials and methods
WO2003003906A2 (en) 2001-07-03 2003-01-16 Eos Biotechnology, Inc. Diagnostic and screening methods for bladder cancer
WO2003003984A2 (en) 2001-07-05 2003-01-16 Curagen Corporation Novel proteins and nucleic acids encoding same
WO2003055439A2 (en) 2001-07-18 2003-07-10 The Regents Of The University Of California Her2/neu target antigen and use of same to stimulate an immune response
WO2003009814A2 (en) 2001-07-25 2003-02-06 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Novel genes, compositions, kits, and methods for identification, assessment, prevention, and therapy of prostate cancer
WO2003014294A2 (en) 2001-08-03 2003-02-20 Genentech, Inc. Tacis and br3 polypeptides and uses thereof
WO2003016475A2 (en) 2001-08-14 2003-02-27 The General Hospital Corporation Nucleic acid and amino acid sequences involved in pain
WO2003016494A2 (en) 2001-08-16 2003-02-27 Vitivity, Inc. Diagnosis and treatment of vascular disease
WO2003018621A2 (en) 2001-08-23 2003-03-06 Oxford Biomedica (Uk) Limited Genes
WO2003029262A2 (en) 2001-08-29 2003-04-10 Vanderbilt University The human mob-5 (il-24) receptors and uses thereof
US20030124579A1 (en) 2001-09-05 2003-07-03 Eos Biotechnology, Inc. Methods of diagnosis of ovarian cancer, compositions and methods of screening for modulators of ovarian cancer
WO2003022995A2 (en) 2001-09-06 2003-03-20 Agensys, Inc. Nucleic acid and corresponding protein entitled steap-1 useful in treatment and detection of cancer
WO2003023013A2 (en) 2001-09-13 2003-03-20 Nuvelo, Inc. Novel nucleic acids and polypeptides
WO2003025138A2 (en) 2001-09-17 2003-03-27 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Methods of diagnosis of cancer compositions and methods of screening for modulators of cancer
WO2003025228A1 (en) 2001-09-18 2003-03-27 Proteologics, Inc. Methods and compositions for treating hcap associated diseases
WO2003024392A2 (en) 2001-09-18 2003-03-27 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and methods for the diagnosis and treatment of tumor
WO2003025148A2 (en) 2001-09-19 2003-03-27 Nuvelo, Inc. Novel nucleic acids and polypeptides
WO2003026493A2 (en) 2001-09-28 2003-04-03 Bing Yang Diagnosis and treatment of diseases caused by mutations in cd72
WO2003029421A2 (en) 2001-10-03 2003-04-10 Origene Technologies, Inc. Regulated breast cancer genes
WO2003029277A2 (en) 2001-10-03 2003-04-10 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of lymphocyte activation and migration
WO2003034984A2 (en) 2001-10-19 2003-05-01 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and methods for the diagnosis and treatment of inflammatory bowel disorders
WO2003035846A2 (en) 2001-10-24 2003-05-01 National Jewish Medical And Research Center Structure of tall-1 and its cognate receptor
WO2003055443A2 (en) 2001-10-31 2003-07-10 Alcon, Inc. Bone morphogenic proteins (bmp), bmp receptors and bmp binding proteins and their use in the diagnosis and treatment of glaucoma
WO2003077836A2 (en) 2001-11-06 2003-09-25 Corixa Corporation Compositions and methods for the detection, diagnosis and therapy of hematological malignancies
WO2003042661A2 (en) 2001-11-13 2003-05-22 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Methods of diagnosis of cancer, compositions and methods of screening for modulators of cancer
US20030232350A1 (en) 2001-11-13 2003-12-18 Eos Biotechnology, Inc. Methods of diagnosis of cancer, compositions and methods of screening for modulators of cancer
WO2003045422A1 (en) 2001-11-29 2003-06-05 Genset S.A. Agonists and antagonists of prolixin for the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003048202A2 (en) 2001-12-03 2003-06-12 Asahi Kasei Pharma Corporation Nf-kappab activating genes
WO2003054152A2 (en) 2001-12-10 2003-07-03 Nuvelo, Inc. Novel nucleic acids and polypeptides
US20030134790A1 (en) 2002-01-11 2003-07-17 University Of Medicine And Dentistry Of New Jersey Bone Morphogenetic Protein-2 And Bone Morphogenetic Protein-4 In The Treatment And Diagnosis Of Cancer
WO2003062401A2 (en) 2002-01-22 2003-07-31 Corixa Corporation Compositions and methods for the detection, diagnosis and therapy of hematological malignancies
US20030143557A1 (en) 2002-01-25 2003-07-31 Reinhold Penner Methods of screening for TRPM4b modulators
WO2003072036A2 (en) 2002-02-21 2003-09-04 Duke University Treatment methods using anti-cd22 antibodies
WO2003072035A2 (en) 2002-02-22 2003-09-04 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and methods for the treatment of immune related diseases
WO2003083047A2 (en) 2002-03-01 2003-10-09 Exelixis, Inc. MP53s AS MODIFIERS OF THE p53 PATHWAY AND METHODS OF USE
WO2004000997A2 (en) 2002-03-19 2003-12-31 Curagen Corporation Therapeutic polypeptides, nucleic acids encoding same, and methods of use
WO2003081210A2 (en) 2002-03-21 2003-10-02 Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Identification of kinase inhibitors
EP1347046A1 (en) 2002-03-22 2003-09-24 Research Association for Biotechnology Full-length cDNA sequences
WO2003083041A2 (en) 2002-03-22 2003-10-09 Biogen, Inc. Cripto-specific antibodies
WO2003089624A2 (en) 2002-03-25 2003-10-30 Uab Research Foundation Fc receptor homolog, reagents, and uses thereof
WO2003083074A2 (en) 2002-03-28 2003-10-09 Idec Pharmaceuticals Corporation Novel gene targets and ligands that bind thereto for treatment and diagnosis of colon carcinomas
US20030194704A1 (en) 2002-04-03 2003-10-16 Penn Sharron Gaynor Human genome-derived single exon nucleic acid probes useful for gene expression analysis two
WO2003087306A2 (en) 2002-04-05 2003-10-23 Agensys, Inc. Nucleic acid and corresponding protein entitled 98p4b6 useful in treatment and detection of cancer
US20040101874A1 (en) 2002-04-12 2004-05-27 Mitokor Inc. Targets for therapeutic intervention identified in the mitochondrial proteome
WO2003087768A2 (en) 2002-04-12 2003-10-23 Mitokor Targets for therapeutic intervention identified in the mitochondrial proteome
US20030228319A1 (en) 2002-04-16 2003-12-11 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and methods for the diagnosis and treatment of tumor
WO2003088808A2 (en) 2002-04-16 2003-10-30 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and methods for the diagnosis and treatment of tumor
WO2003089904A2 (en) 2002-04-17 2003-10-30 Baylor College Of Medicine Aib1 as a prognostic marker and predictor of resistance to encocrine therapy
WO2004042346A2 (en) 2002-04-24 2004-05-21 Expression Diagnostics, Inc. Methods and compositions for diagnosing and monitoring transplant rejection
WO2003093444A2 (en) 2002-05-03 2003-11-13 Incyte Corporation Transporters and ion channels
WO2003097803A2 (en) 2002-05-15 2003-11-27 Avalon Pharmaceuticals Cancer-linked gene as target for chemotherapy
US20030224454A1 (en) 2002-05-30 2003-12-04 Ryseck Rolf Peter Human solute carrier family 7, member 11 (hSLC7A11)
WO2003101400A2 (en) 2002-06-04 2003-12-11 Avalon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cancer-linked gene as target for chemotherapy
WO2003101283A2 (en) 2002-06-04 2003-12-11 Incyte Corporation Diagnostics markers for lung cancer
WO2003104275A2 (en) 2002-06-06 2003-12-18 Oncotherapy Science, Inc. Genes and polypeptides relating to human colon cancers
WO2003104270A2 (en) 2002-06-06 2003-12-18 Ingenium Pharmaceuticals Ag Dudulin 2 genes, expression products, non-human animal model: uses in human hematological disease
WO2003104399A2 (en) 2002-06-07 2003-12-18 Avalon Pharmaceuticals, Inc Cancer-linked gene as target for chemotherapy
WO2003105758A2 (en) 2002-06-12 2003-12-24 Avalon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cancer-linked gene as target for chemotherapy
US20040022727A1 (en) 2002-06-18 2004-02-05 Martin Stanton Aptamer-toxin molecules and methods for using same
US20040249130A1 (en) 2002-06-18 2004-12-09 Martin Stanton Aptamer-toxin molecules and methods for using same
WO2004000221A2 (en) 2002-06-20 2003-12-31 The Regents Of The University Of California Compositions and methods for modulating lymphocyte activity
WO2004001004A2 (en) 2002-06-21 2003-12-31 Johns Hopkins University School Of Medicine Membrane associated tumor endothelium markers
US20040001827A1 (en) 2002-06-28 2004-01-01 Dennis Mark S. Serum albumin binding peptides for tumor targeting
WO2004009622A2 (en) 2002-07-19 2004-01-29 Cellzome Ag Protein complexes of cellular networks underlying the development of cancer and other diseases
WO2004011611A2 (en) 2002-07-25 2004-02-05 Genentech, Inc. Taci antibodies and uses thereof
WO2004015426A1 (en) 2002-08-06 2004-02-19 Bayer Healthcare Ag Diagnostics and therapeutics for diseases associated with human cxc chemokine receptor 5(cxcr5)
EP1394274A2 (en) 2002-08-06 2004-03-03 Genox Research, Inc. Methods of testing for bronchial asthma or chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
WO2004016225A2 (en) 2002-08-19 2004-02-26 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and methods for the diagnosis and treatment of tumor
WO2004020583A2 (en) 2002-08-27 2004-03-11 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Polynucleotide predictor set for identifying protein tyrosine kinase modulators
WO2004020595A2 (en) 2002-08-29 2004-03-11 Five Prime Therapeutics, Inc. Novel human polypeptides encoded by polynucleotides
WO2004022778A1 (en) 2002-09-05 2004-03-18 Garvan Institute Of Medical Research Methods of diagnosis and prognosis of ovarian cancer
WO2004022709A2 (en) 2002-09-06 2004-03-18 Mannkind Corporation Epitope sequences
WO2004040000A2 (en) 2002-09-09 2004-05-13 Nura, Inc G protein coupled receptors and uses thereof
WO2004027049A2 (en) 2002-09-20 2004-04-01 Astral, Inc. Methods and compositions to generate and control the effector profile of t cells by simultaneous loading and activation of selected subsets of antigen presenting cells
JP2004113151A (en) 2002-09-27 2004-04-15 Sankyo Co Ltd Oncogene and its application
WO2004031238A2 (en) 2002-10-03 2004-04-15 Mcgill Univeristy Antibodies and cyclic peptides which bind cea (carcinoembryonic antigen) and their use as cancer therapeutics
WO2004032842A2 (en) 2002-10-04 2004-04-22 Van Andel Research Institute Molecular sub-classification of kidney tumors and the discovery of new diagnostic markers
WO2004043361A2 (en) 2002-11-08 2004-05-27 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and methods for the treatment of natural killer cell related diseases
WO2004044178A2 (en) 2002-11-13 2004-05-27 Genentech, Inc. Methods and compositions for diagnosing dysplasia
WO2004045516A2 (en) 2002-11-15 2004-06-03 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and methods for the diagnosis and treatment of tumor
WO2004045553A2 (en) 2002-11-15 2004-06-03 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Arkansas Ca125 gene and its use for diagnostic and therapeutic interventions
WO2004045520A2 (en) 2002-11-15 2004-06-03 Musc Foundation For Research Development Complement receptor 2 targeted complement modulators
WO2004046342A2 (en) 2002-11-20 2004-06-03 Biogen Idec Inc. Novel gene targets and ligands that bind thereto for treatment and diagnosis of carcinomas
WO2004047749A2 (en) 2002-11-21 2004-06-10 University Of Utah Research Foundation Purinergic modulation of smell
WO2004048938A2 (en) 2002-11-26 2004-06-10 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Methods of detecting soft tissue sarcoma, compositions and methods of screening for soft tissue sarcoma modulators
WO2004053079A2 (en) 2002-12-06 2004-06-24 Diadexus, Inc. Compositions, splice variants and methods relating to ovarian specific genes and proteins
EP1439393A2 (en) 2002-12-13 2004-07-21 Bayer Healthcare LLC Detection methods using TIMP 1 for colon cancer diagnosis
US20040197325A1 (en) 2002-12-20 2004-10-07 Debbie Law Antibodies against GPR64 and uses thereof
WO2004058309A1 (en) 2002-12-23 2004-07-15 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Neutrokine-alpha conjugate, neutrokine-alpha complex, and uses thereof
WO2004063709A2 (en) 2003-01-08 2004-07-29 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Biomarkers and methods for determining sensitivity to epidermal growth factor receptor modulators
WO2004063362A2 (en) 2003-01-10 2004-07-29 Cyclacel Limited Cell cycle progression proteins
WO2004063355A2 (en) 2003-01-10 2004-07-29 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Novel methods of diagnosis of metastatic cancer, compositions and methods of screening for modulators of matastatic cancer
WO2004065577A2 (en) 2003-01-14 2004-08-05 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Polynucleotides and polypeptides associated with the nf-kb pathway
WO2004065576A2 (en) 2003-01-15 2004-08-05 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for the treatment of urological disorder using differential expressed polypeptides
WO2004074320A2 (en) 2003-02-14 2004-09-02 Sagres Discovery, Inc. Therapeutic targets in cancer
US20030224411A1 (en) 2003-03-13 2003-12-04 Stanton Lawrence W. Genes that are up- or down-regulated during differentiation of human embryonic stem cells
WO2005082023A2 (en) 2004-02-23 2005-09-09 Genentech, Inc. Heterocyclic self-immolative linkers and conjugates
WO2005085251A1 (en) 2004-03-01 2005-09-15 Spirogen Limited 11-hydroxy-5h-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-5-one derivatives as key intermediates for the preparation of c2 substituted pyrrolobenzodiazepines
WO2006034488A2 (en) 2004-09-23 2006-03-30 Genentech, Inc. Cysteine engineered antibodies and conjugates
US7521541B2 (en) 2004-09-23 2009-04-21 Genetech Inc. Cysteine engineered antibodies and conjugates
WO2006111759A1 (en) 2005-04-21 2006-10-26 Spirogen Limited Pyrrolobenzodiazepines
WO2007044515A1 (en) 2005-10-07 2007-04-19 Exelixis, Inc. Azetidines as mek inhibitors for the treatment of proliferative diseases
WO2007085930A1 (en) 2006-01-25 2007-08-02 Sanofi-Aventis Cytotoxic agents comprising new tomaymycin derivatives and their therapeutic use
US7723485B2 (en) 2007-05-08 2010-05-25 Genentech, Inc. Cysteine engineered anti-MUC16 antibodies and antibody drug conjugates
WO2009052249A1 (en) 2007-10-19 2009-04-23 Genentech, Inc. Cysteine engineered anti-tenb2 antibodies and antibody drug conjugates
WO2010091150A1 (en) 2009-02-05 2010-08-12 Immunogen, Inc. Novel benzodiazepine derivatives
US20130066054A1 (en) 2009-11-17 2013-03-14 Ucb Pharma S.A. Multivalent antibodies
WO2011156328A1 (en) 2010-06-08 2011-12-15 Genentech, Inc. Cysteine engineered antibodies and conjugates
WO2013055987A1 (en) 2011-10-14 2013-04-18 Spirogen Sàrl Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof
WO2013093809A1 (en) 2011-12-23 2013-06-27 Pfizer Inc. Engineered antibody constant regions for site-specific conjugation and methods and uses therefor
WO2013177481A1 (en) * 2012-05-25 2013-11-28 Immunogen, Inc. Benzodiazepines and conjugates thereof
WO2014011518A1 (en) * 2012-07-09 2014-01-16 Genentech, Inc. Immunoconjugates comprising anti-cd22 antibodies

Non-Patent Citations (211)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"Handbook of Pharmaceutical Additives", 2001, SYNAPSE INFORMATION RESOURCES, INC.
"Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients", 1994
"McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Chemical Terms", 1984, MCGRAW-HILL BOOK COMPANY
"Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences", 2000, LIPPINCOTT, WILLIAMS & WILKINS
AM. J. HUM. GENET., vol. 49, no. 3, 1991, pages 555 - 565
AMIEL J. ET AL., HUM. MOL. GENET., vol. 5, 1996, pages 355 - 357
ANDREWS ET AL., BLOOD, vol. 68, 1986, pages 1030 - 5
ANGEW CHEM. INTL. ED. ENGL., vol. 33, 1994, pages 183 - 186
ANNU. REV. NEUROSCI., vol. 21, 1998, pages 309 - 345
ANTONOW, D.; THURSTON, D.E., CHEM. REV., vol. 111, no. 4, 2011, pages 2815 - 2864
ARAI H. ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 268, 1993, pages 3463 - 3470
ARAI H. ET AL., JPN. CIRC. J., vol. 56, 1992, pages 1303 - 1307
ARIMA ET AL., J. ANTIBIOTICS, vol. 25, 1972, pages 437 - 444
ATTIE T. ET AL., HUM. MOL. GENET., vol. 4, 1995, pages 2407 - 2409
AURICCHIO A. ET AL., HUM. MOL. GENET., vol. 5, 1996, pages 351 - 354
BAKKER AB ET AL., CANCER RES., vol. 64, no. 22, 2005, pages 8443 - 50
BAREL M. ET AL., MOL. IMMUNOL., vol. 35, 1998, pages 1025 - 1031
BARELLA ET AL., BIOCHEM. J., vol. 309, 1995, pages 773 - 779
BARNETT T. ET AL., GENOMICS, vol. 3, 1988, pages 59 - 66
BECK ET AL., J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 228, 1992, pages 433 - 441
BECK ET AL., J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 255, 1996, pages 1 - 13
BERGE ET AL., J. PHARM. SCI., vol. 66, 1977, pages 1 - 19
BIOCHEM. BIOPHYS. RES. COMMUN., vol. 255, no. 2, 1999, pages 283 - 288
BIOCHEM. BIOPHYS. RES. COMMUN., vol. 275, no. 3, 2000, pages 783 - 788
BISHOP, D.T. ET AL., NAT. GENET, vol. 41, no. 8, 2009, pages 920 - 925
BLOOD, vol. 100, no. 9, 2002, pages 3068 - 3076
BLOOD, vol. 99, no. 8, 2002, pages 2662 - 2669
BLUMBERG H. ET AL., CELL, vol. 104, 2001, pages 9 - 19
BOSE ET AL., TETRAHEDRON, vol. 48, 1992, pages 751 - 758
BOURGEOIS C. ET AL., J. CLIN. ENDOCRINOL. METAB., vol. 82, 1997, pages 3116 - 3123
CANCER RES., vol. 61, no. 15, 2001, pages 5857 - 5860
CARTER, P, NATURE REVIEWS IMMUNOLOGY, vol. 6, 2006, pages 343 - 357
CELL, vol. 109, no. 3, 2002, pages 397 - 407
CHAN, J.; WATT, V.M., ONCOGENE, vol. 6, no. 6, 1991, pages 1057 - 1061
CHEN CH ET AL., BLOOD, vol. 107, no. 4, 2006, pages 1459 - 67
CHO H.-S. ET AL., NATURE, vol. 421, 2003, pages 756 - 760
CICCODICOLA, A. ET AL., EMBO J., vol. 8, no. 7, 1989, pages 1987 - 1991
CLACKSON ET AL., NATURE, vol. 352, 1991, pages 624 - 628
CLARK H.F ET AL., GENOME RES., vol. 13, 2003, pages 2265 - 2270
CLARK H.F. ET AL., GENOME RES., vol. 13, 2003, pages 2265 - 2270
CLARK, H.F. ET AL., GENOME RES., vol. 13, no. 10, 2003, pages 2265 - 2270
COUSSENS L. ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 230, no. 4730, 1985, pages 1132 - 1139
CREE ET AL., ANTICANCER DRUGS, vol. 6, 1995, pages 398 - 404
CROUCH ET AL., J. IMMUNOL. METH., vol. 160, 1993, pages 81 - 88
DAVIS ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI USA, vol. 98, no. 17, 2001, pages 9772 - 9777
DE NOOIJ-VAN DALEN, A.G. ET AL., INT. J. CANCER, vol. 103, no. 6, 2003, pages 768 - 774
DENNIS ET AL., J BIOL CHEM., vol. 277, 2002, pages 35035 - 35043
DENNIS ET AL.: "Albumin Binding As A General Strategy For Improving The Pharmacokinetics Of Proteins", J BIOL CHEM., vol. 277, 2002, pages 35035 - 35043
DIJKE,P. ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 264, no. 5155, 1994, pages 101 - 104
DOBNER ET AL., EUR. J. IMMUNOL., vol. 22, 1992, pages 2795 - 2799
DORNAN ET AL., BLOOD, vol. 114, no. 13, 2009, pages 2721 - 2729
DORONINA ET AL., BIOCONJ. CHEM., vol. 17, 2006, pages 114 - 124
DRICKAMER K, CURR. OPIN. STRUCT. BIOL., vol. 9, no. 5, 1999, pages 585 - 90
DUMOUTIER L. ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 167, 2001, pages 3545 - 3549
EHSANI A. ET AL., GENOMICS, vol. 15, 1993, pages 426 - 429
ELIEL, E; WILEN, S.: "Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds", 1994, JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC.
ELSHOURBAGY N.A. ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 268, 1993, pages 3873 - 3879
ERICKSON ET AL., CANCER RES., vol. 66, no. 8, 2006, pages 1 - 8
ERICSSON, T.A ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. U.S.A., vol. 100, no. 11, 2003, pages 6759 - 6764
FEILD, J.A. ET AL., BIOCHEM. BIOPHYS. RES. COMMUN., vol. 258, no. 3, 1999, pages 578 - 582
FUCHS S. ET AL., MOL. MED., vol. 7, 2001, pages 115 - 124
FUJISAKU ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 264, no. 4, 1989, pages 2118 - 2125
FURUSHIMA, K. ET AL., DEV. BIOL., vol. 306, no. 2, 2007, pages 480 - 492
GARY S.C. ET AL., GENE, vol. 256, 2000, pages 139 - 147
GAUGITSCH, H.W. ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 267, no. 16, 1992, pages 11267 - 11273
GENOME RES., vol. 13, no. 10, 2003, pages 2265 - 2270
GENOMICS, vol. 62, no. 2, 1999, pages 281 - 284
GERHARD, D.S. ET AL., GENOME RES., vol. 14, no. 10B, 2004, pages 2121 - 2127
GERY, S ET AL., ONCOGENE, vol. 22, no. 18, 2003, pages 2723 - 2727
GETZ ET AL., ANAL. BIOCHEM., vol. 273, 1999, pages 73 - 80
GLYNNE-JONES ET AL., INT J CANCER, vol. 94, no. 2, 15 October 2001 (2001-10-15), pages 178 - 84
GREGSON ET AL., CHEM. COMMUN., 1999, pages 797 - 798
GREGSON ET AL., J. MED. CHEM., vol. 44, 2001, pages 1161 - 1174
GU Z. ET AL., ONCOGENE, vol. 19, 2000, pages 1288 - 1296
HA, J. IMMUNOL., vol. 148, no. 5, 1992, pages 1526 - 1531
HAENDLER B. ET AL., J. CARDIOVASC. PHARMACOL., vol. 20, 1992, pages S1 - S4
HAMANN P, EXPERT OPIN. THER. PATENTS, vol. 15, no. 9, 2005, pages 1087 - 1103
HAMBLETT ET AL., CLIN. CANCER RES., vol. 10, 2004, pages 7063 - 7070
HARA ET AL., J. ANTIBIOTICS, vol. 41, 1988, pages 702 - 704
HARMS, P.W, GENES DEV., vol. 17, no. 21, 2003, pages 2624 - 2629
HASHIMOTO ET AL., IMMUNOGENETICS, vol. 40, no. 4, 1994, pages 287 - 295
HATA, K. ET AL., ANTICANCER RES, vol. 29, no. 2, 2009, pages 617 - 623
HOCHLOWSKI ET AL., J. ANTIBIOTICS, vol. 40, 1987, pages 145 - 148
HOFSTRA R.M.W. ET AL., EUR. J. HUM. GENET., vol. 5, 1997, pages 180 - 185
HOFSTRA R.M.W. ET AL., NAT. GENET., vol. 12, 1996, pages 445 - 447
HORIE, GENOMICS, vol. 67, 2000, pages 146 - 152
HUBERT, R.S., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. U.S.A., vol. 96, no. 25, 1999, pages 14523 - 14528
HURLEY; NEEDHAM-VANDEVANTER, ACC. CHEM. RES., vol. 19, 1986, pages 230 - 237
IMMUNOGENETICS, vol. 54, no. 2, 2002, pages 87 - 95
INT. REV. CYTOL., vol. 196, 2000, pages 177 - 244
ISHIKAWA, N. ET AL., CANCER RES., vol. 67, no. 24, 2007, pages 11601 - 11611
ITOH ET AL., J. ANTIBIOTICS, vol. 41, 1988, pages 1281 - 1284
J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 270, no. 37, 1995, pages 21984 - 21990
J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 276, no. 29, 2001, pages 27371 - 27375
J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 277, no. 22, 2002, pages 19665 - 19672
J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 278, no. 33, 2003, pages 30813 - 30820
JANEWAY, C.; TRAVERS, P.; WALPORT, M.: "Immuno Biology", 2001, GARLAND PUBLISHING
JEFFREY ET AL., J. MED. CHEM., vol. 48, 2005, pages 1344 - 1358
JONSSON ET AL., IMMUNOGENETICS, vol. 29, no. 6, 1989, pages 411 - 413
JUNUTULA ET AL., JOUR OF IMMUN. METHODS, vol. 332, 2008, pages 41 - 52
JUNUTULA ET AL., NATURE BIOTECH., vol. 26, no. 8, 2008, pages 925 - 932
KASAHARA ET AL., IMMUNOGENETICS, vol. 30, no. 1, 1989, pages 66 - 68
KIM, M.H. ET AL., MOL. CELL. BIOL., vol. 29, no. 8, 2009, pages 2264 - 2277
KOHLER ET AL., NATURE, vol. 256, 1975, pages 495
KOHN: "Antibiotics ///.", 1975, SPRINGER-VERLAG, pages: 3 - 11
KONISHI ET AL., J. ANTIBIOTICS, vol. 37, 1984, pages 200 - 206
KOVTUN ET AL., CANCER RES., vol. 66, no. 6, 2006, pages 3214 - 3121
KUHNS J.J. ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 274, 1999, pages 36422 - 36427
KUMINOTO ET AL., J. ANTIBIOTICS, vol. 33, 1980, pages 665 - 667
KUMMER, M.P. ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 284, no. 4, 2009, pages 2296 - 2306
LAB. INVEST., vol. 82, no. 11, 2002, pages 1573 - 1582
LAMBERT J., CURRENT OPIN. IN PHARMACOL., vol. 5, 2005, pages 543 - 549
LANGLEY; THURSTON, J. ORG. CHEM., vol. 52, 1987, pages 91 - 97
LARHAMMAR ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 260, no. 26, 1985, pages 14111 - 14119
LAW ET AL., CANCER RES., vol. 66, no. 4, 2006, pages 2328 - 2337
LE ET AL., FEBS LETT., vol. 418, no. 1-2, 1997, pages 195 - 199
LEBER ET AL., J. AM. CHEM. SOC., vol. 110, 1988, pages 2992 - 2993
LEIMGRUBER ET AL., J. AM. CHEM. SOC., vol. 87, 1965, pages 5791 - 5793
LEIMGRUBER ET AL., J. AM. CHEM. SOC., vol. 87, 1965, pages 5793 - 5795
LEVENSON ET AL., CANCER RES., vol. 57, no. 15, 1997, pages 3071 - 3078
LIANG ET AL., CANCER RES., vol. 60, 2000, pages 4907 - 12
MALLYA, M. ET AL., GENOMICS, vol. 80, no. 1, 2002, pages 113 - 123
MARKS ET AL., J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 222, 1991, pages 581 - 597
MARSHALL AS ET AL., EUR. J. IMMUNOL., vol. 36, no. 8, 2006, pages 2159 - 69
MARSHALL AS ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 279, no. 15, 2004, pages 14792 - 802
MCDONAGH, PROTEIN ENG. DESIGN & SEL., vol. 19, no. 7, 2006, pages 299 - 307
MCGLINCHEY, R.P. ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. U.S.A., vol. 106, no. 33, 2009, pages 13731 - 13736
MENDOZA ET AL., CANCER RES., vol. 62, 2002, pages 5485 - 5488
MILLER ET AL., JOUR. OF IMMUNOLOGY, vol. 170, 2003, pages 4854 - 4861
MIURA ET AL., BLOOD, vol. 92, 1998, pages 2815 - 2822
MIURA ET AL., GENOMICS, vol. 38, no. 3, 1996, pages 299 - 304
MONTPETIT, A; SINNETT, D, HUM. GENET., vol. 105, no. 1-2, 1999, pages 162 - 164
MOORE M. ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. U.S.A., vol. 84, 1987, pages 9194 - 9198
MORRISON ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 81, 1984, pages 6851 - 6855
MULLER ET AL., EUR. J. IMMUNOL., vol. 22, no. 6, 1992, pages 1621 - 1625
MULLER, EUR. J. IMMUNOL., vol. 22, 1992, pages 1621 - 1625
MUNGALL A.J. ET AL., NATURE, vol. 425, 2003, pages 805 - 811
NAGASE T. ET AL., DNA RES., vol. 7, no. 2, 2000, pages 143 - 150
NAKAMUTA M. ET AL., BIOCHEM. BIOPHYS. RES. COMMUN., vol. 177, 1991, pages 34 - 39
NAKAYAMA ET AL., BIOCHEM. BIOPHYS. RES. COMMUN., vol. 277, no. 1, 2000, pages 124 - 127
NAN, H. ET AL., INT. J. CANCER, vol. 125, no. 4, 2009, pages 909 - 917
NARITA, N. ET AL., ONCOGENE, vol. 28, no. 34, 2009, pages 3058 - 3068
NARUSE ET AL., TISSUE ANTIGENS, vol. 59, 2002, pages 512 - 519
NATURE, vol. 395, no. 6699, 1998, pages 288 - 291
NAVENOT, J.M. ET AL., MOL. PHARMACOL., vol. 75, no. 6, 2009, pages 1300 - 1306
O'DOWD, B.F. ET AL., FEBS LETT., vol. 394, no. 3, 1996, pages 325 - 329
OGAWA Y. ET AL., BIOCHEM. BIOPHYS. RES. COMMUN., vol. 178, 1991, pages 248 - 255
OKAMOTO Y. ET AL., BIOL. CHEM., vol. 272, 1997, pages 21589 - 21596
ONCOGENE, vol. 10, no. 5, 1995, pages 897 - 905
ONCOGENE, vol. 14, no. 11, 1997, pages 1377 - 1382
PARRISH-NOVAK J. ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 277, 2002, pages 47517 - 47523
PAYNE, G., CANCER CELL, vol. 3, 2003, pages 207 - 212
PHILLIPS ET AL., CANCER RES., vol. 68, no. 22, 2008, pages 9280 - 9290
PINGAULT V. ET AL., HUM. GENET., vol. 111, 2002, pages 198 - 206
PLETNEV S. ET AL., BIOCHEMISTRY, vol. 42, 2003, pages 12617 - 12624
PREUD'HOMME ET AL., CLIN. EXP. IMMUNOL., vol. 90, no. 1, 1992, pages 141 - 146
PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. U.S.A., vol. 100, no. 7, 2003, pages 4126 - 4131
PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. U.S.A., vol. 93, no. 1, 1996, pages 136 - 140
PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. U.S.A., vol. 96, no. 20, 1999, pages 11531 - 11536
PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. U.S.A., vol. 98, no. 17, 2001, pages 9772 - 9777
PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. U.S.A., vol. 99, no. 26, 2002, pages 16899 - 16903
PUFFENBERGER E.G. ET AL., CELL, vol. 79, 1994, pages 1257 - 1266
REITER R.E. ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. U.S.A., vol. 95, 1998, pages 1735 - 1740
RIBAS, G. ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 163, no. 1, 1999, pages 278 - 287
ROSS ET AL., CANCER RES., vol. 62, 2002, pages 2546 - 2553
SABBATH ET AL., J. CLIN. INVEST., vol. 75, 1985, pages 756 - 56
SAKAGUCHI ET AL., EMBO J., vol. 7, no. 11, 1988, pages 3457 - 3464
SAKAMOTO A.; YANAGISAWA M. ET AL., BIOCHEM. BIOPHYS. RES. COMMUN., vol. 178, 1991, pages 656 - 663
SALANTI, G. ET AL., AM. J. EPIDEMIOL., vol. 170, no. 5, 2009, pages 537 - 545
SANDERSON ET AL., CLIN. CANCER RES., vol. 11, 2005, pages 843 - 852
SCHERER, S.E. ET AL., NATURE, vol. 440, no. 7082, 2006, pages 346 - 351
SEMBA K. ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. U.S.A., vol. 82, 1985, pages 6497 - 6501
SERVENIUS ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 262, 1987, pages 8759 - 8766
SHEIKH F., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 172, 2004, pages 2006 - 2010
SHEN ET AL., NATURE BIOTECH., vol. 30, no. 2, 2012, pages 184 - 191
SHIMIZU ET AL., J. ANTIBIOTICS, vol. 29, 1982, pages 2492 - 2503
SINHA S.K. ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 150, 1993, pages 5311 - 5320
STRAUSBERG ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI USA, vol. 99, 2002, pages 16899 - 16903
STRAUSBERG R.L. ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. U.S.A., vol. 99, 2002, pages 16899 - 16903
SVENSSON P.J. ET AL., HUM. GENET., vol. 103, 1998, pages 145 - 148
SWIERCZ J.M. ET AL., J. CELL BIOL., vol. 165, 2004, pages 869 - 880
SYRIGOS; EPENETOS, ANTICANCER RESEARCH, vol. 19, 1999, pages 605 - 614
TAKEDA, S ET AL., FEBS LETT., vol. 520, no. 1-3, 2002, pages 97 - 101
TAKEUCHI ET AL., J. ANTIBIOTICS, vol. 29, 1976, pages 93 - 96
TAWARAGI Y. ET AL., BIOCHEM. BIOPHYS. RES. COMMUN., vol. 150, 1988, pages 89 - 96
THOMPSON, J.S. ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 293, no. 5537, 2001, pages 2108 - 2111
THURSTON ET AL., CHEM. BRIT., vol. 26, 1990, pages 767 - 772
THURSTON ET AL., CHEM. REV., 1994, pages 433 - 465
TONNELLE ET AL., EMBO J., vol. 4, no. 11, 1985, pages 2839 - 2847
TOUCHMAN ET AL., GENOME RES., vol. 10, 2000, pages 165 - 173
TRAIL ET AL., CANCER IMMUNOL. IMMUNOTHER., vol. 52, 2003, pages 328 - 337
TREANOR, J.J. ET AL., NATURE, vol. 382, no. 6586, 1996, pages 80 - 83
TSUKAMOTO, H. ET AL., CANCER SCI., vol. 100, no. 10, 2009, pages 1895 - 1901
TSUNAKAWA ET AL., J. ANTIBIOTICS, vol. 41, 1988, pages 1366 - 1373
TSUTSUMI M. ET AL., GENE, vol. 228, 1999, pages 43 - 49
UCHIDA ET AL., BIOCHEM. BIOPHYS. RES. COMMUN., vol. 266, 1999, pages 593 - 602
VAN RHENEN A ET AL., BLOOD, vol. 110, no. 7, 2007, pages 2659 - 66
VERHEIJ J.B. ET AL., M. J. MED. GENET., vol. 108, 2002, pages 223 - 225
VON HOEGEN ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 144, no. 12, 1990, pages 4870 - 4877
WEIS J.J. ET AL., J. EXP. MED., vol. 167, 1988, pages 1047 - 1066
WEIS J.J. ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. U.S.A., vol. 83, 1986, pages 5639 - 5643
WILSON ET AL., J. EXP. MED., vol. 173, 1991, pages 137 - 146
WU ET AL., NATURE BIOTECH., vol. 23, no. 9, 2005, pages 1137 - 1145
XIE ET AL., EXPERT. OPIN. BIOL. THER., vol. 6, no. 3, 2006, pages 281 - 291
XU, M.J. ET AL., BIOCHEM. BIOPHYS. RES. COMMUN., vol. 280, no. 3, 2001, pages 768 - 775
XU, X.Z. ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. U.S.A., vol. 98, no. 19, 2001, pages 10692 - 10697
YAMAGUCHI, N. ET AL., BIOL. CHEM., vol. 269, no. 2, 1994, pages 805 - 808
YAMAMOTO T. ET AL., NATURE, vol. 319, 1986, pages 230 - 234
YAMAMOTO, Y. ET AL., HEPATOLOGY, vol. 37, no. 3, 2003, pages 528 - 533
YU ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 148, no. 2, 1992, pages 633 - 637
ZAMMIT, D.J. ET AL., MOL. CELL. BIOL., vol. 22, no. 3, 2002, pages 946 - 952

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
PE20170905A1 (en) 2017-07-12
EA201790359A1 (en) 2017-08-31
AU2015317653A1 (en) 2017-04-06
WO2016044560A1 (en) 2016-03-24
MA40575A (en) 2016-03-24
CN107073136A (en) 2017-08-18
US20180362644A1 (en) 2018-12-20
SG11201702079UA (en) 2017-04-27
EP3194400A1 (en) 2017-07-26
CR20170099A (en) 2017-07-19
KR20170067771A (en) 2017-06-16
MX2017003523A (en) 2017-11-08
BR112017005393A2 (en) 2017-12-05
JP2017533887A (en) 2017-11-16
CA2959689A1 (en) 2016-03-24
IL250819A0 (en) 2017-04-30
US20160074527A1 (en) 2016-03-17
PH12017500518A1 (en) 2017-08-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20180362644A1 (en) Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and antibody disulfide conjugates thereof
US10576164B2 (en) Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof
EP2750713B1 (en) Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof
EP2968594B1 (en) Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof
EP2968585B1 (en) Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof
EP2528625B1 (en) Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof
NZ623209B2 (en) Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PUAI Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012

AC Divisional application: reference to earlier application

Ref document number: 3194400

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: P

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO PL PT RO RS SE SI SK SM TR

AX Request for extension of the european patent

Extension state: BA ME

17P Request for examination filed

Effective date: 20180419

RBV Designated contracting states (corrected)

Designated state(s): AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO PL PT RO RS SE SI SK SM TR

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: HK

Ref legal event code: DE

Ref document number: 1245789

Country of ref document: HK

17Q First examination report despatched

Effective date: 20180920

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: THE APPLICATION IS DEEMED TO BE WITHDRAWN

18D Application deemed to be withdrawn

Effective date: 20190131

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: HK

Ref legal event code: WD

Ref document number: 1245789

Country of ref document: HK